《Starvation March》 Chapter 1 : Freed at Last "Welcome, Lord Christian, to our humble laboratory. How may I help you today?" The tall, tanned man asked the slightly shorter, brown haired man. "Do not worry professor. I am merely here to check on your Creature. I have received an order from someone... Above. Bring me to it immediately." The professor, slightly confused, nodded and gestured for him to follow. They exited from the reception room, went past the dark hallways and descended countless stairs. Finally, after 30 minutes, they finally arrived at a dead end. At it''s end, a pair of red eyes glowed brightly. Christian was slightly taken aback, he had been a messenger for countless millennia, however, he never once saw eyes such as these. They were strangely captivating, as if they wanted to devour your very soul. They left the feeling of wanting to become a corrupted existance such as the creature. Sighing, Christian turned to the professor "professor, if I may talk to it, I request to do so in private. May you leave?" It didn''t sound much of a request as much as an order. The professor, getting increasingly worried, nodded. He spent a lot of time experimenting with this creature, he hoped he didn''t bring about the wrong kind of attention. Crossing his fingers, he left the hallway and went back to the laboratory aboveground. Christian secretly used his Divine Sense to check if the professor had truly left, and once he confirmed that such was the case, he turned to the creature. Now that he had a better look at it, it reminded him of a simple human, but with glowing red eyes. He was wondering what kind of things happened to this poor soul, stuck at a laboratory for over 50 years... Sighing again, He turned to it and simply asked "Do you want another chance? Do you want your wishes fullfilled?" He swore he could see the creature''s eyes glowing even more red then before. They looked... Strange. He could almost feel the emotions going through them. Suprise, Anger, Relief, Hate... there was another emotion, but he couldn''t quite figure out what it was. After staring at each other, the creature slightly nodded it''s head. It was still encased with shackled all around it''s body, in a 20x20 prison surrounded by metal bars with no obvious entrance. As if on cue for that moment, Christian swiftly took out a little red ball from his pockets and tossed it to the creature, whom looked at it confused. It looked at Christian confused, and saw as he gestured for it to eat the ball, afterwards swiftly leaving. The creature looked at the ball. Remembering those times. Those times it could still feel happiness, and not solely that accursed feeling. That accursed feeling that forever haunted itever since he itbeen captured, only because he was ''special''. The creature slowly crept forward, the chains straining as itbent down, and swallowed the ball from the ground. itfrowned when itfelt a burning sensation inside of itself, and then everything went black as it''sconsciousnesswas destroyed. -- When it woke up, it was insideof a white room. Well, it didn''t look so much as a room as the world itself. Everything was white, so white it hurt its eyes. After rubbing it''s eyes a bit, it looked around, searching for anything of importance. After a while, a woman started appearing. As if she came out of nothingness, the outline appeared, then the rest of the body. She looked at the creature, whom was eyeing her, waiting to determine if she was hostile. "Huh. So you are The Creature. I am truly sorry, my child, for what happened to you. I am the True God, or at least such is the title bestowed upon the strongest god in existence. It was my fault for blessing you with your ''gift''. Although now that I look at your past, I''d call it more of a curse... To think immortality made people react like this. Please forgive me, my child" Yes, the creature''s gift was immortality. No matter how much it was destroyed, it would forever regenerate. It also prevented starvation, dehidritation, suffocation, disease. It doubted it was truly immortal, but so far it had never found anything that could kill it. It stopped aging after 15 years of it''s life, it was then that it gained the accursed eyes. It liked them, it found them pretty, but no. It''s parents just had to give it to the doctors, whom said that he was going to die, only to make it so it''s parents sold his ''body'' to the scientists. it was then brought to experimentation labs all over the world, where it was experimented on indefinitely. Moreover, They didn''t bother to feed it, thinking it was unnecessary.The author''s tale has been misappropriated; report any instances of this story on Amazon. The god then spoke again "Child, I can send you to a world where maybe you will be able to make up for your past life. I will give you other gifts, with whom this time, along with your experiences, will be able to defend yourself. Name your wishes, and i will grant them to you." The creature frowned, then smirked, grinning from ear to ear in a very creepy manner. The scientists had forced it to learn how to fight barehanded, it still remembered when it was devoured by a bear, only to tear it apart from the inside out, fun times, fun times... The creature then spoke the first words in 49 years: "I wish to be able to devour any creature, and gain it''s strength, powers, skills. I also wish to be able to be immune to seals, slavery magic or whatever stuff that blocks your free will there is on that world. Never again am I going to be enslaved. Also, allow me to modify the structure of my body based on whatever other creatures i devour. Also make it so i don''t have any problems eating different creatures, be it burned, raw, melted or whatever." The god was slightly perplexed, it expected the creature to ask more. As she was about to send the creature away, it then remembered something. "Before I forget, if I''m not wrong you were male before the dna modifications from the scientists, do you wish to return to be..." the god could not finish speaking before the creature almost screamed "NEVER! I DON''T EVEN WANT TO REMEMBER THIS HELL! CHANGE ME TO FEMALE OR SOMETHING! I DON''T EVEN CARE ANYMORE, JUST SEND ME AWAY FROM THAT ACCURSED WORLD!" it then broke, crying rivers of bitter tears and sobbing. It had lived a life that can''t even be called that. Treated less than an animal, no rights, no food, constantly kept a secret, he was constantly chained, guarded all day long with no one to talk to but doctors who would punish itfor even twitching. All of this for 50 years. itdoubted itsfamily still lived, and even if they did, it would have long been forgotten. The ''gift'' even made it impossible for him to become mad or lose his sanity, as it would simply heal right back up. The god finally realized that the facade that the creature had put up for all these years had finally been broken. She picked it up while creating a chair for her to sit on, and put it on her lap, caressing it''s waist long sky bluehair, whom had been made this color by accident during an experiment. In between the sobs and hiccups, she slowly caressed it and said "It''s alright~, It''s alright~. It''s over now." over and over again. She kept stroking it, and the creature buried it''s face in her bosom, crying and sniffling, trying to forget. After a long time, she put it back onto the ground(?) it looked at her, still sniffling a bit. She then asked "Do you want to remember this life?" She was hesitant to ask, as she hoped it would want to remember, after all, spending 50 years with the most accomplished scientists does come with some knowledgitical perks. Also, the world she wanted to send it in was not a very gentle one, but she knew it was where it could possibly find happiness. The science he hated so much wasn''t there, and besides there he might find someone who would accept it. The creature looked up at her, slowly nodding it''s head "Yes... Can i keep them please? I don''t want to forget and make the same mistake..." it said in a low voice at the end. The god thought for a second [Mistake...? does it mean trusting others?] she thought about it and then shrugged. "Child, According to your wishes, you will be reborn into the world of Nagara. In this world, magic and other races exist. You will not exactly be human either in mind anymore I suspect nor in body." The creature visibly flinched at being called not human. It made it remember all the times it had been called things like Animal, Creature, Abomination... "But you may find companions. This world has powers that people sometimes posses. It is governed by low tier gods, whom I made sure won''t annoy you. Your power shall be called ''Starvation March''. This ability will grant you the full strength of the creature, however, you will gain almost nothing if the creature is a lot weaker then you. You also have a chance at staling it''s abilities. This is not however, like the RPG system of your games. There is no such thing as statuses. Your other power shall be ''Immortal Body&Soul''. It will grant you 100% resistance to enslavement type magic and mind manipulation magic, as well as a body that can infinitely regenerate. Lastly, your last power shall be ''Body Transformer'' You will be able to modify your body according to what you eat. As per your request, you will be reborn as a girl. Have fun in this world" Before shecould send it to the other world, the creature asked in a low voice filled with hope "Will I... Be able to see you again...?" She simply smiled and nodded. "Just pray for me, and maybe I''ll be able to reach you. Don''t worry child, you''re not alone anymore". Shekissed it on the forehead, and the creature vanished. The god sighing, mocking herself "Just how can I call myself a god when my child itselfsuffers a fate like that... Poor creature. Heh, to think even I call it that treacherous nickname... what a terrible mother I am. After all, I never even told it I truly was it''s mother..." The god had a silent tear trailing down her cheek, only to fall into the white abyss below. The god, silently crying, snapped her fingers, and the space disappeared. Chapter 2: The Arrival It was dark outside when it woke up. It didn¡¯t want to open it¡¯s eyes, fearing that maybe everything that happened the day before might just have been a dream. However, the feeling of fresh air and a weird feeling all through it¡¯s body told it otherwise. Mustering up courage, it slowly opened it¡¯s eyes, greeted by a sight it hadn¡¯t seen in 50 years. Trees. Grass. The blue sky. How long had it been since it had seen such things? He found himself in the middle of a forest, on top of a weird metal altar structure, if it could be called that. There were trees all around him. The leaves were green, others red or yellow, some were even blue. Getting up and stretching, feeling more free then ever, especially since he had no chains on it¡¯s body, it started looking around for something of reference. It had always dreamed of being freed, released from that world. It had been put in tests against animals or even humans, forced to try and survive in the wilderness, tortured to see how far he could resist and various other experiments. It now had been freed from all of this. It couldn¡¯t help but smile. When it had met the so called God, it hadn¡¯t really thought much about it. It taught he was finally going to die when he arrogantly asked the god for all of those gifts, but much to it¡¯s surprise it was granted. It couldn¡¯t help but finally let out all of the grief to someone whom at last wouldn¡¯t see it as a mere test subject. However, he felt somewhat empty. What was it going to do now? Conquer the world? Live a normal life? Go on adventures? Explore space? Learn the magic of this world? It wasn¡¯t sure. It had never thought too deeply about what to do after it was freed.If you stumble upon this narrative on Amazon, be aware that it has been stolen from Royal Road. Please report it. Deciding that it was best if left for later, it started walking in a random direction, leaving it to fate where it shall go. After about 30 minutes of sightseeing, watching animals pass by, and the occasional strange creatures that appeared, it finally arrived in a small clearing with a pond in it. There were strange beaver-like animals with horns on their head that somewhat resembled rabbits in their lower bodies. It decided that it wanted to see what was in the pond, thus slowly walking towards it, keeping an eye on the beaver-rabbits. Once he confirmed they weren¡¯t hostile, it looked at the pond, and was pleasantly surprised to see the reflection of itself. It now looked like a 14 years old girl, 150cm tall, hair as silver as the moon, sharp red eyes that resembled lava and a small nose, it looked very cute in it¡¯s opinion. Maybe it could finally stop calling itself ¡®it¡¯ and call itself ¡®she¡¯? It (now she) decided to abandon it. [Embrace this new life] she thought. Feeling satisfied, she resumed her stroll in the woods, eager to test out it¡¯s new gifts and explore this new world. She travelled the entire day, and when night finally fell she climbed up a tree. She had earlier found out that her small body was actually even stronger then her previous one. If she took a rock in her hands she could crush it with very small effort. She still retained the trait of her previous life, meaning she didn¡¯t really need to sleep, eat or drink. However, her feeling of constant starvation that had always haunted her remained. Once she was up on a decent size branch, she positioned herself in a confortable manner. She hadn''t encountered humans nor beasts, but she knew they were around from small hunting traps and scratches on trees. She didn''t really want to go back to civilization, she despised the very word itself. But she knew she most likely had to go in order to get stronger. She also had a feeling of nostalgia, after all, she somewhat wanted to go to a medieval world and become an adventurer, and get spoiled by the people. No, thinking about it, she definetly did want to get spoiled, but not by people she didn''t care about. She somewhat wanted a family that would care for her. With such toughts, her counsciousness slipped into the land of dreams. Chapter 3: The first prey When she woke up, the sun was already halfway through the sky. She truly had enjoyed this night of rest, no worries about the torture to come, the soft and pure breeze gazing against her snow-white skin, the morning chirps of the birds... Everything seemed so unnatural, as if the world itself was truly perfect. She couldn''t care less about the hard branch she was on, as she was used to sleeping on stone floors. As she climbed down the branches, her nails digged into the wood like butter. They were truly sharp, she didn''t doubt she could probably stab them into something or someone and inflict a pretty~ nasty wound. Her hair was also strangely durable, as no matter how many times it would get stuck while climbing down, instead of it breaking it were the branches themselves who were broken. She knew it was her time to shine, it was time to finally put her skills to use. Those cursed skills she gained through being thrown into dungeons full of bears, wolves, poisonous spiders, tigers and all other kind of predators. She also wanted to test out her ''Starvation March'', as it would increase her strenght immensily if she guessed corrently on how it worked. She tought it would probably use the meat she ate to directly improve her own, replacing and upgrading it. Same goes for her tendons, organs, teeth, nails and all of her body. Then there was ''Body Transformer'', if the being she met was truly god, it should have been able to sense her desire. She wanted to be able to add limbs to herself and modifying them when needed. However, she would probably have to eat something similar to the limbs she wanted first. With a very good mood in tow, she finally reached the ground and began her march toward the unknown. She would probably have to settle down on an area after a while, but she wanted to find a good spot where she could train herself in without having to worry about other problems. She walked for about 2 hours when her ears finally picked a faint sound. She slowly approached it, and was suprised to find a tiger snoring quietly (not quietly enough apparently). Only problem being that the tiger was the size of a car and probably a whole lot faster then that. It''s fur was black and it had two tails. She considered the risks and possible gains, considering all of her possible stratagems. Then she slowly came to a realization. She didn''t need to worry about anything, if it bit off a leg or an arm, it would simply regrow in a couple of seconds, if it bit off her head, she just needed a minute or so for it to reappear. If she was swallowed, she''d just tear it apart from the inside like she did multiple times.Stolen from its original source, this story is not meant to be on Amazon; report any sightings. Grinning in a crazed manner, she slowly circled the creature, careful to remain downwind and make as little noise as possible. When she was as close as she could get to it, she jumped at it straight at the head. The sudden noise woke the tiger up, who suddently felt two very sharp nails in it''s eyes. It immediatly flew into a rage, what had attacked it! It was the king of this forest! Roaring, the tiger immediatly tried to bite what had stabbed it, succeding in doing so. it felt a human arm in it''s mouth. Biting strongly, it ripped through it. However, instead of screams, it felt a bite on it''s own face, succeded by first one hand clawing into it''s face, and then another one. It was suprised, didn''t it just bite off the arm of the creature who had blinded it? Struggling, with an arm still in it''s mouth, it swung it''s claws at the creature, however, by now the creature had shifted fast enough for it to miss. If it still had it''s sight, it might have hit. However, it was disoriented and confused. Hearing a noise behind it, it swiftly turned around and bit at that area, only to feel a strong pain on it''s behind, quickly running up his back and settling into his neck, where the creature held it into a chokehold. It was suprised and a bit of fear was creeping up. Not only was this creature very fast, it was intelligent enough to trick it so easily. She had attacked the creature quickly and carved it''s eyes out at the price of her arm, who regrew very quickly. She then threw a stone behind the creature, confusing it and making it turn. She then clawed her way quickly toward it''s neck, where she stabbed over and over, while making shure to hold on strongly to resist the shaking. Finally, after 5 more minutes of struggle, the creature finally died. It was truly strong, she had stabbed her nails all the way to her wrist into the eyes of the creature. This would have alone been more then enoughto kill a bear. However, the tiger was only badly injured. She was salivating at the sight of this magnificent price. She began to devour the creature, savoring it''s blood and tender meat. After 3 hours of not even bothering to chew, there was not a single bone left. She had munched on the bigger bones, happy to find that her ''Starvation March'' allowed for her to eat all of this safely. She felt strange, she felt full but at the same time still starving. Could this be the drawback of her skill? Settling into a fetal position after climbing a tree, she swiftly slipped off to dreamland, unaware of the changed going through her body. Breaking it and regenerating stronger then ever. Chapter 4: Her time in the forest Waking up, she felt strange. Even more so then when she woke up the first time in this world. She felt something like arms, but at the same time not. She could also hear a lot of sounds. Turning around, she noticed the two swishing tails bahind her. She was pleasently suprised to find that she could move them as if she always could. It didn''t take long for her to reach for her head, finding cat-like ears. She went to the pond she found the previous day to check herself out more in detail. She also discovered that her eyesight, sense of smell and touch had all vastly improved. She could feel the vibrations in the air, and hear or see from 200 meters perfectly. Once she reached the pond, she looked and was shocked to find that her eyes had now slitted pupils like those of cats. Her human ears were gone, and her new cat ears were the same silver color of her hair, matching perfectly. her tails were seemingly blue, but also seemed white. It reminded her of the the electric discharges the scientists would sometimes throw on her. Those were rather painful. Trembling at the memory, she shook her head. Sitting down with her feet in the water, she looked at herself more throughtly. She still remained mostly the same, but her teeth and nails were now even sharper, almost resembling claws. Her feet also had become sharper, but they felt more like they had improved in balance. It was a wierd feeling. She moved her long tails and examined them. They resembled those of cats, with quite a bit of fur on them, but not so much to be in the way. They also felt very good when she stroke them, caressing them and grooming her tail like a cat. She giggled a bit, and felt as if she should also start licking herself like the cat of the scientists used to. It was one of the few beings along with the other subjects who could understand her pain. After properly grooming her tails, she tried going into the water, but felt very repulsed to do so. Could it be that the cat''s dislike of water had transferred over to her? She didn''t mind much, but she really wanted to try going into a hot tub or something like that. Following this day, she started hunting day and night. She fought many different kinds of animals, and every time she devoured them, she could feel her strenght increase, her stamina was almost endless now, and she could fight 20 wolves for over 5 hours without rest. She didn''t change anymore, only her insides seemed to do so, strenghening themself. Her skin seemed fragile, but was unmoved if smashed by a wierd green bipede 3 meters tall. She met a lot of new animals, some of them reminded her of the fantasy stories she used to read. Rabbits with horns on their foreheads, dogs with 2 heads, beavers that came in swarmes, bears as big as houses. She was somewhat disappointed that they all felt weak, and with every kill they felt weaker and weaker. She wanted a strong creature, one that would give her a challange so she could improve herself.Royal Road is the home of this novel. Visit there to read the original and support the author. Over the course of a month, she had trouble finding a creature in 10 kilometers around the pond, which she made her base. She once smelled something that she tought to be a human, and fled as fast as she could. She was now extremely proficient in using her claws and tails. She would sometimes use them to strangle a creature to death, smash others to bits or rip them in two. Those tails felt even stronger then her own arms. They could smash a tree to bits easily and helped a lot in balancing herself. They were way too sensitive though. If something even remotely injured them, it felt as if something stabbed her in the stomach. There was one time where she was simply lazing around after having devoured another pack of wolves, when she suddently looked at her tails and tried to get thembut couldn''t. She tried again, and again failed. This earned her a tick of irritation, and soon enough she was chasing her tails in a circle, and only after a full day of curses and hisses did she stop, realizing that she could just move them. This got her laughing hard at herself. She was truly enjoying life in these woods. They felt as if they were her home. No, they were her home, there was no doubt about it anymore in her heart. She loved the wilderness. She loved the feeling of not caring at all about other people, about having to worry about those stupid scientists. She felt free. However, she also knew that she had to move soon. This spot was simply not productive enough, and she could guess that this forest belonged to some kind of country, as she sometimes found traps for small animals and once found a group of knight-looking people roaming near her zone. She would soon earn the wrong kind of attention, and she wanted to avoid that. Finally, a month and a half after devouring the tiger, she finally settled her mind, she would find someone to bring her out of here and become an adventurer, where she would earn enough recognition and money. She would then use the money to buy a large chunck of forest, and she would spend her days roaming the woods hunting. There was only one problem though. Clothes. ... Lack of thereof. ... Fuck... Chapter 5: How to be a hero 101 [Side story: Summoned Hero] Yeah... This is awkward. I currently found myself in the middle of the room with wierd people wearing even wierder robes all around me, shouting things such as "We did it!" "It was a success!" "The demons will learn!" Wait, hold on a second! Did I just hear that right?? Demons??? wait... 1+1=2... I''ve been summoned. Hurray! Jokes aside, after the tipical~ introductions, i''ve been led into a room where apparently the king spends most of his days doing king''s stuff... you know... paperwork and shit... Ahem. I should probably tell you about myself and make you realize how awesome~ i am. Not. Huff, as if i was awesome. My name is Masaki and I''m your everyday average japanese shut-in. I''m somewhat fit as i run for an hour everyday, but I still could be in a better shape. My hair is short and black, i''m about 170 cm high, which is kinda average. I like mangas, animes and light novels. They''re my life. Maybe i''ll find myself a harem here? I shure hope so... hehehe... maybe there''s catgirls in this world? [yes retard, do 1+1!] Anyway, after the tipical "Please save us all hero!" stuff, which i pretty much ignored, while staring at the maids besides the king. They were real~ hot. Probably the most beutiful i had ever seen in real life. The king didn''t seem too suprised by my lack of attention, they probably did something like this before. I''m also not stupid enough to realize that the king is probably sugarcoating himself and making the demons seem all evil and stuff. Read too many light novels to fall for that trick bro. The king realised that I''m not exactly an idiot, and stopped with his act with a laugh. He said that he wanted to test my knowledge and intelligence, as he said that he read that heroes vary, some from being very informed and stupid, to uninformed but very smart and sometimes smart and informed. Apparently i was in the latter category. I mean, the king is a cool guy, he didn''t treat me like a slave but rather as an equal, which is kinda big considering he''s the king of the country. But at the same time i guess I''m the hero, the symbol of unity in this country. He explained to me what exactly the situation is in a rather unpleasant for the intelligent races. There is a considerable amount of tension between the demon alliance and the holy union. The demon alliance consisted of several demonic tribes, some stronger then others, the dark elves and dark dwarves, the pixies (breed between demons and fairies) and finally vampires. Out of all of those races, one individual was nominate the Demon King. That person wouldn''t necessarily be the strongest, however he would probably be pretty high up and would require an immense amount of wisdom to be able to keep all the demons togheter, which is problematic when you''re trying to fight. The Holy Union consisted of fairies, elves, dwarves and humans. They didn''t exactly elect a single leader but rather were led by a council who made all the major decisions, otherwise they were all independent and fractured amongst themselves. The elves were especially problematic as they often never cooperated, while the fairies were too nice to do anything warlike. Pretty cliche if you ask me, I''ve seen this situation on light novels so many times I almost want to vomit blood. It still holds it''s charm though. It''s unnecessary to kill the demon king, actually, it''s not raccomended as the Demon Alliance would probably break apart, and war would explode everywhere, bringing chaos across the land. The human king himself knew the Demon King and stated that he was quite a pleasant guy, he didn''t even wish for war but he knew he had to defend himself as the Holy Union''s council was... problematic. They wanted gains, land is the biggest gain you can get, and the demons had land. Lots of it. Eh. What can i do about all of this? I''m just a meager 20 years old nerd~ Just lemme go find my catgirls... Wait, Why haven''t i heard beastman even once all through this? I immediatly question the king, who looks up at me with a blank stare, then laughs. He says that there really aren''t beastmen as the heroes call them. He says that he had already summoned a hero before, 300 years ago (wow you''re old dude...) and he asked the same question. Apparently, the closest thing one can find to what i call beastmen are a tribe of demons with tails. Otherwise the demons simply resemble humans, but sometimes have horns but most often then not just that and a bunch of wierd tatoos that get inherited. I was kinda~ disappointed. I really hoped to find catgirls... Oh well, too bad. I can still find myself a harem! Never give up Masaki! You can still accomplish your dreams! Anyway, He told me that the average fighterwasn''t that much stronger then your tipical knight back in Japan. Heroes could get very strong very quickly, however even they had a cap. There was a very limited amount of people who could become mages, as magic existed but was very rare. There were although some pretty nasty beasts like the Titan Turtle, a turtle the size of a castle that could easily destroy an army, or the Sand Cobra King, a cobra who lived in the desert, 100 meters long and 5 meters wide. There was also a very strong beast, although not on the level of those monsters, it was the King Panther, a black panther which could easily destroy up to 1000 men sent to kill it. Apparently, even damaging it took a lot of effort. It hadn''t been seen in a while though, which was a good thing.The author''s narrative has been misappropriated; report any instances of this story on Amazon. Apparently, i would be sent out after two weeks of basic training in the forest for my first practice hunt where i would learn how to take lives, at which i slightly cringed at. I was a peaceful person. Taking lives is bad, but I know it''s sometimes for the best. I''ll just have to prepare my heart... So here I am now, after having trained with the knights for two weeks. They praised my ability to adapt and to learn. I was honestly suprised with myself how easy it came to me. I could now hold my ownagainst 10 of the best knights in the castle. I also had a strong affinity for light magic (duh, I''m the hero. Where''s my ''HOLY SLASH'' thingie??'' with which i trained a little. I could now cast a low heal that would accelerate the natural recovery of the body. Nothing big, but it helps in the long run. The mages were however amazed how quickly I picked it up, and praised me endlessly. ehehehehe~ I know i''m amazing, don''t tell me. Not. I''m not becoming an arrogant little shit. That is the one thing i want to block myself from becoming. After all, no woman likes men who are too prideful~ Hey don''t stare at me like that Yuune-Chan, I wasn''t oogling you! I swear! Jokes aside, I''m currently with my party of 4. It consists of me (leader-warrior-mage-hero), Yuune-chan (lovable MaidMage), Jack-san (Strong muscular warrior type) and our scout and assassin, a half elf called Elrik. We were inside the forest, which was suprisingly empty, to the point of being literally devoided of all life. We were chatting and discussing what was going on. After all it isn''t normal that the forest is this empty. Usually we should''ve encountered at least a pack of wolves. Then we heard it, a laugh filled with malice. I could tell that this was my chance to shine. We rushed forward and what we saw was rather cliche. There was a bandit group surrounding a perhaps 14 year old loli with tails... WAIT! WHAT! She had an angel face with magma red eyes that seemed to want to devour your very soul, she was about 150cm tall, silver hair that reached down to her butt and two two meter long tails that were swishing behind her in a lazy matter. On the other side were perhaps 8 bandit-looking people with the leader eyeing the little girl with lewd eyes. Very lewd eyes considering she was frekking NAKED~! Why the hell is a little girl naked, in a forest, in front of bandits, with tails (and ears), and is without a single scratch? We immediatly rushed in, suprising the bandits. I took down 3 with my charge while Jack swung his hammer and hit 2, sending them flying. Yuune sent a fireball at a bandit, burning the life out of him (cringe). Elrik meanwhile was already behind a bandit, stabbing him in the stomach as not to kill him. This all took about 10 seconds to accomplish. After having tied up the bandits and receiving a slap to the face from Yuune-chan who wasn''t approving of our gazes on the little catgirl (IT''S OFFICIAL, THAT''S A CATGIRL!" She gave the girl her coat, so as she wouldn''t be completely naked. She looked at us strange for a second, still showing no signs of any significant reaction. She then took the coat and put it on herself. Honestly, she looked dangerously cute. I really wanted to pet those ears and the tails. They looked so cute. After having given her the coat, Yuune-chan simply told her to follow us for a little, to which the girl visibly flinched, turning around behind her with a sad look. I assume something happened back there, however she doesn''t seem injured. Could it be due to the low amount of monsters in the area...? As we prepared a fireplace, she looked troubled at the flames. Could it be she had never seen them before? Just where did she grow up? I must teach her the ways of Japan! "So, little girl, what is your name?" Yuune-chan asks while looking at her with adoring eyes "... Don''t... have..." the strange girl says while looking down with visibly sad eyes, almost tearing up. "Now now, don''t worry about it too much. Why don''t you tell us what happened and why you were in the forest naked and what those men wanted from you?" Jack asks. Isn''t it kinda obvious what they wanted, you meathead?? They wanted the pure flower of virginity... Ops, hehehe. I''m a pervert. The girl wraps her tails around herself and hugs her knees while looking at us strange, and then asks "... Not going to sell me?" She says this in a very sharp, interrogating voice. I could sense that if we were to tell her an even half-hearted answer something bad would happened. I don''t know why, but i just felt it. "Don''t worry, slavery has been slowly eroded away thanks to the effort of the king. I stand here to prove that!" Elrik says while sticking out his chest in pride and showing his ears. The girl simply relaxes her eyes and gives a faint smile. She then tells us her story "I found myself in this forest a week ago, without any clothes and not remembering anything. I saw some strange people but avoided them, as they looked strange" Is she referring to the fact they had no tails? "But then, those guys came, they kept saying stuff like "Come here little flower" I obviously wasn''t going to fall for it, but had no way of defending myself, but then you guys came. Thank you for saving me." she says the last part while her tails twitch a bit. Was it a sign of happiness? "Don''t worry, well, first let''s give you a name. We can''t have you going around nameless. Are you fine with that?" Yuune-chan asks The girl simply nods, to which me, Jack, Elrik and Yuune began a meeting to decide the name. After countless thoughts we finally came up with a name. We all say to her in synch "Alysha, would you like to come with us in the city? We could give you a home." The girl looks suprised, then pleased as her tails visibly swisch behind her quickly. She then simply nods with an angelic smile. Chapter 6: The City [Pov Alysha] Honestly, Alysha was overjoyed at the success of the operation, she had sent a note to the bandit group she found and told them that there will more likely be a girl that needed a lesson at a certain time i calculated between the travel speed of the group i wanted to trick and the bandit''s location. It ended up perfectly~! I even got a name! That honestly made me very happy. I couldn''t help but cringe a bit at the black haired guy''s gaze, I think his name was Masaki. He was totally watching my butt and breasts. I understand that i am a girl and I''m cute, but at least try to hide your gaze, pervert! The girl was very nice though, and even gave me her coat. Which was kinda 5 sizes too large for me and was annoying as it grazed on my tails. They''re sensitive, Coat! I made the perfect shy girl act at first, twitching and talking very little, always looking away. Honestly, I really wanted to eat them and those bastards who called me a brat. I''m at least 60 years old. Not that they can tell, and it wouldn''t be good if anyone believed or knew the truth. But they are all so weak! They''re even weaker then those wierd wolves! I mean, they probably are at the level of one of those giant bears. Barely. They wouldn''t even make a fit meal for me... What? I''m not supposed to eat humans? Are you stupid? Humans are like the best thing there is. Although most are weak, I heard from spying on these guys earlier that the girl is a mage. I really want to learn magic, and maybe if I eat one that has it... I was slightly confused at myself though, I truly found it hard to stop the shy girl act, only when it came to slavery did I somehow manage to break out of it. I feel like I truly am becoming shy, and I''m having some slight trouble talking. I guess not talking for 50 years and my distrust for others made it very hard for me. I told them that I didn''t know anything, and they believed it. Idiots, who would believe a story like that, also the timing was just too perfect, do you like have no suspicion at all? Well, they''re dumb. Not my fault. The girl (I think her name''s Yuune) keeps calling the black haired man ''Hero''. Did i just stumble upon the true hero? Hopefully, maybe he will be useful later on. Other then those two wierdos, the giant bearlike man is very friendly despite being very fierce, I honestly like him the best. He somewhat reminds me of a show from long ago. I think it was called Piece something... It was the mc''s grandpa, he was big and strong, he was my favourite charachter... There was the last guy then. His name was Elrick if I''m correct. I wonder why I''m so bad with names, I remember everything perfectly except names... Anyway, he had two daggers on the sides of his pants and had pointed and slightly longer ears. I think he''s half human and half elf or something. I wonder if there are other like me... Maybe I could actually find someone that has clothes that don''t hurt your tail(s) when you wear them? That''d be nice... However, when I asked them they all looked quite troubled, and the bearguy said "Don''t worry about it, I''m shure you''ll find someone." This left me slightly confused. What did he mean? I know I''ll find someone like me, but where are they? As I was opening my mouth to speak, the black hair guy suddently grabs my arm and says "Hey, how about we go? We still haven''t found any monsterand we probably won''t find them later either.Let''s go back to the castle and ask the king what to do!" Yup, this guy is the real hero, although an idiot and a pervert. Thanks Yuune, keep glaring at him, as I gotta keep the weak and shy girl act(?). After releasing me and walking for about an hour, we reach the city that I avoided for so long. I found it a couple of weeks ago during an excursion a bit farther away then usual from my pond, due to the lack of prey, and found the city. It''s quite amazing actually. It resembles exactly what a city should not be like. It smells horrible, it''s noisy, there''s a ton of people in it and some of them are armed, which I presume are the adventurers I sometimes see, there''s the tipical rich merchant guy obviously filthy rich just by looking at his clothes, various kinds of nobles, from very good looking to fat and disgusting. How do I determine noble from commoner? The entrance gate devides them into 2 groups, plus nobles always wear fancy dresses. Like those noble girls following that very hot guy. ''hissing noise'' fucking rich people. I''m totally not jealous of their fancy dresses and ornaments. Heh, ain''t I like a complete girl right now? I suppose I am as I find looking at guys more pleasant rather then looking at girls. Then again, I''m still too young to understand, right? Out little group arrived and we apparently are nobles as we arrivedatthe noble gate. The guys all around us were looking at me lewdly, and even some girls, although they were more like looking at a cute little animal. I also didn''t miss the stares at my tails or ears, which I''m not really trying to hide, as what''s the point? Still haven''t seen anyone like me though. Are weperhaps rare? Is that the reason for the stares? When we finally reached the entrance point, the guards look at me for a brief moment, then ask the black haired guyRoyal Road is the home of this novel. Visit there to read the original and support the author. "Good morning sir, may we have your identification and proof of nobility?" At that the black hair guy simply nods and gives a wierd card and another card with a chandelier-like picture on it. The guard first looks at the latter paling, then reading the other card blood completely goes out and he bows quickly "I-i-i''m truly sor-ry, Hero, please pass and forgive my rudeness from before!" All the people around us turn to the black haired guy with clear shock on their faces. As I thought, this guy''s the hero... Hopefully I''m not doing something very~ stupid by associating with a guy that is probably the archenemy of an entire race. After we finally are able to enter the city, I was quite displeased with the smell and sounds. It''s so god damn loud, it was loud from a distance, but it''s nothing like being in the middle of it. Yuuna notices my displeasures and ask what''s wrong "Loud. Smelly. Ugly." I simply say, at which all of them cringe at each word. Probably shouldn''t have said that, considering that if my assumptions are right, these guys are probably somehow connected to the royals. Eh. don''t care. If they truly try to kill me just for that comment I''ll just bulldoze my way through any number of enemies, which considering their strenght from a glance, wouldn''t be much of a hassle. However, it was my turn to cringe. I thought slavery was outlawed, but I can clearly see slaves being bought and sold as we travel trough the city. I really didn''t care about them though, it''s just a very scary aspect that I may end up like them if I don''t get strong enough... With a newfound motivation, our group finally arrives at a wierd building with wooden sign with a sword and axe crossing symbol on it. As we enter I confirm my suspicions. Yup, this is totally the adventurer''s guild. These guys are all armed to their teeth. As we entered, they all turned around and looked at us, or at least, looked at me and Yuuna, very much staring at places I''d rather not have them stare at. They quickly turn around after a glare from bear guy, who earns a thumbs up in my mind. [You go, bear guy! Your the best!] I cheer in the corner of my mind. I can still however hear wispers as clear as day thanks to my extreme hearing. "Isn''t that ''The Titan'' Jack?" "Yeah, I think he''s the real deal." "I wonder who those 4 others are..." "Hehe, those two are wierd, aspecially that cosplay with the ears and tails." How rude. I''m not a cosplay, and these tails and ears are very much real and very much useful and delicate. They don''t take offense easily. As we approach the counter, a woman in her mid 30''s greets us with a smile directed at bear-man more then others "Hey Jack, how''re you doing today? Did you finish the quest?" "Eeeh, nope. Still got no clue to whatever the hell happened in that forest. Can''t find a single god damn monster over there." "Is that so. Oh well, who are these guys then?" "Ah, right. I brought them here for various reasons. First, this guy here" he shoves black-hair dude forward "Is here to register as an adventurer, and would like for you to register him." That guy is getting on my nerves, he''s looking not at the woman herself, but more like only looking at her breasts. I''m seriously reconsidering if I shouldstay with a guy like this, he might actuallydare to ask if he can touch my tails or ears. I''ll bite off his hands if he dares. Only people I approve of can do that, and that''s only bear-man for now, and he still hasn''t asked. Coughing, the woman tried to get blackhair''s attention back to herself, which he swiftly did, only to then stare back at her breasts. Irritated, the woman flicked him on the forehead, earning an "Aie! that hurt!" from black hairs. "Good, now that you''re listening I can explain how adventurer ranks work. There are 8 ranks for adventurers, and from lowest to highest they are f-d-c-b-a-s-ss-sss. In order to rise in rank you must complete 30 missions of the previous rank. Rising from s to ss requires a raccomendation orapproval from the king, sss cases are special, as there are only 3 people with this rank." "Thank''s ma''m, could we register this guy here?" bearman asks, pointing at blackhairs, whom is still rubbing his forehead. "Shure, please sign these papers and put your finger on this crystal." Blackhairs does as she says and puts his finger on the crystal, which shines for a second. It then glows a strange white-yellow color. The receptionist nods, and then turns to Yuuna "Ms, would you like to register as well?" Yuuna shakes her head at this "I''m already registered, we just came here for Masaki." The receptionist nods, then she finally realizes I''m here. I get it, I''m short, you don''t have to rub it in... Her eyes open wide while looking at me, and she simply freezes. I simply tilt my head to the side a bit and say "Yes?" The receptionist literally jumps over the desk that was separating us and catches me while screaming "Cute!" I struggle for a bit in her arms, but when she starts scratching my earsI melt like butter at this petting... It''s.... unfair.... Yuuna meanwhile was simply looking at us wierd, as was everyone else in the guild. The receptionist finally realizes where we are, and let''s me go. I''m not complaining, but pay attention to where you are before doing that again. After that, we leave the guild and head to a wierd castle/huge mansion kind of building. As we approach the gates, two guards stop us for a second, before bowing to blackhairs and leaving. Am I underestimating the title ''Hero'' here? As we pass through hallways with beutiful stone statues, paintings and tasty-looking maids doing god knows what maids do, we finally arrive at a big door, on whom blackhair knocks a bit, and a voice booms out from behind the door "Enter". I''m starting to wonder just why I''ve even brought here, the plan was to just enter the city, be dropped off somewhere, kill a bunch of people and take their money and then go adventure. Why did I end up with the king...? Oh, right. I just had to choose the god damn hero to escort me.... As we enter, the king looks suprised at me, and then turns to blackhairs with a questioning look. Blackhair just stick his tongue out and puts his hand on my head, which I immediatly slap away with one of my tails. He looks so funny when rejected, it seems like the world has ended. "So, Hero Masaki, I see that perhaps heroes were right. The beastmen from your descriptiondo indeed exist, I didn''t know." Wait. Beastman aren''t supposed to exist...? Chapter 7: To be an adventurer [Alysha''s Pov] The king tells bearman and Yuuna to leave the room by waving his hand toward the door while looking at them. They both take a deep bow and swiftly leave. "So, my good Hero. What brings you here? Have you trained enough in the forest? I''d like to remind you that your training will still last 2 more weeks in any case." The king says, making a smug face. "Thank you your majesty, but our problem would be this child here. We found her in the forest as she was being attacked by bandits and we rescued her. She doesn''t remember anything and we would like to help her." The king sighs, then says "Hero Masaki, I understand your concern, however, we simply do not have the resources to help every single child or homeless person in the world. I can help her, but you have to understand that this is a special case. I''m also interested in her. Tell me child, are those ears and tails real?" Why does everybody ask that... "Yes... your majesty, they''re real..." Please make it so he doesn''task me to let himtouch them. I''ll tear him apart if he does. "Is that so. Do you remember anything? Like where you''re from?" "Your majesty, this girl couldn''t even remember her own name." Sorry to have lied there, it''s that I abandoned mine looong~ ago "Hoh. Well, I suppose asking anymore is useless. Tell me little girl, Do you perhaps have relations to the Panther King?" I tilt my head to the side. Panther king? What''s that? Is it tasty? I''m kinda suprised I haven''t seen any particularly disgusted looks amongst humans so far. I thought i''d get shunned. Is it perhaps that beastmen are actually amazing? "I suppose not. He had two tails as well and they look similar to yours. Well, what do you want to do little girl? I can help put you into an orphanage..." I shake my head at this, point at the sword in blackhair''s belt and say "...Adventurer" They both look kinda suprised at this, with blackhair''s jaw literally dropping and the king''s eyebrows shooting up. "Are you shure? Being an adventurer can be quite scary, and a little girl like you shouldn''t have to take risks like that." "...Yes, thank you... I''d still like to though..." I say while looking down, unknown to me, my ears were flat on my head and my tails were completely down. "Now now, don''t worry about it. From what i understand, you''ve been in the forest for how long?" Should I tell them? Nah. "... 3 weeks..." Eh, still long but not as long as a month and a half. "Hoh. How did you even manage to survive for that long in the forest?" Well, this is troublesome. Why is this guy asking so many questions? "... Eat fruits and small animals?" The king nods at me and then asked "Raw?" I nod at that. What''s wrong with eating stuff raw? I''m essentially an animal, and last time I checked, animals don''t have fires to cook stuff. Fire is scary, kill it with fire... Wait, how do you kill fire with fire...?Did you know this text is from a different site? Read the official version to support the creator. "Well, I guess you can be on your way. Here, I guess this will be anough for you to rent a lower inn for a month or so until you get established." He throw me a pouch, which i clumsily catch, as I have to avoid ripping it apart with my nails (claws). "And also, try to get yourself some decent clothes. That coat isn''t gonna cut it for too long." I look up at the king with a blank look, then look back at myself, then back at him. I tilt my head to the side a bit and he sighs. I mean, I''m not showing anything and it reaches my knees. What''s wrong with it? I bow, and swiftly exit the room. Once I''m out of there, I see bearguy and Yuuna chatting at a corner. I approach them and tug on bearguy''s sleeve "...Where is the exit?" I ask him He looks at me suprised for a second, then simply smiles "Here, follow me, I''ll show you where to go." I do as he says and follow him, and after a couple of twists and turns we arrive at the entrance we came in from. Is this place a labirinth? What''s up with this overly complicated place. I go outside, and the guards look at me suprised for a second, then simply let me pass. I wave my hand at bearguy and run to the adventurer''s guild. Heh, adventures, here I come... Hopefully I can get a strong monster or bandit group''s location and finally eat something worth it. Or maybe I can eat that hero... [King''s Pov] It was a rather normal day, I was locked up in my office fighting my worst enemy, paperwork, when I hear knocks on my door. How strange, usually nobody visits me during the weekdays, as I''m always busy. I say "Enter." and in comes Hero Masaki, The court mage Yuuna is also here, and a good friend of mine, Jack, Is also here. However, the most suprising thing was the little girl that came with them. She had catlike ears and two tails swishing behind here. They looked longer then her entire body, how does she even manage them...? I look at the Hero with a raised eyebrow, who looks at me like he did something great. I smugly tell him "So, Hero Masaki, I see that perhaps heroes were right. The beastmen from your descriptiondo indeed exist, I didn''t know." I look at the girl to see that she has a shocked look on her face. Did she perhaps think there were others like her...? Ops. I wave my hand at Jack and Yuuna to tell them to leave, and they swiftly do. I then ask "So, my good Hero. What brings you here? Have you trained enough in the forest? I''d like to remind you that your training will still last 2 more weeks in any case." He looks at me awkwardly, then says while pointing at the girl "We found her in the forest and rescued her while she was being attacked by bandits. She doesn''t remember anything, so I thought to help her out." I sigh and tell him that we can''t help every person we come across. It''s simply impossible. I then question her about what she knows and where she was. It''s kinda suspicious that a little girl could survive for 2 weeks in a forest filled with monsters. Although it isn''t exactly filled anymore, so I suppose I should give her some credit. The most suprising part is when she said that she wanted to be an adventurer. The problem with adventuring is that it not only requires skill but also a lot of money to begin, as you get very little money unless you do quests from A class or up. I give her some silver coins and a couple gold coins, which would normally be a lot, but hey, if I can help out the Hero in getting a positive image on this girl then it''s worth it. I think he once said that catgirls are life, so I''m not too suprised he brought her here. She bows and runs out of the room with her tails swishing happily behind her. It''s funny seeing how her tails and ears reflect her mood so easily. I turn to the hero, who was still looking at the door she just left from. Thinking about it, I don''t think I''ve heard her name. Also, what did they do to the bandits in the end? "Hero Masaki, I suppose you turned the bandits in or killed them right?" He looks back at me, then starts sweating buckets, which pretty much gives away they ended up forgetting about them. You''re gonna stay here a loooong~ time my dear Hero... Chapter 8: Bloody Cat [Adventurer''s Pov] me and my 4 buddies just came back from a rather difficult quest and were drinking some beer and chatting with other teams in the guild when the door suddently opened and a strange girl came in. She didn''t look older then 14, had magma eyes, butt-long silver hair and for some reason two blue/white two meter long tails behind her and a pair of catlike ears, which were silver just like her hair. She was about 150 cm tall. She was wearing a jacket at least 5 sizes her size, and it reached down to her knees. She apparently made holes in the jacket for the tails to fit through. Seriously though? Is she a demon? She doesn''t look like one. Is she some kind of new mix? I''m rather curious. After all, our team sometimes works along with demons. They''re nice people. If only the common folk would understand that... I''m not saying I don''t enjoy the sight, as she''s probably the most beutiful girl I''ve ever seen, but I''m already married with kids. But, the people around me are all looking at her with lewd eyes, others like me are frowning a bit at those perverts. Seriously, what are you all? Pedophiles? She walks up to the counter and starts talking with the receptionist, who''s looking at her with eyes that are literally filled with little hearts. I''ve heard that the receptionist loves cute things, but that''s a bit exxagerated miss... I turn to my friends and we start talking again for maybe 3 minutes before I notice one of the notorious guys, Mordred, getting up and approaching the girl. He''s up to no good, he''s known for being a pervert and I suspect he involves himself with underground associations, doing work for them. I just hope he won''t actually do anything to the girl, or there might be an angry receptionist to deal with... [Receptionist''s Pov] I was just sitting down on my reception''s desk, thinking about what to do for tomorrow or how to deal with some other things that came up recently, like the strange absence of monsters in the forest. It''s like they disappeared. Don''t get me wrong, there are some but they can be counted on two hands and are all the less dangerous ones. Overall, a normal day when suddently the girl I saw earlier with Jack enters the guild alone. She''s the cutest thing I''ve ever seen, I can barely hold myself back from jumping at her and petting those wierd tails and ears of her. Wonder what happend there. I''m not gonna judge as I myself met a couple of strange people, but none had mutations as big as her... As she approaches me, I can see people all around looking at her either curiously or lewdly. Seriously, pedophilesjust make me so angry I''d kill them all if I could. She seems to notice it too, but obviously tries to ignore it. "Good morning little miss. How may I help you today?" I ask with loving eyes. She looks up at me with a faint smile. "Hi, can I register as an adventurer? I already heard everything I need to do from bearguy, so I think i know everything." Bearguy? Is she referring to Jack? He does kinda look like a bear... But most importantly, why would she want to be an adventurer? she hardly looks strong enough and a girl like her shouldn''t do such jobs! However, my job''s my job. Gotta do what you gotta do I guess. I''m still gonna warn her though. "Are you shure? Adventurer''s tend to die at a rather quick rate these days. It also isn''t the prettiest job out there, are you shure you want to do it?" She nods at me, and I sigh a bit. Guess she''s not changing her mind huh...This story is posted elsewhere by the author. Help them out by reading the authentic version. Taking out the registration crystal, I put it onto the counter. This thing''s amazing, it registers the mana signature of anyone that registers on it and it can help tell wether they''re alive or not, as well as keeping all necessary information like rank, amount of quests succeded, crimes committed and some other minor details. After registering her (Those are some pretty god damn sharp nails, they''re almost completely like claws!) we chat for a bit about things like where to sleep for the night, where she might get a good meal, which quests are hard and which are easy. However, all fun has to end eventually. I notice at the corner of my Mordred coming up to us. Oh god, is he here to make trouble? I don''t have the authority nor the power to stop him. He''s a damnedA-rank adventurer! There are only about 5.000 of them, and each of them are all very wealthy. Ranks go like this, There are countless F-ranks adventurers, and most of them just do it for fun or stop after a while. There are then the D-ranks, which could be considered as normal soldiers doing odd jobs. There are then the C ranks, which are already pretty strong, then B-rank, which are strong and aren''t as many as you''d think. Then there are the A-ranks which arevery strong, and as said before, there are only about 5000 of them. There are then 50 or so S-ranks, these guys are usually kings or emperors or heads of big companies, as they have huge authority due to being S-rank as well as either really strong or really smart, or both for the case. SS and SSS ranks are just complete monsters. As he comes up to us, the girl''s cute ears twitch for a bit and she turns to face him, looking at him with a blank look voided of emotions. "Hello little girl, I can tell that you want to be an adventurer. Why don''t you patner up with reliable people like me so we can help you a bit and teach you all the basic stuff? I myself am one of the strongest in the town, so why don''t you come with me and we can have a bit of fun togheter?" he says whilst eyeing her. This gets me pretty mad but the girl stops me with her words "Shure, the sun usually sets on those that approach me though. Yours will set very soon I can sense, so why don''t you teach me a bit,senior." she says the last word in a tone filled with venom. I don''t understand, what does she mean by the sun setting? Doesn''t the sun set on everyone every day? He looks at her mixed with a questioning and greedy look. I can tell that he''s up to no good, but the girl''s answer stops me from doing so. She sounds like she knows what she''s doing. As she turns around and starts walking toward the door I hear her mumbling "Cliche... Cliche..". What does she mean? What''s up with this phisolophical demon girl? As she was about to leave the door, Mordred, clearly irritated by the lack of reaction suddently grabs one of her tails. I thought only beasts roared, but the roar that resounded through the building sounded even more terrifying, especially considering her small size. Her other tail slapped mordred so hard it sent him flying at me, and I barely managed to avoid him. We were all stunned at that power. I thought she was just a little girl, but that slap was enough to send an A-rank flying. Just how strong is she? Apparently she wasn''t satisfied though, and it all happened too fast for any of us to stop her. She jumped after him, landing a kick in his stomach, followed by two small hand digging into his heart and pulling it out. It was truly gruesome, and it happened so fast even I, a retired B-rank adventurer could barely see what happened. Everyone was stunned into silence at the scene. She had literally killed him in less then three seconds. Not only that, but the shock of seeing a little girl pull out a still beating heart with her bare hands will always be scary no matter what. She then simply turned around, heart still in hand, and walked torward the door while saying "So the sun has set earlier then I imagined, huh? whatever, idiots will always be idiots." and exited the guild. I soon regained my bearings, and not only had to clear the desk that she sent the guy smashing into, but also had to work out paperwork for what happened. It was obvious that the guy had no good intentions, but she still shouldn''t have killed him. Eh, he deserved it. And just like that, she earned a whole bunch of local nicknames like ''Bloody Cat'', ''Heart Eater'', ''Tail Smasher'' or a bunch of other stupid nicknames. ''Bloody cat'' is still my favourite, although most disagree. Chapter 9: To hunt is to kill, to reap is to steal. Both take away lives. [Alysha''s Pov] Well that was anticlimatic. I hoped to duel the idiot outside or at least kill him when we were alone so I could eat him, but I guess I''ll just have to settle for his heart alone. It wasn''t too bad though. Chewy and not too much blood mixed in. After the incident at the adventurer''s guild, I decided to go back to the forest in order to vent out some of the frustration I''ve been accumulating over all of these days. Staying in an extremely smelly and noisy city, with people constantly eyeing me... like those scientist did... I honestly wanted to kill them all, but I knew even I for as strong as I might be will not survive if an entire city goes against me. At least not yet. I''m still undecided on what exactly to do about the heroes. If they hear what happened, I''ll lose the shy girl image I built amongst them. Perhaps I just have to trick them and bring them into a trap, then eat them there? I''m not shure, but I know we''ll become enemies very soon. That''s too bad, I kinda liked being petted by bearguy... Although he does look tasty. Once I passed out of the gate, which didn''t take as long as when we entered, I immediatly ran to the forest which was 2 or so miles away and began tree jumping. I''ve developed this technique when I was still in the forest, and used it to ambush preys in order to get a quick fatal blow on them. I had picked up two nice bandit subjugation quest. I think I''ll just bring their heads and eat the rest. Ever since I ate the tiger, I''ve been finding myself improving less and less. I think it''s because all the people I eat are weak. Also, I haven''t received any modifications ever since, and I feel like I''d need something really big for that to happend. After 2 hours of searching and exploring, I finally arrive at what seems a small camp. It''s well hidden but very noisy. I can hear people chatting and training. As I sneak near the camp, I consider the options and the fun involved in each. I can bulldoze my way through, not letting anyone escape and learn of my immortality, which I want to keep as a trump cart, or I can disguise myself as a captures slave and then kill them in their sleep. I think I''ll pass on the slave idea, as I don''t think I''d be able to handle their gazes and the idea alone makes me shiver. So, what else but bulldoze in and kill them all? Maybe I''ll find someone actually strong! (Hope dies last, but it always dies) Grinning widely, I approach the four guards on watch. Right now is almost sunset, so the light is already starting to go away. As I approach, the bandits look at me strangely. One of them seems confused, and the other three look lustful. Go figure, they''re bandits. Only one in four wonders why a little girl suddently walks up to their camp alone. And even then he doesn''t look threatened. Idiots, cretins, dumb, empty brains, dunces, fools, morons. I don''t know if I should just kill them immediatly or tease them a bit. Eh, I''ll tease the second bandit camp after this. Scratch that, I wanna go buy some clothes after this. I''ll just kill the three perverts and question the half-idiot. As I approach, they get their weapons ready and walk toward me, one of them asking "Are you lost girl? Why don''t you come with us so we..." I don''t let him finish his sentence as I jump at him and bite off his neck. Only to immediatly spew it out. It tastesawful. Do these guys even clean themselves? I''ve tasted cochroaches and they taste better then this. The other three were dumbfolded, I mean, I crossed ten meters in a flash and killed one of them, but you still should probably get your guards up. I''ll teach them a lesson to get dumbfolded in the middle of a battle, the price shall be their lives. As they immediatly try to pull out their swords, my two tails wrap around the necks of the two remaining perverts and I immediatly kill them by constricting them as hard as I can, which earns me a nice shower of blood. The last idiot tries to shout, but I bonk him on the head and send him unconscious. After dragging the three (soon-to-be-four) corpses back into the woods as fast as possible, checking if anyone appears. I have to make this quick, if I let any survive then there''s no point in this, so I want to know where everyone is and what they''re patterns are. After bringing them to a small river close to their camp, in which Iluckily find nobody close, I wash the bodies of the three dead people, then rip out one of their hearts and start gnawing on it. It''s not great, but I guess it isn''t bad. That tiger is still the best meal I ever had though. I go to the alive but unconscious idiot, I slap him on the face a few times, and he finally wakes up. I made shure to hit soft enough to not do any particular damage, but it still must have hurt as hell. He looks at me horrified, and ashe screams I wrap my tails around both of his arms and spread them out, pulling his arms with them. He now looks like jesus when he was crucified. Should I stab him in the heart like the guard did? No. I don''t even want to remember the religion of that place. I put a hand over my mouth, and he immediatly stops screaming, looking at me like I''m a monster. Which, to be fair, I kinda am by now. Ah, right, I always was, sucks to be you, idiot. "Well~ It seems somebody was a naughty boy, and tried talking to this friendly me in an overly unfriendly manner~ Didn''t your mommie teach you respect? It seems I''ll have to teach them to you~ Sad day to be alive, isn''t it?" I say, as I begin to pull on his arms, which begin to make creaking noises. He starts screaming and begging me to stop, which only fuels my inner sadist. We''re gonna have a looooong day my friend~ I stop pulling and release a little to make shure he doesn''t die, and he looks up at me, only to find me grinning such a wide smile no human possibly could reach. I first stab into his legs and arms, making shure to only hit the nerves. Hey, after spending so long with scientists, at least you get to learn some pretty useful stuff right? I still remember that one scientist who was nice enough to lock me up in his living room. He watched a lot of that anime stuff I watched before I got captured. Good times, good times...This novel''s true home is a different platform. Support the author by finding it there. I leave the guy slumped onto the ground, bleeding profousely, and drag back the corpse of the pervert who approached me. I then stab my hand in his chest and finally find his heart after a bit of searching. Bandits are truly heartless, aren''t they~ After taking out my snack, I then walk back at the idiot. He seems like he''s about to puke... Scratch that, he just puked. I guess I''ll throw him in the river before eating him? I''m not desperate enough to eat puke or poop. After a bit of ''convincing'' he wholeheartidly tells me everything he know about their group. Apparently, their leader is a B-ranked adventurer that got fired after raping some woman from god knows where. I''m suprised adventurers can get fired, but I think it only happens if they cause trouble for the guild too many times or someone has solid evidence of their crimes. They usually raid caravans or attack lone hunters for their money and loot. They also specialize in kidnapping women and selling them off as slaves in the elven empire. I figured there were elves, but really? Elves have slavery? After he tells me where everyone lives and what turns they take to guard the camp, I decide to kill him in a very~ naughty (and horrible) way. I wrap one of my tails around his waist, with arms included, and the other around his feet. I then lift him upside down, make his head be on the same height as mine. I firstcut off his tongue to make sure he won''t actually enjoy what I''m about to do. I then proceed to kiss him, making shure he can''t breath. Don''t get me wrong, I just always wanted to try to kill someone with a kiss and make the saying ''A kiss that can kill'' come to reality, I''m not a pervert. He first looked very confused, but then after I refuse to let him go, he tries to shake his head, which I hold still with my still free arms. How convinient is it to essentially have four arms? My tails are just so awesome, I can do anything with them, and if I stretch them to their whole lenght they easily surpass four meters in lenght each, although it hurts when I do it. After fiveminutes of shaking his head around, he finally dies. I made shure that he wouldn''t just fall unconscious by checking his heartbeat, so when his heart stopped I knew he was gone for good. Since he said that each turn usually lasts the whole night, I can afford to take my time, as the night only began. Hopefully nobody goes and searches for them... After I washed my dinner throughtly (throwing them in the river) I line them up, take the desserts out to save them for later, and begin eating. I somehow don''t need to chew when I eat, and my mouth can stretch to almost twice it''s normal size if I really try, making it possible to eat a head whole. Plus, everything I eat ends up strenghtening me, so I don''t even gain any fat from eating, but I do gain weight. Lots of it. I think I currently wait 200kilos or something, But it''s all condensed muscles and tissues, so it''s not that I mind. As I turn back toward the bandit''s camp while wolfing down my desserts, I quickly there by tree jumping like in the anime I saw a very long time ago, where the protagonist had a wierd fox inside of him. I don''t remember the name, but it was really popular. As I circle around the camp and sneak around the tents, making sure that nobody sees me (which is kinda easy considering they''re all asleep) I arrive at the leader''s tent, if the information the idiot gave me is correct he should be fairly strong, I may even cook him alive if he''s strong enough to be worth the effort, otherwise I''ll just eat him right here. I can hear moaning sounds from the tent. Looks like somebody''s going at it hard, maybe I can even play around with him for a bit? As an idea suddently sparks in my corrupted mind, I tear off my coat that was covered in the blood of the idiot, and I simply sneak inside the tent. What I saw was outside the expectations, but not too far off. First, the woman didn''t seem like a slave, but more like his wife, which might be the case. The tent was also all neat and organized. I sneak up behind them, and then simply poke the leader on the back. He swiftly turns behind and looks at me in all my naked glory. Too glorious for his eyes though, so I quickly stab them. He screams, which would alert his mates of the danger, if they hadn''t had too much wine last night from the successful raid, which they did, so they won''t know anything. The woman was looking at me angrily, but since I have a couple torture methods I want to use, I''ll keep her alive for now. Barely. I shoot my tails at their necks and swiftly catch them. The man was still holding his bleeding eyes while cursing, and the woman was too immerse in her activities to truly realize what was happening, which lead to me easily taking a nice hold of their necks. I tear them apart from each other, one to my left and the other to my right. I think I have an idea on how to kill both of them... "Well well~ look at these two lovebirds doing their nesting togheter. I''m sorry, but cats always liked bird''s meat, and last time I checked I''m somewhat of a cat, so how about we interrupt nesting and begin begging~? Lady, you looked like you were having lots of fun, so why don''t I help you a bit~" When I finish my sentence, I cut off the man''s genital and quickly shove them into the woman''s throat, making sure it goes down the wind pipe far enough to never again come out. With a crying/screaming/cursing man and a choking woman in both tails, I feel truly content. How wonderful is it that I get to do all the things I wanted to do to those bastards to someone in the end? Although they''re not the same people, as far as I care humanity is all the same. They''re all boastful, prideful, arrogant, greedy, lustful bastards and I have no qualms killing all of them. I even feel disgusted just by once beingthe same race as them. I also find it funny how I can do this to these bandits without reciprocation from the higher powers. Bandits are people who really are just trying to live a life which if you consider isn''t that much different from adventurers, with bandits attacking humans and adventurers attacking monsters. They''re both living beings, how come humans treat monsters with such high hostility? I''ve seen different types of monsters in the forest, and some are more honorablethen humans. After the woman finally dies, I kill the man by ripping out his heart. Yes, I like hearts, got a problem with that? They''re the tastiest part of the body. It''s chewy but at the same time juicy enough so you feel it but not enough like blood vessels or intestines that it just feels too bloody. Truly a delicacy. It''s too bad people have only one heart... I continue to kill the sleeping or nesting bandits. I gather their corses near the pitfire, while separating them in three piles, the weak which I''ll just eat their hearts and leave the rest to some beast, the slightly strong whom I''m going to eat whole, and the last pile consists of the leader and two other people whom werestronger then most, arguably B-rank level, even if barely. I also took the opportunity to gather all of their shiny stuff. I got a couple of pretty gems, a whole bunch of gold coins and silver coins, necklaces, rings and other jewelry. I stuffed it all into a bag I found. My only trouble is that I can''t find any replacement for clothes that would look good on me or even just fit me. I stole a shirt from a woman and wore it. It wasn''t as big as the coat i had, so my tails have less trouble with it, but it reveals a little of my tights, which I''m not comfortable with. I spent the whole night ripping out hearts and wolfing them down. In the end, I only saved their heads as proof of subjugation and put them all in another bag somewhat like the money bag, only difference being the materials used, as the head bag somehow doesn''t leak blood at all. I decide to ignore the second bandit camp and simply run back to the town, where I hope to rank up to at least B or C rank with all of this. I might even be able to buy a house and employ a maid to cook stuff for me! Although it might be trouble explaining that my favourite dishes are various kinds of hearts, I''m shure I can find someone. That, or I just buy a slave to do it. I don''t feel any sympathy for them, so I don''t really care. Well~ let''s head to the adventurer''s guild once again~! Chapter 10: Back to the city [Alysha''s Pov] As I arrived at the town''s gate, I head to the commoner''s entrance even though I might get away from passing through the noble gate. It''s just that I don''t feel like it''s worth all the trouble, after all there''s almost nobody this early in the morning. After perhaps waiting an 30 minutes, it was finally my turn. There were still a lot of strange looks directed my way, but I guess nobody actually came to bother me directly so it should be fine... "Hello little girl, are you alone or is there someone with you? Also, we will need to inspect these bags if that''s fine." one of the guards asks me, to which I nod but warn him "Shure, I just came from subjugating a bandit camp and brought back proof." The guards were slightly taken aback by that. Apparently they hadn''t heard of what happened yesterday at the guild. I wonder why they haven''t made any comments on my tails or ears. Is this world perhaps not racist...? "Heh, shure. Show me what you''ve got." I shrug and give him the two bags. He first opens the money one, and his reaction was worth at least an applause. He had eyes so wide it looked like his eyeballs were going to fall off. He swiftly closed the bag, got close to me and wispered in my ears "Girl, I don''t know how you got this, but there might be some bad people around here that might want to take this from you. I''m not one of those people, but you have to pay attention to just travel with this much gold." He took a deep breath after that. The other guards were slightly confused, but ignored it when he gave the thumbs up. He then took the other bag, but before he opened it I said "Did you eat earlier?" He looked at me strange, then opened the bag. His face literally got green and he immediatly closed it. "... What is this?" he asked, to which I tilt my head and just say "...Proof of subjugation?" he looked kind of terrified, but decided that messing with me more was a bad idea, so he just told me to go after oaying the silver for the entrance. I walked for maybe thirty minutes before arriving at the guild''s building. I entered and there were perhaps even more people than yesterday. Is the guild more active in the morning? Unfortunatly, the nice receptionist from yesterday wasn''t here, and instead a nerdy-looking guy with glasses was here. I ignored all the comments that were taking place and walked up to him. He looked at me kinda suprised, and asked "Hello. Are you here to post a quest or register as an adventurer?" I shurruged and said "... Can I look at the quests for bandit subjugation? The one for the bandits in the forest at the north of here?" He raised an eyebrow and said "Girl, that is an A-rank quest, what do you want to do with it?" I just put the head''s bag on the table and waited. He was frowning pretty badly, but the moment he opened it he immediatly closed it. Guess he''s new to mass murdering psychopaths huh... Oh boy, he''s trembling now and looking at me horrified. What? You''re not scared when people bring the heads of monsters but when someone brings only 20 or so human heads you get scared? I''ve seen kids braver then you. He looks at me and quickly says "U-uhm, I-I think I should get the higher ups for this... Just one moment please!" and swiftly runs away toward one of the backdoors. The adventurers around us are looking at me confused. What? What''d I do? After 5 or so minutes, a guy in a yellow robe comes in the room followed by the receptionist. He looks over the adventurers, whom for some reason all shift their gaze away, and then looks at me with a raised eyebrow. I''m just leaning on the counter with a leg over the other, grooming my tails. He mustn''t be very happy that I barely looked at him, he''s probably one of those snobs who likes to be the center of attention. He walks over to me and stops at about 2 meters from me. He''s looking at my ears and tails strangely, but he''s not doing anything aggressive so I guess they''re okay? "Are you perhaps the one who brought all the heads of the bandit group ''The Hammers''?" he asks. What a dumb question. I''m pretty sure he knows exactly that I did it but asks anyway to sound cool. "...Yes?" I simply say, not even looking at him and still carefully combing through my tails. I have to pay attention when I do this, otherwise the fur gets messy and it hurts, plus it feels very nice... "Alright, let''s go upstairs to my office. We''ll talk there more in private. I have a couple questions for you." He says and turns around, back to where he came from. He isn''t snobbing on me? How strange, I thought for shure he was gonna get irritated if I ignored him... Too bad, it would have been fun to mess with him though. I grab the two bags and follow him up the stairs, ignoring the wispers and dirty comments behind me. I get it, my tails make it hard for me to wear pants, you don''t have to rub the fact in. We arrive at an office-like room and he goes and sits behind a desk, with a chair in front of it for me to sit on. It looks suprisingly modern. I wonder if I could get myself a house like this in the middle of the woods. That''d be nice... I ignore the chair as I can''t really sit on it due to my tails and put my bags on the desk. He raises an eyebrow, but ignores my rudeness. I suppose I was supposed to sit there for some special reason? "So, first of all, tell me. Who are you really? Where do you come from? I have never heard of some unknown killing an A-rank as fast as you did, and furthermore, I''ve been told that you came here with the heads of one of the biggest groups of bandits in the kingdom? Did you do it alone?? Even so, how did you manage to kill them???" I''m a bit overwhelmed by his sudden outburst, but hold my ground. "My name is Alysha, my past is irrelevant to you, and I come from very far away. You probably never heard of me as I came in this town just two days ago. Yes, I ripped the heads off of the bandits and put them in a bag as proof of subjugation. As for how I killed them, I ripped their hearts out, broke their necks, stabbed them, cut them apart, chopped off all of their limbs, choked them to death, bit their necks off, smashed them to pulps and I gave one bandit the best death a man could ever hope to die." His reaction was quite pleasant, his eyes literaaaaally bulged out and looked like they were gonna fall off at my in-depth description. Heh, fantasy worlds are funny. "... What do you mean by ''best death a man could hope for''?" Oh my, that''s the firstquestion you ask? Well, looks like I found yet another pervert, either that or he''s a dense bastard. "I kissed him and prevented him from breathing. I wanted to bring the saying ''A kiss that kills'' to life, and I did. Oh, I also cut off his tongue before the murder though. I didn''t want him to actually enjoy his death." I decide to answer truthfully, because why shouldn''t I? "... Sure? Are you sure you''re all right mentally?" He asks in a joking tone. I''m kinda suprised here, he''s not gonna say some shit about not killing them or other fake moralities? My respect just grew a bit here mister! "Oh, If you''re talking about sanity I have it all right. It''s just that my morals are quite different from those of normal humans." "If you say so. I suppose you could show me the bags first?" He asks, to which I comply and show him the two bags. He looks slightly taken aback when he opens them, but not for the reason I imagined. "Miss, you realize these are ''Bags of holding''? Even though they''re pretty low level, these can still run for 5 gold each. More then the average person makes a year." I just shake my head. Really now? I just picked them up because they seemed convient and had the right shapes. "Well, these are certainly the heads of the bandits. I can recognize a couple, like their leader ''Grimmor Tremor'', I suppose firing him wasn''t a very good idea. As per the rules of the guild, you may keep the majorityof theirloot, however, we demand these heads and at least 10% of that." he says, while pointing at the money bag. I just shrug, to which he takes the bag of heads and puts it beside the desk, before taking out another bag from under his desk and giving it to me. How nice, you''re even gonna give me a new one? I won''t even have to wash it! He then takes the money bag, carefully taking out the jewelry out and placing it on the desk along with the gold and silver coins. It all takes around 5 minutes, and by the end he''s frowning pretty deeply. "I haven''t heard of them being active for at least a month now. Where did you get all of this?" he asks, which is when I remember that the idiot said they had just raided a caravan during the day, and got drunk afterwards. Just how lucky was I?This tale has been unlawfully lifted without the author''s consent. Report any appearances on Amazon. "I captured one of the bandits and interrogated him, he said they had succesfully raided a caravan, so I guess it comes from that?" I say and tilt my head to the side. "I suppose I didn''t get a report on that attack, tell me, you''re truly F-rank, right?" I nod, and he takes out a couple of papers, to which he write something on them. I somehow can understand and speak to people, but I can''t understand their writing. Faulty god, why forget to let me read stuff and make me illiterate... He then puts them back into another folder in his desk and takes out one of those crystals they used to register me. He then says "Here, touch this with your hand. It should upgrade your rank to A-rank. I would''ve liked to upgrade it to S-rank or higher, but that requires the approval of the king of this country, so you gotta get an audience with him first. Sorry." I simply smile gently and put my hand on the crystal. This guy''s been really kind to me, but I suppose everyone would if they were in the same situation. I mean, I did kill all the bandits and come back without a scratch, so he must''ve though insulting me is a bad idea. Which it is. After a bit more chatting and me asking him to switch all of the jewelry to gold coins, which he does but only at 90% their normal price, I finally leave his office, one sack filled with gold in hand. I think I have around 500 gold from that? That''s not too bad. Maybe I can hire some company to build me a house in the woods and hire some personnal. I don''t want human staff though, maybe elf or some other species. After I leave the building, I wonder the streets for a while while looking at windows of various kinds of shops. I decide to enter a tailor shop that looked nice and expensive. I wouldn''t want anything bad now would I? I enter and look around the shop for something that would fit me, but I already know there isn''t anything. I''ll have to get it custom made due to my tails... Damn, some of the dresses even looked very nice... As I look at the dresses, the shop''s clerk comes over and says "Miss, I don''t know what race you are, but none of these clothes will work on you with those tails." Real genius here, I totally didn''t figure it out myself. I look back at her and simply say "I know, It''s just that they''re very pretty. Could I get a couple of custom dresses and everyday clothes made?" She looks at me with a bit of disdain, finally found the racist. Took longer then I imagined. "Miss, a custom dress is at least 5 gold coins, and some even reach 20 gold. I''m shure you can find something somewhere else." She says with a smug smile. I stareat her with a blank look before giggling a bit. She looks a bit confused, but when I take out my storage bag and oull out a handful of gold coins her face drains of all colors. Hehehehe, idiot, I know I''m in poor clothes, but you should still check before accusing someone of being poor. She bows quickly and runs away while screaming "I''ll go get the manager! Just a moment!" I couldn''t help but giggle even more. What an idiotic woman, If we weren''t in a city dominated by humans I might''ve just kepther as a pet. A woman in her thirties comes back after a minute or so, and she looks at me with a business smile. She greets me "Hello miss, I heard that you want some special clothes made for you due to your... special circumstances?" I simply nod while shaking my tails around to empathize them. Be careful of how you treat them or it''ll hurt, they''re emotionally sensitive~ After a bit of discussing prices and my preferences, I follow her into a cabinet and undress, well, more like take off the shirt, which was the only thing I was wearing. The woman doesn''t say anything about it though, and simply measures me. She tried a couple times to touch my tails but I always move them away at the last second. After measuring everything including, she tries to convince me to let her measure my tails, which I comply after getting her to give me a 10% discount. Hey, money''s important you know? After she finishes measuring (a.k.a cuddling) my tails, she tells me that she''ll have it ready by next week, so I leave 25gold coins with her and tell her I''ll take them back if I''m not satisfied. I also got a shirt and some underwear this time, the woman cut holes in the shirt to let my tails pass through it, which they did. Although it wasn''t the best, it was enough for now. After leaving the tailor, I roam around for 10 minutes, and since the sun is already high up in the sky by now, I decide to have make a quick visit to a weapon''s shop and then go to a resturant. My reason for going to see weapons isn''t to get one, but to get a feel of what weapons people use, so that I can counter them better. After all, I plan on trying to ambush strong adventurers or bandits, so knowing what they use is a must. As I enter the shop, I can immediately hear yelling from inside. Taking a look, there was a group of adventurers bickering with another about one group wanting a weapon but the other group having taken it first. The blacksmith was simply snoring behind his counter. He wasn''t your tipical dwarven blacksmith, but was much rather agiantblacksmith. Seriously, how much does he weight? He looked at least 2.5 meters tall, a whole meter taller then me! Unfair! I approach him while ignoring the adventurer''s bickering. I stand in front of the counter waiting for him to see me, but after a minute or so, I get irritated and poke him with my tail, as it''s my only limb that can reach him. I quickly retract it though, scared of retribution. He looks up and tries to search for what poked him, and after a while of not finding anything he simply goes back to sleep. With my irritation culminating and feeling insulted about my height, I slap him on both sides of his face with my tails. He immediatly jumps up while screaming ''Attack! We''re under attack men!", was he daydreaming or something? When he finally sees me, he looks at me with a blank look, before screaming ''Just kidding!'' and he quickly puts away the swords that he took out. "Hello little girl, I''m sorry for not seeing you at first, but you have to be gentle to this old uncle ok? Also, what may you need in this place? You don''t look like someone who''d wield weapons." Of course, I have my natural and far more reliable weapons! who needs metal when you got sharp teeth and nails! "Yes, I''m not here to buy, however, I''d love if you could explain to me what kinds of weapons adventurers use these days, and what are the most common types of weapons and their strenghts and weaknesses. I''m willing to pay for the information" I say with a wink at the end, to which the guy laughs a "Hohoho, a curious one ain''t ya? Well, I wouldn''t mind explaining a bit as it''s not like I got anything to do, only got time on my hands!" We talked for a bit and discussed for a while. He asked questions about my tails but I simply answered "Secret~" while putting a finger over my mouth. He didn''t pry any further, which I''m grateful for. As we were talking, someone suddently pushes me to the side, making me stumble and fall face first into the floor. I wasn''t ready for it, so it hurt pretty badly. I turn around to find a pretty rich-looking kid maybe 17 or 18 years old followed by 2 guards. He was looking at me with a mixed look of lust and greed. So this is the typical rich noble kid that I heard about? Well, I won''t retaliate as I don''t want trouble for today, maybe today I''ll go search for him and kill his whole family in front of him. I''ll see how I feel. As I was having such thoughts, he suddently speaks "Oh? A mere commoner, and a non-human not only blocks my way, but also ignores me? I''m going to have to teach you some respect, guards, seize her." Ok, scratch that, I''m tearing him apart. As the two guards walk forward without even drawing their weapons, the blacksmith was about to step in but I simply got up, and started walking to the guards myself, and when they were about to grab me, I simply bitch slapped them both in the face and sent them crashing torward a weapon rack, where they effectively got impaled by at least 5 weapons each. The kiddo was so stunned, his mouth was hanging. Giggling, I walk up to him and wisper in his ears "You want me~? Well, We can arrange that, But it''ll probably be the last time you see the light of the day~. Oh wait, you wanted me~? Well, Let''s arrange that~..." I say and grab wrap one of my tail around his legs and the other around his arms. He''s effectively immobilized and he still doesn''t know what''s going on. Poor idiot. Since there were people watching (the entire shop) I decide that killing him in a brutal manner might be fun. I switch my tails and leave him hanging upside down with his belly exposed. He finally regains his bearings and shouts "I-I-I''m the count''s son! Yo-o-u can''t do this to me! My father will killyou for this!" I start laughing maniacally and slap him in the face, making shure to not break his neck, as that''d be too easy. "A count? A count you say? Tell me dear phedophile rapist, would your dear father come rescue you in hell~? You''re just an annoying brat who knows nothing about the world. Trash like you should just die." I say and lose interest in him. I thought that maybe killing him painfully might be fun, but trash as weak as him isn''t even worth looking at. I simply release his hands and smash him into the ground. Multiple times without letting go. I think he died after the third slam, however I kept slamming him for at least 10 times. Only then do I let go of him and bow to the adventurers watching while saying "Sorry for the trouble~", I turn around to the blacksmith who was grimacing at the destructions and put 10 gold coins on the counter before running away while saying "See ya uncles!" After leaving the shop, I went to a restarauntand ate two servings of meat. I hadn''t eaten anything cooked for a while, so it was truly mouthwatering. I quickly ordered 5 other dishes while getting strange looks. It was kinda fun seeing them so confused about how a little girl could wolf down 7 entire dishes. I left a gold coin on the table and skipped happily out of the restaraunt with my tails wagging behind me. I then spend the rest of my day without any problems, skipping from shop to shop and buying all the pretty and/or useful things I find and store them in my bag. When the sun finally starts going down, I go to an inn raccomended by a nice shopkeeper. It''s one of the more expensive ones in town, but I got money to waste, and I imagine I''ll get another batch tomorrow after having a nice dinner with the main coursebeing bandit''s flesh. Thinking about it, I still haven''t tried eatin kids. I think they should taste more tender, and if my theory is correct, a noble kid should taste better then a commoner kid due to the fact that they eat more and healthier. I totally should have tried out that noble from before, he should''ve tasted better then even the B-rank bandit... With such thoughts, I enter the inn and go to rent a room. The landlord lady was quite nice, she even gave me a little discount thinking I was a lost noble girl. Overall, a truly productive day. Tomorrow I think I''ll hunt some bandits and then go pay a visit to the hero to see if I can leech information off of him. Heh, maybe I can even get into a school? That''d be interesting... I kinda miss it... With these thoughts, I fell asleep on a bed for the first time in more then 50 years. Chapter 11: The lone demon [Alysha''s Pov] I woke up after one of the best nights I ever had. The bed was very comfy, and the dinner was great. I''m happy to say that the 2 gold coins spent renting this place for a week were 100% worth it. After a quick snack, I left the inn and headed towards the gate. I had time to think, and I decided to first raid the second bandit''s camp and then maybe request an audience with the king and perhaps ask him to make me an S-rank, or maybe I can get into one of those magic schools or martial arts school... That''d be very nice... As I approach the gates to exit the city, I can smell some people following me. I ignore them and casually keep walking. I think they''re either spies judging by their skills or assassins, or maybe their just thieves, as judging by their locations they aren''t working togheter. After I leave the city and walk down the road while nibbling happily on a strange bread thing that I bought from a shop yesterday, someof my stalkers runs at me from behind. I ignore them and let them surround me, curious to who sent them. "Little girl, please come with us. We have received orders from the count to bring you back at all costs, but it wouldn''t be good on our reputation to hurt a little girl, even if you probably won''t be feeling too well after you visit the duke. Please don''t make us trouble and follow us like the good little demon you are." I ignore him and stare at the familiar smell running towards us. As they were about to try to force down and bind me (emphasis on try), I hear a woman scream "Hero Masaki, what the hell are you doing! Follow the god damn plan!!" and the two men at my front get blasted away by a truck (also called Masaki). Heh, what timing, my hero. Thanks for stealing away the opportunity to eat in peace... The other guys were terrified though, and all quickly run away, including those that got smashed. I wonder why he didn''t kill them though, he easily could have but he controlled it and only smashed them to the ground. Is he perhaps pure...? No, go away inner sadist! You can be released on the bandits later. I turn to look at the four people who helped me get into the city. Just my rotten luck that I''d have to meet them right now isn''t it... Bearman, Yuune, half-elf guy and finally the pervert were all here. I wonder if this is fate at work telling me to kill them all or something, but there are simply too many spies around right now. They''ll report to the king and I might end up in trouble... Let''s just play ignorant! Yup! I know nothing! I''m 100% innocent. Somehow, the pervert has gotten even stronger now. He should be a very high A-class or maybe even S-rank adventurer by now. Being a summoned hero is truly a cheat. "Hi Alysha, what did those guys want with you? We just saw them rushing at you and surrounding you. Who were they?" "Ah... they were the count''s assassin''s I think. His son tried molesting and kidnapping me so I kinda broke him, so now his father''s out for my blood." They all looked a bit taken aback when I said I broke his kiddo. Hey, that was obviously a no-good wannabe rapist, he deserved to die. "Well, thanks for dealing with them I guess. If you''ll excuse me now, I have about thirty or so heads to go collect. See ya later!" I say and begin to run towards the trees, effectively running away from them. I don''t look back as I know that we won''t stay friendly for long. It''s very much possible that considering your tipical person from Earth, the hero is probably a pacifist and will try to stop me. If he does, I''ll make shure that he never sees the light of the sun again... However, before I could climb up a tree, I suddently find an arrow flying at me from my side. Smirking internally, I allow it to hit me, and make a fake scream of pain, then fall down, making it look like I''m unconscious. I hear footsteps, and feel ropes tie my hands and feet. I then feel myself being lifted off of the ground and a grunt. Hehe, idiot. I weight 200 kilos or more by now. You won''t be able to lift me up! Not being able to pick me up, the wannabe kidnapper drags me across the ground for maybe twenty or so minutes, until he lets go of me and starts panting heavily. I guess he probably is an archer or sniper of sorts. Wonder why he didn''t go for the kill shot immediatly, maybe he wants to interrogate me? I still played unconscious, but when I heard him walking towards the entrance I took a peek at my supposed to be attacker. He was a man, probably in his early 20''s. He was around 170cm tall, but the main thing I noticed was that he had wierd markings on his face and arms. I wonder what those are... He left me near a river and went to take a drink. I quickly broke the ropes by brute force and pulled out the arrow from my side and threw it away. My immortality swiftly worked it''s magic and in 10 seconds there was not a trace left. How convinient is it that I don''t have to worry about ugly scars? I sneaked up behind him silently as he was sitting near the water, looking at the reflection. I silently go and sit down beside him without him even noticing. He was looking up at the sky. I wonder what he might be thinking about. "It''s a good day to shoot innocent girls today, isn''t it?" I say while giggling. He immediately jumped away and fell into the water with his butt in. I quikly shot my tail and coiled it around his foot, not letting him get away. I then pulled him back and put him back onto the ground whilst giggling. He looked stupified, His mouth was literally opening and closing. Heh, idiot. "H-h-how? Wh-where''s the arrow? It was coated in sleeping poison too!" Ah, right~ poisons! Sorry, I''m immune~ "Hehehe, don''t worry. The poison will work it''s magic soon enough (lie), but tell me tatoo boy, why did you shoot me? And why did you not kill me?" I said and released my tail from his foot and he fell on his butt again. I couldn''t help but full on laugh at him. I stopped after a minute and sat o the river''s edge with my feet hanging, staring at my reflection. My red eyes still looked like two shining rubies and my silver hair really needed some combing. I suppose I''ll go to the barber after this. "It''s really pretty. These woods, just how amazing would it be if I could just sit here and enjoy the view and the emotions of the forest forever... Don''t you agree, pretty boy?" [Vuixhor''s Pov] I was always shunned and hated simply because of my race. I was a demon born amongst humans, and my mother was a prostitute while my father worked day and night to try and support us. Human kids discriminated me, and teachers certainly didn''t help. I was lucky enough to be allowed to even just go to school, and that was only thanks to the laws which prohibited open acts of racism, but people still found loops or the laws were just ignored sometimes. I was beaten almost every day, and often had to starve. My mother would usually tell me demon''s folklore, and my favourite story was when the Demon King defeated the Dragon King 1000 years ago. Mom would say that this was the single most important moment in the history of demons, as it lead to them becoming officially recognized as a major race and gain the benefits of being one. However, all things come to an end. When I was returning to school one day, I found the door of our house open, which left me suspicious. However, when I entered I saw things that would haunt me for years to come. I found my mother''s corpse, obviously having been raped and then killed, and my father''s corpse was full of bruises, probably beaten to death with firsts. This lead to me closing my heart to the outside world. I knew that vengence was futile, but I still swore to myself to help all demons when I could. I was abandoned from our village and I lived on my own for 10 years. I became a pretty good surviver, and I lived in a hut hidden from the outside world, sometimes trading furs of preys with other demons that I knew. I am now 22 years old, which considering the average 300 years lifespan of a demon, I''m still considered a child.If you encounter this story on Amazon, note that it''s taken without permission from the author. Report it. It was yesterday when an accident happened. I was picking out new equipment from a blacksmith friend of mine whom hates racism, when I saw a little girl of perhaps 14 enter the shop. The strange thing was, she had two tails. Not even just one, but two! As well as a pair of really cute cat ears on her head. I never heard of demons having this big of a mutation. Her nails were extremely sharp and she wore no shoes. Her skin was also perfectly white and her hair and ears were silver like the moon. Her tails had a strange lightning-blue color which made them look strangely fierce but at the same time very cute. I''m not a pedophile, but it''s hard not to admire such a beuty. She tried to get the attention of my friend, but he didn''t see her considering she''s so short. I could literally see a blue vein on her forehead pop out, and she slapped him with her tails. His reaction was hilarious. They proceeded to talk about this and that, with the girl constantly switching between childish, serious and sometimes just straight up wierd behavior. At one point, she simply sat down on the floor and put her tails on her lap and began combing them with her fingers while still talking to my friend. Seriously, who does that? What happened next dumbfolded me. I saw the count''s son enter, and I and all the other adventurers who saw him swiftly bowed. He was known for being unforgiving and sometimes cruel. I also hear rumors of how he sometimes abuses his authority to rape women, and judging by what happened next it''s probably true. He saw the girl talking with my friend, whom both obviously didn''t notice him. He licked his lips and told his guards outside to come with him. They were at least B-rank, and looked pretty strong. I could probably take them on, but I''d still have a hard time. As I was racking my brains on how to help her, the noble suddently pushed her. I didn''t miss his attempt at groping her, but he missed and made it look like a push. Wow, that guy''s a real pedophile... Actually, I don''t think they''re too far off from the age difference, but it still made me grit my teeth in anger. She simply looked at him and then just ignored him while getting up, this got him to make an evil smirk and say "Oh? A mere commoner, and a non-human not only blocks my way, but also ignores me? I''m going to have to teach you some respect, guards, seize her." I was about to intervene, and so was my friend. But she literally walked up to the two guards who were coming up to her, leaving them suprised for a second, and slapped them on the face hard enough to send both flying towards weapon racks, killing them. Did she really just casually kill both of them with a mere slap...? She really did didn''t she... She then used her tails which were extremely flexible and looked like coiling snakes when she used them to catch the noble. He tried using his authority to stop her, but she simply smirked even more evil smile. After calling him trash and losing interest, she used her tail wrapped around his feet to slam him into the ground. Multiple times. After 10 times, the entire portion of the floor was broken and the kid didn''t even look like a human anymore, just an irrecognizible corpse. She casually gave 10 entire gold coins and then bowed towards us while saying "Sorry for the trouble~" and then swiftly ran outside giggling. I was shocked still for a solid 5 minutes. My friend had began cleaning everything already, and when some more guards came 30 minutes later, he simply said that a cat got the count''s son. They questioned us, and we all gave the same answer. That a cat got the count''s son. We weren''t even lying, as she kinda looked like a cat. They figured it out eventually, as apparently rumors of the ''Bloody Cat'' were spreading like wildfire. I only know it from the guards that came in, apparently, An A-rank adventure had tried picking on her but she casually waved him off and when he caught one of her tails she ripped his heart out in retaliation, getting herself and her surrounding full of blood. This, plus her catlike appearance earned her the title ''Bloody cat''. I personally am not sure if I could win against her in a close-up fight. I mean, she literally killed two B-rankers with a mere slap, and didn''t even use her extremely sharp nails. I''d probably win in an ambush thanks to my poisoned arrows and accuracy, but it''s still a very scary aspect. What I didn''t imagine is that I''d meet her the next day. I was stalking an assassasin that was hiding near the woods, intenting to interrogate him on his mission, as the forest is often a place of refuge for us demons, when I saw her coming out of the road. She was nibbling on a piece of bread-cake and her tails were swishing happily. The assassin and five other of his comrades quickly surrounded her, but she ignored them. Then, for some reason or another, the ''Hero'' arrived and scared the assassins away. I think the hero is an S-rank but some even say he''s SS-rank. I personally don''t think so, but let people believe what they want. She said something that apparently shocked the hero and his party, and then swiftly ran off towards my direction. I wanted to talk to her, but I''m scared that if I show myself she''s going to kill me, so I do the only thing I thought could work. Before she could climb a tree and escape, I shot her, making shure not to hit anything vital. The arrow was a pretty strong one, but I''m confident in her ability to survive. I also coated it in a very special poison that makes the person fall asleep, meaning that she''ll likely sleep for quite a white.\ I run to her, check that the arrow didn''t hit anything, and then tie her arms and legs togheter just as a safety precaution, These ropes likely won''t hold her for long, but should still do something hold a weakened her. I tried to pick her up, but she washeavy! She must be at least 200kg or something! Where does she put all of that weight in that tiny body! I give up on the notion and simply drag her, which is still very hard and even harder since I''m trying to make it so the arrow wound won''t get worst. I can''t remove it now or it might leave a scar. She''ll have to wait till I get to my base. After 20 minutes of intense pulling, I drop her near a tree and go get a drink. Whilst I was drinking, I look up at the sky and simply think ''Mother, would you have approved of what I''ve done? Of all the people I killed...?'' While I was lost in thought, out of nowhere a beutiful voice gigglesfrom right next to me "It''s a good day to shoot innocent girls today, isn''t it?" I immediatly jump out with my heart in my throat from the sudden scare. And not only was she perfectly conscious, there were no signs the arrow ever hit her! How? Before I fell into the river from the jump, one of her tails blurs and suddently I see it wrapped tightly around my foot. Fast! Those things are way too fast! She then simply pulls me back next to her and settles me down while giggling. I was completely dumbfolded. She didn''t even look mad! I shakingly say"H-h-how? Wh-where''s the arrow? It was coated in sleeping poison too!" She full on laughs, and only after a minute did she stop and answered"Hehehe, don''t worry. The poison will work it''s magic soon enough, but tell me tatoo boy, why did you shoot me? And why did you not kill me?" Tatoo boy? She doesn''t even know I''m a demon? She then releases me and sits at the edge with her feet in the water, simply staring at the water with a somewhat nostalgic look. She''s really moody isn''t she... "It''s really pretty. These woods, just how amazing would it be if I could just sit here and enjoy the view and the emotions of the forest forever... Don''t you agree, pretty boy?" She says and she simply closes her eyes and rests her back on the ground with feet still in the water. I have to agree with her despite all of this. The scene looks perfect. A beutiful girl in a beutiful enviroment. I wonder, maybe defending these woods wasn''t so bad after all? "... Yeah, the view is perfect." I say and she smiles weakly, then simply closes her eyes and I hear her falling asleep. I wonder if it truly is the poison. I seriously doubt it after seeing all that happened. I simply stare at her for a minute or so, before purging my head of all thoughts and get back up. I go to search the arrow I used to shoot her so that I don''t waste it. After all, the arrow itself is magically enchanted to help me with my aim, so it costs at least 75 silver. It was a gift from another demon, and it''s been my sure-kill arrow ever since. I guess it still wasn''t enough to injure that little monster huh... I find it near where she had been. She had obviously simply ripped it out of herself, somehow not even making a sound. It must be said that ripping out an arrow is even more painful then receiving one, so her pain tolerance must be insane. I wonder where she comes from to look like that... My life must have looked like heaven compared to hers... I go back to the river and find her still sleeping form. She was holding her tails and shivering while mumbling something I couldn''t quite catch. Itwas a truly heartbreaking scene, a cute-looking invincible and bloodthirsty monster shivering in her sleep. I don''t know if it was sympathy or simply the desire to protect but I ignored common sense and simply sat down and began to absentmindedly stroke her head. Her hair was a real mess, does she even take care of it? She swiftly calms down under my petting and her sleeping goes back to peaceful. I think I can even hear a soft purr from her. She''s totally a cat isn''t she? Her catlike ears were soft and felt kind of funny. I wonder how many times she got beaten just because of these... Simply because of the way she was born. Humans are truly evil, or at least a very big majority is, it''s no wonder our kings of old waged war against them. I spent the rest of the day dragging her over to my base. She somehow managed to deeply sleep the entire time even though I''m pretty sure the poison did nothing against her. She would sometimes start trembling and sweating, to which I had to sleep and caress her head a bit before she would calm down. Finally, when the sun was three quarters of the way in the sky, we finally arrived at my base. It''s just a lone house that I take care of. However, the good thing about it is that it is in a very hard location to find, as vegetation grows heavily around it, only to disappear after a while and leave the house. I drag her all the way into the house and leave her on my bed before going downstairs to make something to eat for later. I wonder, what do humanoid cats eat...? Chapter 12: The true monster [Vuixhor''s Pov] I left the girl in my base and swiftly ran towards the city to buy some food and to check for any hints of the count''s activity. When I arrived inside the city, I went towards the assassin''s guild, and what I found there didn''t suprise me much. There was a request to capture a girl, and the description obviously stated that it was that girl. What I didn''t expect was that the reward would be 100 gold coins and that it requested that she be brought back alive. I don''t want to know what kind of things they''d do to her if they managed to capture her... After buying some meat from the butcher and some other things, I left the city and ran back towards my base. I usually only stay one hour or two in the city and not more, as I''m scared that I might be recognized. Before arriving at the base, I saw the ''Hero'' and his party hunting the local monsters. These bastards already killed 3/4 of the entire population, and now the forest just looks... empty. Real good job ''Hero'', real good job... Once I arrive at my base 20 minutes later, I arrive and first drop off the grocieries, then I checked up on the girl. Shure enough, she was still sleeping and she was already shivering intensely. I simply pat her head for a while and she calms down. Poor kid, I wonder where and who her parents are... Probably best not to mention it though. I leave the room and go back downstairs and prepare some of my favourite dishes. I don''t spend much money, but when it comes to food or weapons you should never hold back. I prepare steak with baked potatoes, bring out some wine for me and water for her. I''m not goingto let a minor drink wine, I''m a responsible demon. As if on clue, I hear footsteps from upstairs and soon enough she appears, sniffling the air. She looks at me with a blank stare, and then at the steak. She looked quite hungry, so I decide to call her "If you want to eat then come down here." She swiftly jumps down the stairs and walks over to me. She then sits down and coils her tails around her waist. I guess those are in the way huh. "So tatoo boy, mind explaining what''s happening? First you shoot me, then I find myself in your house with a delicious-looking steak in front of me. I''m kinda lost here~" I suppose my actions don''t indeed make much sense. I''m still asking myself why exactly I''m doing this. Actually, I know exactly why. I hate those noble humans, the commoners are bad too, but the nobles are just trash. I couldn''t stand seeing her being in such danger even though she''s so strong. "I''ll explain everything, for now you can eat. I will immediatly tell you that I have no friendly relations with the count or with humans in general." She looks up at me for a second then asks "Humans? Do you mean you''re not human?" I facepalm at that. Just where did she come from...? "No. I''m a demon born inside human lands." I say and her eyes open pretty wide. "I... Imagined that demons were... you know... Scarier? Like with wings, horns, tails, tall, multiple arms?" What the hell is she talking about? Those sound a lot like monsters. "I don''t know where you come from, but I''m a pure demon, if you don''t like it then that''s your own fault." I say but she shakes her head and smiles awkwardly. She then somehow takes the entire steak and cuts it in pieces using her nails. Those are very sharp aren''t they... "I suppose I should thank you for this. What''s your name? And can you fully explain to me what exactly you want with me?" I tell her my name andmy story, how she was wanted on the assassin''s guildand mywork of helping all fellow demons in the area. When I finish, I look at her only to see her staring at me with a questioning gaze. "I understand most of the story, but why haven''t you tried taking revenge for your past? I shure as hell will..." She mumbles the last part, which I ignore and simply state "Humans are scary exactly because of their revenge quests. If I was to actively try taking revenge I''d simply get killed very quickly. I''m not strong enough to fight an entire race, and it would end up with pointless slaughter." I finish but she giggles a bit. "There''s no such thing as pointless slaughter. Every kill has a meaning you know? Maybe their body will fertilize the ground or some wild beast could have them as their dinner." So she is indeed an insane psycopath huh... Well, too late now. I get up and walk outside and she follows me. She was still mumbling things without me being able to hear her. "Can you promise me to never tell a soul about my base? It''s not only where I live but multiple other demons sometimes come to take refuge here. Can you promise me at least that?" She nods at me with a faint smile. "Sure, but you''re gonna have to treat me to a couple more of those delicious meats if you want me to keep the promise..." She trails off and giggles a bit. Isn''t she like, really wierd? "Ah! Right! I was gonna go have dinner with the bandits! I forgot! Sorry, I''ll see you another time!" She says and runs off. Dinner with the bandits? What? Is she a bandit herself? I doubt it... [Alysha''s Pov] The cooked meat was delicious and talking with the guy was pretty funny. I immediatly felt a weight lifted off of my shoulders when I heard he wasn''t human. Still, to think demons didn''t have wings... I totally wanted to see one... For some reason, I felt peaceful during my sleep and my everynight nightmares didn''t come this time. It was a really pleasant sleep, even though I probably shouldn''t have fallen asleep just like that, but I think that me being completely immune might actually not be for every poison? Or was I just tired? I''m not sure... I''m kinda lost now though. I still want to kill the bandits, but if I can''t find them how can I kill them? I should''ve asked for directions... I hopped from tree to tree for at least 3 hours before finding something. Something pretty god damn big too. There was a snake. A really long snake. It should''ve been at least 20meters in lenght and 2 meters wide. It was coiled on itself and would have normally been pretty hard to see due to it''s green color, but due to being so big and since It was bleeding quite a bit it wasn''t too hard to spot.I''m pretty sure it just had a fight with an adventurer group or something... As I observe it from the tree, the snake suddently turns and I hear a voice in my head "Go away, humans, or it won''t end well for you. I can sense your near. Scram!" Oh my god. This snake can use telepathy! I''m so excited, if I eat him will I be able to use it too?! I jump down from the tree and the snake looks at me for a couple of seconds, the says "... Where are your little friends? I can smell at least 5 different people on your body. What did you do?" Ain''t you a polite snake? Asking what''s wrong and not attacking me immediatly. Might be because he''s injured, but still. He''s nicer then most humans I know... "Ah, yes! That might be because I eat a lot, but I''m not sure. I also have a special~ skill but I can''t tell you what it is tough. Also, I''m sorry mr. Snake but I''m going to have to kill you now. If you have any wishes then please say them now~." "Hahahaha, kill me? You? Based on your attitude and lack of reaction, I suppose it''ll be a hard fight for me then. Well, since you seem so eager to kill me, I''ll fight you with everything I have, but let''s take this away from here." The snake uncoils itself and starts slithering away. itstill faces me, but when it fully uncoils I realize the reason for it''s scratches. There was a giant egg where it was coiling around. It looked really pretty. It shined a golden color and had some green stripes on it. "Ah, I can see why you''re wounded now. I think I might even know the only human who could possibly injure such a noble snake like you. Was the guy perhaps a perverted black-haired idiot?" The snake looked at me for a second before laughing (Or at least it seemed like it was laughing) and answered in my mind "Hahaha, yes. He was indeed a black-haired idiot and he kept blabbering about how I was a danger to his ''friends'' but kept apologizing at the same time after I spoke to him. There were 3 more people with him though. Ah, We''ve arrived. Let''s fight here if you don''t mind." We arrived at a clearing of the forest similar to my pond. The snake slithered and coiled itself again. Facing me, he began to shake his tail. "I''m kinda sorry to have to kill you. You see, I before said that I have a special skill. It let''s me strenghten by eating strong people or monsters, and you seem insanely strong. Well, what should I do with your egg after this? Oh, and don''t think you can win, I can myself easily kill the 4 people that damaged you this much."This story is posted elsewhere by the author. Help them out by reading the authentic version. "We''ll see, we''ll see. I haven''t lived for 200 years for nothing. Well, if you manage to win then please protect the baby. It was my mistake coming to human lands after all. I should''ve stayed in the deeper parts of the forest. Oh well, with the King gone, it has become much harder living here anyways due to the massive increase in hunters and trappers. I wonder what happened to him. He was a tiger and had two tails and ears very similar to yours." Ah, so that''s the king! Did I perhaps doom this forest when I killed him? Good. "Ah, yes! as I said before, I can absorb their strenght when I eat someone. I killed that tiger and ate him and then woke up with these the next morning. They''re really nice to comb..." I say as I bring my tails forward and hug them to my face. "Y-you killed the king?! How?? He was the strongest monster in the area!" Oh my, scared now? Hehehe. "Well, yeah I killed him, although I had an advantage since I stabbed his eyes out at the start he still bit off my arm, which kinda hurt... He was very tasty though." The snake looked quite nervous now. "... You''re arm is still there. It makes it hard to believe what you''re saying." I make a gesture of realization, and then cut off my own arm with the other. Blood sprays onto the ground and the snake looked shocked. The blood stopped after 3 seconds and a new arm regrew in 10 seconds. I didn''t think snakes could make facial expressions, but it''s jaw was literally hanging open. giggling a bit, I wave my new arm that had absolutely no signs of ever having been cut off. Sadly, whenever I regrow a limb the one that is cut off turns into ashes. "T-t-that''s quite something... I never saw anything like this... Oh well, I guess I''m going to die today. Please stick to your promise and take care of my baby at least." I simply nod with a smile and get into a pouncing stance. There was no more need for chit-chatter and we both ready ourselves As if on agreement, we launch at each other at the same time. I don''t hold back and the ground cracks under my weight. The snake tries to bite me and succedes by biting me right in the waist. I ignore the pain and wrap my tails around itshead and start punching, biting and scratching furiously ignoring all the trashing he tries. Ittries to let me go and throw me off but I hold strong on it. itswings his head into the ground, damaging itself but succesfully throwing me off. I had stabbed off one of it''s eyes and it had several deep slashes in it''s face. My wounds rapidly close off, leaving only a destroyed shirt as signs of ever being bitten. Smirking evilly, I say "Forgive me for my lack of regards to your poison, but it''s not going to work on me..." I say and get into a pouncing stance once again. The snake understands that simply biting me won''t do anything and with my steel-tough skin it would be very hard to seriously damage me. We once again pounce at each other, and I slam my tails on the side of the face of the snake before it could try to swallow me. This sends him reeling to the side and I crash into it''s back, Immediatly starting to tear it apart. The snake wraps itself around me and constricts me, breaking a couple of bones. I disregard the pain one again and single-mindedly start biting and chewing on it''s skin. I swallow the meat I tear off and can immediately feel myself strenghtening. It''s really tasty. The snakes tries even harder to constrict me, but with my now slightly increased strenght I begin pushing on it back. After 3 minutes of him constricting and me pushing, I get bored of it and shoot my tails and wrap them around parts of it''s serpentine body. I then constrict them myself, leaving it hissing in pain. I then finally free myself, Pick it up in the air by the end of the tail, and start twisting myself around, dragging it with me and then throwing him into the trees, breaking several of them. The snake now had probably 1/2 of it''s bones broken. I walk up to it, and see it turn to me with a resigned look. I guess it is kind of unfair how I can ignore it''s two major sources of damage, constricting and poison. Too bad for you... "This was the best fight I''ve had ever since I fought the king. Thank you for the fight." I say with a deep bow. The snakes simply laughs in my head and says "Hahaha... *cough cough*, I guess I never stood a chance... did I... You''re a polite one regardless... Most humans consider me a simple-minded beast... *coughs again* I guess you''re more of a monster then I am...". It finally dies after finishing the sentence. The poor snake probably just wanted to live and help it''s child grow up... I feel really bad having killed such a noble and beutiful being. It probably was right too that I am more of a monster then it ever was. I walk up to it and start tearing it apart, eating it on the spot. I start with the head. Since it was too big to swallow whole, I simply tear it into four piece and devour each. It takes untill nightfall tofinally finish consuming the snake. It wasn''t quite on the level of the tiger king, but it was very delicious neverthless. I wash myself in a small river nearby and throw away my now unwearable shirt and remain only in underwear. I walk back to where the egg was left and pick it up. I''m going to guard this with my immortal life, I refuse to break the promise made to such a noble beast. It never complained during our fight, and never once asked for mercy. I might have more hesitation killing it then killing a million humans. The egg still shined it''s golden color with green stripes. I think I''ll ask the demon boy for some help on this... Chapter 13: An army, a Hero and a cat [Alysha''s Pov] After having a nice lunch consisting of a lone hunter I found, I kept running. Quite a bit happened after defeating the snake. Apparently, the pervert had reported to the king that they found a giant monster in the forest, and now there''s a bounty for it on the adventurer''s guild and the king also unleashed hundreds of knights into the forest. So now not only do I have to bring with me an egg everywhere I run to, but I also gotta make sure I''m not seen. Oh, I also stripped the shirt of a knight that tried to molest me. At least I''m not in underwear anymore. How do I know all of this? Of course, from a little chat with my lunch. He seemed very willing to tell me as I ate his friend in front of him. I now can use the telepathy that the snake used, it simply comes natural to me. It''s range is limited at 50 meters though. I also can secrete poison from my canines. My teeth and nails all got sharper too, as if before wasn''t enough. I can now cut a stone in two as if it was butter. I''ve been jumping around for two days without rest now, trying to find that goddamn house. Seriously, how well-hidden is it? I find a squadron of knights during after a while more, and approach them from the front. When I arrive, they all immediately took out their weapons, however when they saw me more in detail they lowered them. Some of them tensed up quite badly though. "Hi guys, I''m kind of lost here and can''t find my way back to the city. Could you gentlemen please tell me where to go?" I ask while smiling. The knights at the front simply tell me to wait a moment and go to the back of the column, where after a while a man in perhaps his 30''s appears. He''s muscular, but not so much to look exxagerated. He''s probably at the lower A-rank tier. "Hello young lady. My subordinates tell me that you''re lost, may I ask what happened?" He says with a hard look. Eh, I guess I am kind of suspicious... "Ah, yes. People call me ''Bloody Cat'' for some reason. I''m an A-rank adventurer, and got lost after a quest. Can you please point to me the way to the city?" I say with puppy-eyed mode activated. He blushes a bit. Hehe, cute. It makes me want to rip off your face and throw it into a river... His gaze hardens after a while, and asks "Are you really the ''Bloody Cat''? You certainly match the information I received from the reports. I''ve heard that you killed the count''s son and an adventurer. Is that true?" I tilt my head and put up a finger on my temples, then after faking contemplation for a bit I answer. "Ah! Yes! That pervert tried groping me and ubducting me, so I simply taughthim that sometimes people are mean, and the price for the lesson was his life. As for the other man, he touched my tails without permission so heartlessly, so I made sure he would forever remain heartless." I say, trying to make a funny pun. The captain obviously isn''t impressed though. Too bad... "That isn''t quite what I heard from the reports, but I guess that such acts might have been commited by him. We will still need to investigate the matter more throughtly. Can I ask for you to follow us for now?" I simply shrug and nod. He turns back and heads down the column of soldiers. I can see at least 30 of them. I wonder, would this have been enough to defeat that snake? It was strong enough to tear through my skin quite easily after all. As I follow him, I can see the knights looking at me with disdain. Eh, I get it. I''m different from you, so that gives you the right to look at me like that? Idiots. I ignore them, but when one of them tried to trip me I simply coiled one of my tails around his leg, lifted him up and smashed him into the ground, right onto the other men. The captain swiftly turned around with a questioning and alarmed look. The other knights drew their weapons and got ready to fight. "Ok idiots. I''m being nice and following you. If you all want to die then please, come forward. If you don''t then immediately put back your weapons." I say and get my tails ready on both my sides. The knights were not quite sure what to do. The captain did though. "All of you, stop immediately and put away your weapons. We''re not picking a fight with her, so stop right now." They obey him and put their weapons away. Heh, lucky bastards... We arrived at the back and then kept marching. After 30 or so minutes of silent marching, we arrived at a small camp. I could see hundreds of knights lazing around, training, eating and I think I heard some moans from the tents. When we arrived, we got quite a few looks, and I certainly saw a few people licking their lips when they saw me. What''s up with all of these perverts? Aren''t knights supposed to protect the innocent? Ah, right. That''s just child''s fantasy. Knights are just the more powerful version of bandits, they are supported by the state and they raid nearby places or extort villages under the pretext of protection... I seriously want to kill them all, but I''ll hold back for now. We arrive at one of the more luxurious tents, and as we enter I hear the guards calling out "Liutenant Mark Ripplenstain has arrived." Oh? They even unleashed the military? Was the snake considered this big of an enemy? Me and the liutenant walk inside the huge tent and I see quite a spectacle. There were several men and a couple women surrounding a large table discussing, each with at least 2 attendants behind of them. As we arrive, they all look at us. Or more like, everyone looks at me. I tilt my head and smile while waving a hand at them. I swear I even saw some of the women blushing. The power of cuteness is simply overwhelming. The man at the end of the table sits up and greets us "Welcome, Liutenant Mark Ripplenstain. We''re currently discussing the problem. I don''t think you''ve been informed, but we found some bloodstains and a couple of broken scales that match the colors of the monster we were called to kill. Do you know what this means?" The liutenant looks a bit taken aback, but still goes and sits at an empty chair. I look around trying to figure out what to do, and end up sitting in a corner combing my tails. What? It''s fun! Who cares if it''s an official meeting! "No general sir! I''m not exactly sure what you mean by that." The liutenant says with short bow. The general simply nods and explains "Well, It means that not only is the snake dead, but nobody reported having killed it, and the corpse can''t be found anywhere. This means that something really big must have killed and eaten it. This brings us to the next problem, trying to figure out who and what killed it. There are reports of signs of a huge battle accouring where the scales appeared. Several tens of trees were destroyed and the ground was cracked in various locations. This leads us to think that the monster who killed it might have either been a new king of the forest or the old king came back. Both news are extremely bad, and we have to figure out what happend to assure the safety and control of the forest. The king has already ordered for an investigation to take place with the ''Hero'' being the commander of the operation. We honestly can''t really rely on him as he''s strong but thick-headed and knows next to nothing of military tactics. So, What have you found during your search? Any signs of something of a hint?" The liutenant thiks for a bit, then points at me, who''s sitting in a corner grooming my tails, and says "We found this demon in the forest. She''s apparently the famous ''Bloody Cat'' that appeared some time ago. She says that she completed a quest but got lost. She might know something, but I wouldn''t bet on it." I look up at them and tilt my head to the side and say "Eh, I might know something. However, information has a price." I say with a wink at all of them. One of them stands up and shouts "Look, demon, it''s enough that you''re not being beheaded right now, and you dare to ask for something in return? Are you crazy?!"If you stumble upon this tale on Amazon, it''s taken without the author''s consent. Report it. The general gets up too and shouts "Second liutenant! This girl has done nothing wrong and she is right that information is valuable. Your accusations are bordering the line of being illegal due to the fourty third law that prohibits discrimination. Sit down now." The liutenant pales a bit and quickly sat down while grumbling. The general then turns to me and says "Girl, despite being one of the most popular big shots of these days, nobody actually knows your name, can you please tell me?" I shake my head. My name''s my own name. They don''t deserve to know it. Maybe if they were as strong as the ''Hero'' then they might be worth it. Barely. The general raises an eyebrow but ignores it. He then asks "Well, what do you want for the information?" I contemplate a bit, then say "I get to become S-rank? I heard only the king can let you do that. Oh, and maybe I can join the magic academy." He nods and says "That''s doable. With your power level, it shouldn''t be too hard to do, and as for the academy, we can give you a reccomendation, but you''ll have to pay for the tuition. Well, what do you know? What happened to the snake?" I think a bit about what to say. Do I tell them that I killed it?Eh, shure, but let''s modify it a bit." "The snake was killed by a tiger-like animal. It had two tails like me. I was there during the fight and saw how the tiger ended up killing the snake, but was quite hurt. Since I had no reason to kill it, I simply let it leave and picked up this thing." I take out the egg from my bag near my waist. I learned that you can actually put things in it even if they don''t fit by simply willing it to enter. Quite convinient. The general looks at the egg with discerning eyes and says "That''s the same egg from the report the ''Hero'' sent. Did you truly witness the fight?" I nod my head at that. I''m not even lying, I was there during the whole fight after all. In the fight though, not on the sidelines. One of the people at the sides stands up and says "Ms, why did you let the tiger live? It can now become a potential enemy." I look at him like he''s an idiot and say "Because why should I? It was weaker then the snake, but the snake itself was already badly wounded by the heroes. It won''t pose a problem for quite a while, and even then, it was a magnificent animal and deserved his win." I say and he looks quite shocked. I guess people don''t consider monsters as beings with living rights... I stand up and head towards the door while saying "I''ll see you later for out little agreement my good general~"and leave. The guards hurriedly got out of my way. I guess having the reputation of killing an A-ranker in less then 10 seconds is quite something huh... [General Roger''s Pov] The council was in a session, discussing the current problem. We were assigned to this mission of killing an ancient snake, known for terrorizing villages. The problem was that not only did such a beast appear, but it also got killed by something, definitly not human. Our job is to determine what in the world it could have been. It''s true that the beast was wounded, but there are no reports on any monster capable of even just injuring it. That was when the first liutenant Mark Ripplenstain arrived. The guards greeted him and I did too. Only then did I notice the wierd demon girl that was following him. She was beutiful beyond belief, but that was not the strange thing. She had two tails and a pair of cat ears on her head. She also had extremely sharp-looking nails and was only wearing a shirt with no pants. The shirt was big enough to cover her though, so I guess it''s fine. As I explained what the problem was to the first liutenant I she simply sat down near a corner and began combing her tails. Doesn''t she understand we''re in an official meeting... The liutenantthen says that he doesn''t really know anything, and points at the girl, saying that she apparently might know something. So she''s the ''Bloody Cat'' that everyone is talking about? I can see why they call her cat, but why bloody? She seems like your tipical angel, if it wasn''t for those ruby red eyes. Those are somewhat creepy, but strangely suit her with her silver hair. She then asks for something in return in exchange for information, which I was about to agree with, when the second liutenant starts a ruckus. I stop him and agree with her. She asks to go into a magic school and to become S-rank. I agree, after all, giving a raccomendation is quite easy for someone of our rank and if the rumors that she killed an A-rank in less then 10 seconds are true, then she definetly qualifies for at least a test. She says a tiger-like animal with two tails attacked the snake. I suspected this after all. The old king is back. I wonder where he went after all. This is good news, the old king used to be quite peaceful for a beast. What she said next though, shocked me. She said that she could have killed it but let it leave, and that it was actually weaker then the snake itself but still won due to the snake''s injuries. This means it wasn''t the king, as the king was definetly stronger then that snake. She also showed us the egg the snake apparently guarded, and it matched the description, proving that she was there during the fight. She then left while saying "I''ll see you later for out little agreement my good general~" This girl is really quite brave. She doesn''t care a bit that I''m a general... Luckily for her, I''m not really into the whole ''honor'' thing and I don''t despise other races of commoners. If it was another general she might have been in trouble though. I turn to the first liutenant and ask "Just where and how did you meet her?", he sighs and says "Well, from what I heard, she suddently jumped off of a tree without any of us knowing she was there and approached us asking for the way to the city. I got her to come with us. Some of the soldiers tried something on her, but she apparently caught him with her tail and smashed him into the ground. The guy was almost dead when the soldiers tried to heal him. Then she simply followed us silently until here. You know the rest, general." He says and sighs again at the end, I wonder what''s up with him? "I tried asking her about the incident with the count. Did you hear about it?" I shake my head at that. I heard the count lost his son, but nothing more. Was she there when it happend? "Apparently, the count''s son tried groping her and abducting her, so she killed him. That''s all she said, but she did prove that she killed him." Wait, what? Really? That''s actually quite good. I never liked the count nor his son anyway. They were two perverts and took pleasure in bullying commoners. Truly a family of idiots. We spent the rest of the day figuring out what to do. At the end, we decided to simply ignore it all and go home. If the beast was wounded and still hasn''t been found, it probably won''t be found now that it had time to escape. I exit the tent along with my direct subordinates and go searching for the ''Bloody Cat''. I find her eating some meat at the camp''s buffet. She''s a glutton, isn''t she? I approach her and her tails perk up for a second before she turns at me. She smiles and says "Oh, Hello there general! Don''t worry, I paid for this already." She says as she throws a piece of meat inside of her mouth. "You shouldn''t have. The information you gave us was extremely valuable. You two can go now." I say and shoo away my subordinates. They bow and leave. "So, I suppose you want a raccomendation and a certificate for S-rank?" She nods and says "Ah, if you could also get the soldiers over there to stop trying to bully me that''d be nice for them. I don''t know if I can hold back on killing them next time they shove me away." She says and points at a group of soldiers. I guess I''ll warn them, she doesn''t really seem to care either way, but I can tell she just wants me to stop the soldiers from bothering her. I can try to do that, but it probably won''t work considered the hatred they have on demons. I give her the raccomendation I signed and the certificate that the king signed and gave me for occasions like these. We''re told to only give them away to trustworthy people, and while I''m not sure if she''s exactly trustworthy, the information was worth it and I always stick to my words. She took the papers and put them away in her spatial bag. I wonder, that thing looks like it costs 50 gold coins at the least. She''s probably quite rich considering she casually has one on herself. "Do you mind joining us for dinner tonight? I suppose you''ll depart tomorrow, so why not spend the night here?" I say and she looks at me blankly before giggling and saying "You realize I''m only 14 years old right~, What will your wife say when she hears this?" Oh please, I roll my eyes at her teasing and she laughs and says "Heh, I expected generals to be... more... prideful? Sure, I''ll join." She says and I motion for her to follow me. I guess she''s right. Other generals are often way too prideful to the point of being a fault. When we arrive, I spot my subordinatessurrounding someone and asking him question. I look a bit more closely and find that said man is actually the famous ''Hero'' based on the description. Short black hair, Not very muscular and a wierd face. I go to talk to him and try to get to know him. I only heard of him from the reports, but they always mention that he''s quite stupid. "Oh god damnit. Why''s the pervert here of all places?" I hear from behind me and see a quite angry-looking cat staring daggers at the hero. Did she call him pervert? Does she know him? "Oh, Alysha, hello! Why did you suddently run away last time!" The hero shouts as he sees us. So her name is Alysha? That''s quite the cute name, and she really does know him... "General please do something, I don''t want to talk with that pervert!" She wispers to me in a desperate voice and I simply nod. I say "Hello ''Hero''. I''m the general of this platoon, General Roger. Before we talk, why don''t we go drink something?" I say but he''s clearly ignoring me and staring at the girl, who looks like she''s conflicted about either running away or staying. I can see why she calls him pervert, he''s clearly staring at her breasts. Really? The ''Hero'' himself is a pedophile? I have way too many men into little girls already, and if it''s revealed the ''Hero'' himself is one that''s gonna be quite bad... Chapter 14: A pervert and a cat in school [Alysha''s Pov] I really felt like tearing the head off of the rest of pervert''s body. This guy''s totally looking at my breasts, and it''s not like I have any, I barely do! Thankfully, Yuuna soon enough came out from the cluster of men and saw me. Then saw the pervert''s stare and slapped his face, sending him onto the ground. I think I heard a few gasps from the audience of soldiers... "Yuuna-chan why did you slap me?" He says with teary eyes. Idiot, that''s not going to save you. I walk forward and he looks at me for a second before I slap him in the face too and say. "Pedophile. Lolicon. Pervert." and walk away. The pervert was dumbfolded and had tears in his eyes now, not that I care after all. I''m probably gonna have him chasing my tails even if I become the god damn demon king, which might not even be a bad idea. The general swiftly took him up and started blabbering with the idiot, but I could feel his gaze switching between my ears, tails and breasts. Seriously, if he actually dares to touch me and/or my tails/ears I''ll cut off his manhood and shove it down his throat. I can''t stand perverts. I walk torward the buffet and buy a good-looking steak. It''s steaming hot and looksreallygood. I think it''s because of my cat-like body, but I simply can''t bring myself to eat vegetables or for that part anything that isn''t meat. I mean, it''s just so tasty! I grabbed my food and went torwards a rather high tree that was inside the camp. Ignoring the strange looks I receive, I climb it up very quickly. It became quite easy to climb trees, as I can simply stab my nails in the tree and pull myself upwards. It''s gotten harder to find branches that can support my weight though... I climb about 20 meters up and sit on one of the bigger branches, then begin eating my dinner in peace. It''s quite peaceful up here isn''t it? Just ignore the pervert, ignore the pervert...Ignore the pervert... "What do you want?!" I scream at the pervert that keeps calling me from below. He looks up and sees me all the way up here. He then shouts "Helloooo Alyshaaaa, Whyyyy Didddd Youuu Runnn Awaaaay??" I facepalm and climb down the tree. "Pervert, why the hell did you keep shouting forme around? Seriously, leave me alone. If you think I didn''t see how you kept staring at me then you''re seriously retarded." I say and he flinches a bit then says "Ah! I never did such thing though!" I facepalm myself and say "... Just what do you want from me?" and he says "Ah, yes! The general said that you were going to attend a magic school right? Well, I was going to enter too and I wanted to confirm if you truly were going." My mouth was hanging open by now. Consider, Alysha, consider. Is learning magic worth dealing with this pervert? Consider... I simply sigh and nod. Then I say "Yes, I''m going. You''ll probably end up in the highest possible class while I end up in the lowest, so it''s not like we''ll see each other anyway." He looks at me curiously and says "How do you even know that?" I facepalm myself again and say "Because you''re the fucking ''Hero'' and that let''s you do whatever you want without retribution and I''m stuck being discriminated because I look like a demon. So shut up and go away, I don''t want to talk to you." I say and jump up at the tree again, trying to ignore his gaze following me. I end up in the highest branch possible, as far away from the pervert as I can. I then spent the night gazing at the stars. Conflicted on what to do for my future. I want to learn magic, but I know it isn''t really necessary. I also know that I will have to eat mages to increase my mana, and that''s quite hard considering how rare mages are. If I remember correctly, the school should start in 3 months. That should be enough time for me to hunt down a couple tens of lone mages and eat them. I think it''ll be worth it in the end. [Lazy Author Timeskip Magic Activated~] I spent my next 3 months hunting down bandits, rogue mages, strong wild beasts (although none even came close to the snake) while at the same time trying to run away from the pervert, whom for some reason just kept being in the same place as me. I''ve also been officially declared as a S-rank adventurer after the first month and then SS-rank the second. People now call me either by my nickname ''Bloody Cat'' or some other stupid titles I earned like ''Bandit Cat'' because I subjugated at least 20 different groups of notorious bandits. I travelled all around the human continent while tasting various dishes and people. I even ate a demon that called me an infidel for some reason and tried to attack me. I simply cut off all of his limbs in front of him and ate them. He died pretty quickly though, which was disappointing. I suprisingly grew up a bit, and now I look a bit more mature. I guess my body is in it''s puberty period, so it makes sense. I grew up a bit on the front and back, but nothing at the top, so I still remain a midget... I''m also officially the single most wanted person on the ''Assassin''s guild''. I''m wanted by not only nobles anymore (I might have killed a couple hundred of them~) but also by some kingdoms now. They all want me alive though, so not only do I have to escape from the pervert, but I also have several hundreds of assassins constantly searching for me. Nobody exactly knows my strenght or powers though, as all of those who witness it usually never return. This earned me the other idiotic nickname ''Assassin''s Favourite Cat''. It''s essentially a known fact that I''m constantly on the run from them, and that not even the guild can really save me. I tried asking the guildmaster of a guild in a small town what I should do and he simply shrugged and said "Turn yourself in?". Needless to say, I never visited him again. I visited the demon boy a couple times too, and donated him 50 gold coins each time as a little gift for helping me escape from those god damn assassins. They''re not really dangerous as I can sense them kilometers away, but they''re VERY annoying. I constantly have to change cities to escape them. Funny thing is that all of my kills were somehow justified, which technically makes me innocent in all of them. I find really hard to believe. Is the king at work here...? The egg has shown a couple signs of being alive though. I once felt movement from it, but it turned out to be a fluke. The thing should be really close to hatching though. Luckily for me, I figured out a safe heaven from those rats. Apparently, the academy is influential enough that not even the assassin''s guild dares to intrude. It might happend, but at least not as often. I once met another SS-rank adventurer. I really wanted to eat him, but I refrained as it''d be very bad for me to get on the bad side of the adventurer''s guild too, as they''re currently my only ally. The guy was a strange magicians that had an even stranger affinity. He could manipulate the water in a person''s body to control them or kill them. It was quite strong, it might''ve been fun to fight him, but I simply ignored him (this time... I''ll get you eventually!). My favourite thing is still to show up suddently in bandit''s camp, whom by now there is not a single one who doesn''t know of me, and shout "Look out! A cat is here!" It''s funny as hell seeing how all the bandits pissing themselves by seeing me. Some would even throw themselves at my feet and beg for mercy. Which I never give. I think they do it because I sometimes bring the bandits to a city alive, then cut all their heads off one we''re at the guild, give the heads to the receptionist, then set the corpses on fire outside in the streets. Guards would always stream down towards me, who would usually run away laughing. I think a couple of days ago I received a marriage offer from the prince ofsome country I can''t even remember. I think I tore it apart the moment the guild master gave it to me. I also finally received clothes especially made for me. My favourite one is a gothic lolita dress that has a hole that fits my tail perfectly. it looks really good too. I have a whole bunch of other wierd dresses and pants. It''s a pity I often have to wash blood off of them though. It''d be nice if they were self-cleaning.Support creative writers by reading their stories on Royal Road, not stolen versions. I''m currently wearing a robe with a hood, so that I don''t show who I am. It''s always fun to cause ruckus everywhere I go, but I need to do this discreetely right now. After all, it''s a special mission! Register on the academy! I can do it! The academy itself looks like a giant campus with buildings all over it. There''s a wall surrounding it, but it''s more for show than anything really. The entrance (where I am right now) has a few gates in whom students and teachers can gain access. Luckily for me, the school accepts all races, even though it''s still mostly only visited by humans. You sometimes can see a couple elves or dwarves here and there though. Since school is just starting, there''s a lot of people around. I had to bribe the idiot and the general to not tell anyone of my desire to go to the school, otherwise it''d be boring. When the idiot said that he wanted to touch my tails for it, I slapped him so hard I left a red mark. Only that though, he didn''t go flying, which kinda disappointed me. He then agreed to do it in exchange for a favor, which I still owe him. Talking about the idiot, he became really strong, as or even stronger then the Tiger King I killed. He still doesn''t know magic, but considering he''s the hero he''ll probably end up with holy magic or some shit. There are a lot of nobles around here. It''s always more fun to kill nobles then commoners because of all the ranting they make before they die, they almost always scream "I''m the count/duke/marquis/earl or some other wierd title of *insert place here*. It''s so much fun seeing their stupified face as I kill them. Anyway, I had to wait for 4 hours even though I too am in the noble''s line. The commoner''s line is even longer, but very few of them will get accepted. Sad reality is very sad. Oh? Why I''m in the noble''s line? Well, being an SS-rank essentially gives me the privileges of being a noble but without the same responsability. I''m also filthy rich, even more then them. I upgraded my bag and it essentially can holdthe space of a mansion inside. I think it costed 1000 gold coins or something? Well, considering that I have over a million gold coins from all my raiding and extorting of nobles, I don''t really care. When I reached the front of the line, I simply passed my papers to the guy inspecting them. I had to get on my toes though, seriously, fucking tall people. Since almost nobody knows my true name and since I gave myself the last name of Bloodseeker (Hey, I too have somechuunibyou blood in me!) People think of me as a wierd noble, because commoners usually don''t have last names. The guard looked over my papers, wrote some stuff on them and then let me pass. Nice! Step 1 of mission: Don''t get discovered (temporary) accomplished! Ah, of course the pervert is already here himself. God damn it. Why is my luck so rotten?! Apparently, to pass, you have to first take a test on theory and then they test your attributes. I learned theory from a book I stole from a rogue mage who really liked me, and thus decided that dying and giving me everything he had was the best idea he ever came up with. I wholeheartidly agree with him. Dying for me is the right thing to do. Once I was in the classroom along with 10 or so nobles and about 20 commoners, whom all of them kept eyeing the ''Hero'', who in turn kept eyeing me. Since I was wearing the robe and hood nobody knew who I was. The teacher came in the classroomafter about 10 minutes. He was a pretty hot guy all considered, He was 180cm tall and looked somewhat nerdy, but had a hidden strenght that very few could notice. He''d probably make it to the top of the A-ranks. "Okay kiddos. This test is the easier part of the entrance exam. You''ll simply have to write some basic magical knowledge and answer a few other questions. Depending on the grade you get, you''ll either fail or pass, there is no true grade in this. After that will come the test for mana and that''s when most will fail. The minimum requirement is to have at lest 30 units of mana. We will then proceed to test affinities for types of magic." A student raised his hand at the end "Yes, you kiddo over there." "Sir, I heard some people have special affinities, what happends if they do?" The teacher nods at the student''s question and answers "Well, you''ll most likely be offered a special training and studying schedule depending on it. This will also count for other affinities. Unique magic is extremely rare though, and there are no two same types of unique magic. Anyway, let''s begin!" He says and hands out the papers. The questions were extremely easy, and since I have photographic memory thanks to my immortality (Brain cells regenerate fast enough that she never forgets anything), this was extremely easy. I get up after 20 minutes of the 1 hour lenght of the test and walk up to the teacher and give him my paper. He looks at me with a raised eyebrow but takes it anyway. I walk back to my seat and instinctively begin grooming my tail in my robe. Luckily for me, the robe is large enough nobody can see what I''m doing. After the loooong and boring hour passed, everyone had finally turned in their papers. A group of teachers then came in. They all looked C-rank or at max B-rank. Not strong at all, but that might just be my own standard. I still remember the time I touched an F-rank adventurer who was shouting stuff like "I shall purge the demon!" and he exploded. The gore scared off all the other idiots who wanted to challange me. Ops, I''m getting sidetracked. The teachers started correcting the papers and putting them either on the failed or passed boxes. After 10 minutes they were finally done. The teacher picked up the pass box and read the names outloud "Ok, Let''s see who passes. First, *insert random noble here*,*insert yet another random noble here*, *you get the idea*, Masaki,..." He pumps his first in the air and just looks stupid. This is the guy that knows me the least and yet sees me the most. I can''t stand himmmmmm!!!! "... , Alysha Bloodseeker. And that''s it for those who pass. All of the names I haven''t called can leave the class and come back next year." I wasn''t suprised when he called my name, but the hero just had to give me a thumbs up with a stupid grin. I swear I''ll rip it off hisface if hedoes it again. After at least 3/4 of the class left, which is at least double the amount I imagined would fail, the teacher spoke again. "All right, as for those who passed, follow me and we''ll test your mana amount. I don''t expect more then 5 of you to pass this year. Let''s go." He says and we start following him. The ''Hero sneakily came up besides me while whistling. I poke him in the side with my nail and he does a silent scream and jumps back a bit. Luckily, we were at the back of the column, so he didn''t hit anyone. This idiot is so annoying... I don''t know what to do anymore. I feel like he''d haunt me even in death... I even got jealous glances from some of the girls! Seriously, I''d leave him all for you to nest with if you want! Actually, do it! Take him off my tails! Please! Also, how can you even tell I''m a girl when I''m as covered as this? I bet they don''t even care either way. Wierdos. We exited the testing building and went over to an open park/stadium area with several seats surrounding a raised platform. I bet this is where they announce things to students... There were already a couple groups waiting around, and when we arrived all the teachers gathered on the platform and told us to sit down on the seats. They then began to call people one by one and tell them if they pass or not. I guess this is to shame them if they fail, so that they don''t come again? It might wrong but that''s from my prospective... A messed up prospective but still one! After a while, it was finally the pervert''s turn. He went down and touched the crystal like several other like him. It shined yellow, meaning that he passed. Luckily (or unluckily) the thing only told you if you passed or not, and not the mana amount. After yet another while, it was finally my turn too. I godown still fully covered by the robe and people canonly see my shining red eyes if they tried looking at my face, which ishard considering how short I am. I touched the thing and unsupringly, it shined yellow. I then went back to my seat and then waited around. When the cerimony is done, the remaining people gather around the platform once again. This time the checking is private. I go and wait at the end of the line, where three noble kids approach me. "Hey hey, look at this shady student. What''s up with you? Why are you all covered like this? You should tell us for your own safety..." He trails off with a smug smile. I can see mr. Hero getting tense over there. Hey, now would be a good time to be a proper hero. I don''t want to reveal myself you know? "Is this guy seriously ignoring us? Huh? You probably shouldn''t, we might get angry..." He once again looks at me smugly. I''m seriously getting ticked off here. I might just abandon the plan of not reveiling myself, but killing him is a no-no in the campus. I don''t want to get expelled before I even start... I then luckily get called up, so I go ignoring the shouting of the three idiots. So these are the so-called school bullies? They need to learn to bully weak targets, not mass-killing indiscriminating demonic monster cats... I get up on the platform and walk towards the teachers. They look at me with a raised eyebrow and the teacher from my group says "Alysha Bloodseeker right? Well, you''re going to have to take off that hood for now. We need to see our students after all." I comply and take off my hood, and look up to see all of them with mouths hanging open. I bring my two tails outside of my robe and swish them a bit. "What, Mr. teacher? Cat got your tongue? Oh wait, I''m the cat..." I say and giggle a bit at the end. "... What is the ''Bloody Cat'' doing here?" The same teacher asks trying to keep his cool. I guess I''m famous aren''t I~ I simply tilt my head and say "To study?". The teacher sighs and says "Fine. We don''t discriminate between demonic cats or humans. How old are you really anyway?" I say "14, soon to be 15. And don''t go asking "That can''t be true, what''s your real age?" because I heard that phrase at least a hundred times. I''m 14 and time doesn''t lie." I say with my arms crossed and look away with a pout. "... Whatever. Just touch this crystal and let''s get this over with." The teacher says and I do as he says. The crystal first shines a white color, then slowly turns silver just like my hair. I wonder what type of affinity this is. After maybe 20 seconds of shining, it stops and simply writes''Moon Affinity''. I smirk at the prospect of unique magic... Heh, close your mouths teachers, they''re going to fall off... Chapter 15: The roommates [Alysha''s pov] After finally getting released from the professors who made me promise to never kill a single student (they tried to say ''harm'' but I kept repeating ''kill'') I got back to the waiting line. Apparently I''m going to have a unique magic teacher along with the hero and two other students. God damn it, I ended up in the same class as the hero... As I grumble internally about my misfortunes, the three idiots from before approach me. I had put my hood back up so nobody would know. One of them approaches me from behind and while the two of them behind him were giggling, he put something in my robe. I shot my tail at it and brought it to the front to inspect what it was. It ended up being a cochroach. Real funny guys. I turn around and face the giggling group, who noticing my stare and my lack of reaction look at me a bit confused. Smirking from ear to ear, I slowly take off my robe to reveal myself in one of my nicer dresses. Oh boy, I think one of them fainted while the other two looked confused and the one who threw a cochroach at me says "Hah! So you''re a demon girl! I knew it! You don''t deserve to be here!" He shouts but I smirk even more. Nobody was around here as everyone was up testing right now, so I slowly say "Hey kiddo~ Have you ever heard not to anger bad people~? It''d be best to check who you bully you know~ And demons usually don''t like humans..." I trail off while walking towards him. I then disappear from his view and reappear next to him and say in his ear with my platinum adventurer card in hand "Especially SS-rank demons..." I say and he falls back on his butt from the scare, and then he tries to crawl away from me. The other guy was already backing off, so I catch both of them by their legs with my tails and lift them up to my point of view "Oh? Could it be two noble brats actually don''t know who I am? That''s really good, I get to teach it to you~!" I say and shove the cockroach down the kid''s throat. The other one was completely drained of blood and heavily struggling to get off, which wasn''t quite a success. The kid starts chocking a bit, So i shove my hand down his throat and take out the cochroach, then shove it down the other kid''s throat. Rinse and repeat a couple times and they had fainted. I tie them up naked and hang them by their feet on a tree''s branch. Heh, idiots. Feeling satisfied, I go back towards the group with my hood back on, planning on revealing myself when suddently I see someone running over. Looking closely, it seemed like it was... the god damn ''Hero''... And he was running towards me... With hands in the... Air? "Forgive me mam! Forgive me! I''ll never do that again! He shouts and when he sees me he swiftly hides behind me, with me still shocked to a standstill at his idiocracy. There was a half-naked, extremely muscular woman chasing after him. "YOU COME BACK HERE PERVERT! I''M NOT DONE WITH YOU YET! oh, hello! How''re you doing! Can I please have the kid hiding behind you?" She first shouts at him while running, then stopped and greeted me normally. Is this world crazy or is the ''Hero'' crazy? He wispers from behind me while trembling "R-r-remember our favor! Yes! The favor! I use it now! Shield me from this woman!" Face, meet palm. Palm, meet face. I sigh and say "Just what did you do...?" The woman looks a bit suprised at first. I get it, these clothes hide all of my female charms (not that I have any), but at least my voice is clearly that of a girl. "I accidentally "accidentally?? YOU PERVERT!" opened the women''s bathroom and she was there naked. Not my fault!" I first slap him on the face, leaving an angry red hand, then turn to the woman and say "Sorry ms, I''ll punish him for you." She looks a bit confused, then nods and walks away. I turn to see a tearing ''Hero''. I then say in a sweet voice "Hey Pervert, How about we have some fun~" I say in a cold-hearted voice. He starts sweating and tries to run away, but I grab him by the leg and start repeatedly smashing him into the ground while laughing. After 5 minutes of smashing, I stop and nod satisfied. This isn''t even the first time I did it, and definetly not the longest. There was one time he somehow sneaked up on me taking a bath on pond, and I somehow only noticed him when I smelled blood (from his nose). Needless to say, the night was veeeery~ long that day. I pick the ''Hero'' up and start walking towards our soon-to-be classroom. I think the Pervert has the ''Hero'' magic, which means he can learn all kinds of normal magic. This technically is a special magic, so he somehow gets to stay in the same classroom as me. No idea how this makes sense, but according to the school it does. Fucking rules, they''re only meant to be broken, not enforced! After dragging him towards our little building, where we supposedly will live for the next couple of years or so, I stop at the entrance and knock on the door a couple times. After a while, I hear rushed footsteps and the door opens. A pretty boy of about 16 or so stands in front of it, he looks like the exact opposite of the Pervert. He has blonde hair, is rather tall and is very much well-toned. Quite the feast for the eyes, but I''m not a pervert and simply say "Hello. I''m going to be your schoolmate for the next couple years. This Pervert here is the ''Hero''. Pervert, greet the idiot in front of me." I say and the idiot flinches at being called idiot. Earn your non-idiot title, idiot. The hero jumps up as if nothing ever happened and says "Ah, Yes! Hello! I''m the summoned hero Masaki. A pleasure to meet you." He says and the other guy''s eyes were wide open and he says "Ah, Yes! H-h-hello! My name is Robert, I always admired the heroes! It''s a pleasure to meet you!" He says with a bow. Masaki just waves his hand and says "Eh, don''t worry about it. I heard there were four of us, where''s the other person?" The idiot nods and tells us to come inside. I follow them both from behind, checking out the little house. It''s quite nice, but it won''t remain so for long with me in it. After all, I still enjoy my daily torturing of random people I kidnap.Stolen content alert: this content belongs on Royal Road. Report any occurrences. After a while, we enter a living room and inside there was a tall woman. I think she''s an elf judging by those ears of hers... Not shure though. "Oh, hi there! You two must be the other two roommates! My name is Sahra, I''m a half elf and my unique magic is Plant magic." Oh? A halfling? It''ll be fun to tease her about it... The Pervert says "Ah hello! I''m the ''Hero'' Masaki. It''s a pleasure to be in the company of such a beutiful woman!" She blushes a bit at that, but I slap the Pervert in the face and say "Pervert, Do your things later. For now, my turn." He goes and sulks into a corner while crying, both Sahra and Robert look quite shocked at what I did. I simply remove my robe and throw it at the couch. They look at me a bit confused, I guess they haven''t heard of me. "For proper introduction, That Perverted Pedophile is indeed the ''Hero''. He''s a retarded Pervert with no future in romance. As for me, My name is Alysha Bloodseeker. SS-rank adventurer. People call me ''Bloody Cat''. My favourite sport is terrorizing bandits and my favourite activity is torturing bandits." I say and they both visibly pale a bit. Heh, fear me, suckers! Robert asks with a shaking voice "Y-y-your the ''Bloody Cat''? The catwho terrorised entire towns? The one the assassin''s guild has been hunting nonstop for the past months?" I simply nod, but say "I don''t remember terrorizing towns though. That''s an exxageration. I simply killed some perverts or bandits in there. Ah, and yes! I personally met the assassin''s guild headmaster. He was quite the pleasant guy. Too bad they had to replace him as his body was never found again after meeting me..." I trail off with a smirk at the end. I quickly add "Oh, and if you want to touch my tails you''ll have to at least treat me to some nice meat and you''ll have to slap the Pervert in the face. Twice." I nod to myself at the end and run off saying "Oh, the tree outside of the house is mine! Touch it and you''re dead!". I then climb up said tree and settle onto one of the higher branches, where I spend the next two hours combing my hair and tails. [Robert''s Pov] I was born a commoner, and had the lucky talent of not only having a very good mana pool, but also unique magic. Although it''s in the lower tiers of magic, It''s still quite good. I succeded in passing the tests and checks. My unique magic is ''Magnetism''. I''m not yet quite sure what it does, but it sounds good. The teachers said it was in the lower tiers as I said, but I think it should be higher then that. While I was chatting with my half-elf roommate, I hear a knocking on the door. I go to open it to find a black-haired man and another person who''s completely covered in black robes and has a hood on. After introductions, I find that the black-haired man is actually the ''Hero''! The other guy has a very feminine voice, but I can''t yet tell who he is. We did introductions, and learned that the robed person was actually the extremely famous ''Bloody Cat''. It''s said that she''s a demon who enjoys torturing innocent people, and is the bane of all bandits in existance. She cleared at least 20 groups by herself and is considered SSS-rank, although her rank is only SS-rank. She said a bunch of scary things, then said that to allow her tails we have to give her meat and slap the hero twice. I might actually try if the ''Hero'' let''s me do such an act! After all, they look really soft... She shouts that the tree outside, which was grown bySahra, is hers and that she''ll kill us if we touch it, which based on the rumors I don''t dare try. They say that she would sometimes arrive at a city holding bandits in a leash and ordering them like dogs. She would then cut their heads off, give them to the guild, and swiftly run away before the guards arrive. I think having her as a roommate is even more shocking then having the ''Hero'' as a rommate. I wouldn''t be suprised if her unique magic would be ''Mass Destruction'', ''Death'', ''Apocalypse'' or something along those lines. Her red eyes make her look quite scary too... *shivers* Me and Sahra talk a bit with the hero, and I can see why the cat calls him Pervert. He was literally staring at Sahra for the whole time, who at first blushed a little, then got annoyed, and then got straight up angry. He never stopped staring though, which I found quite daring. I wonder if he does that to the cat too? Are the ''Hero'' and one of the most notorious demons actually friends? That''s... New. After a while, we hear a knocking on the door. We all go to open, and we find a man in perhaps his 40s standing in front of us. He greets us and says "Hello kids. My name is Professor Mizro, and I''ll be your teacher in regards to unique magic. We''ll talk about that later though. For now, I''ll be living here from now on due to your special cases. Let''s go inside, shall we?" He says and we all nod. We go to the living room and all sit down on the couches. We introduce ourselves, he already knew about the ''Hero'' being here though. We don''t tell him anything about that cat though, I kinda wanted to see what he''d say. At one point he frowns a bit and says "Isn''t your fourth roommate a bit late? Where is he? I haven''t gotten any information on him..." We look at each other and silently agree to let him figure out our little troublemaker himself. Sahra says "He suddently said that the tree outside is his, so he should be there." He frowns a bit and says "Well, let''s all go meet him then." We follow him through the backdoor and arrive at the tree. It''s at least 30 meters tall, Sahra grew it with her plant magic in an hour. It was quite amazing... The professor screams "Hello? Anyone there?" We wait for a bit, and then a torrent of apples somehow falls down and hits us all in the heads. We run back towards the house cursing and screaming in pain. Where did she even find all of those apples??? After we reach the safety of the house, the professor rubs his head and says "... Ok, I guess he didn''t want to be disturbed?" And a voice reaches us "Indeed I would''ve preferred you let me rest in peace. I was sleeping quite nicely you know?" We turn around and she somehow already was in the house. i don''t know how or when she got there though... The professor had his mouth hanging open. He then slowly said while backing away in a fighting stance "What are you doing here, ''Bloody Cat''? Are bandits not enough?" She laughs at that remark and her tails grab something, which turned out to be a kid. "Well, I''m here as a student and you''ll be my teacher. Don''t worry, I swore to never kill a student unless they touch my tails without my consent. Also, My daily ration of bandits is already in my room upstairs. I already tied them up and they''re just waiting for me to play with them a bit, you know? Cat and mouse games?" She giggles at her poor attempt of making a funny joke, and when she sees we''re not amused, she pouts and turns away saying "You''re no fun at all..." She then let''s go of the kid in her tail and jumps up and climbs the house all the way to the roof, where we don''t see her anymore. Only then does the professor relax a bit, and check on the kid. We asked him what''s wrong but he only said things like "Bandits... Bandits... Blood...". After a bit of prodding and calming him down, it turns out he was kidnapped by bandits, and they were going to sell him but then someone screamed "The Cat is here! Run away!" and immediately every banditabandoned every sane notion and began to flee, which is when he heard a laughing voice and was dragged around for twenty minutes without ever managing to see the one who dragged him. After that, we all went to sleep in our rooms, and the professor said that we''d begin training the next morning. It was truly a sleepless night, with all the screams resounding through the house and a creepy laugher following them... Chapter 16: Broken heart [Alysha''s Pov] I spent the night having fun with bandits. I even told them that if they can kill each other then I''ll let one live. They readily began killing each other until only one idiot remained. I said "Oh, my hero~ Come, let me show you the way to freedom!" Then bound his arms and legs, cut off his tongue and used my finishing move ''The kiss that kills''. It''s quite fun seeing their confused, followed byshock and horror. It makes me quite~ satisfied, and I never get bored of it. I also spent the night trying to figure out my affinity. I''m not quite sure what it does, but I did notice that I would sometimes simply look up and stare at the moon unconsciously. Ever since I read ''Moon affinity'' on the crystal, I felt a connection to it. It''s a very hard feeling to describe, it''s like something that has always been in the closet but you only found now. The halfling girl was able to grow the tree, and she probably didn''t start that much sooner then me, so I know I can do it, but it''s just very hard. As the sun was appearing in the sky, I was finally able to understand a portion of my affinity. It let''s me use the moon''s powers as my own and exploit them. The moon is but a reflection that can be shattered when the sun appears, so my power has something to do with reflections... It''s just hard to figure out. I cleaned my room from all the blood and proceeded to go downstairs. The professor was already there cooking breakfast, which I think looks like scrambled eggs with... vege...ta...bles... Ugh, please no! Anything but that! My cat-like mind and body will break if I eat that stuff! Green is bad, red is the best! The professor notices my arrival and calls out to me "I don''t want to know what happened tonight judged on the screams coming from your room. At least please don''t traumatize the kids." I giggle a bit at him as I sit down on the table and flick my tails out of the way. I simply say "Oh don''t worry professor. I''m not as heartless as you might think. After all, I make sure to eat a couple of healthy hearts a day..." I trail off as the professor turns and looks at me with a look that screamed ''That wasn''t funny''. "... So not only are you a complete monster, you''re also a man-eating monster?" I simply nod and say "Well, for me there is no true difference between mankind and beasts. They both have lives, they both think for themselves and they both try to live their life. Tell me, why do humans shun ''monsters''? That''s because they''re stronger then them and thus exploit them. I''m not even human, so it can''t even be called cannibalism." I say and look at a stupid-faced professor. "Whatever. I''m not risking an argument with you. Just let my students be." Hey, I take offense in that! "Just so you know, I''m a student as well with the certificate signed by your own hands, so treating me like this won''t do you know, I''m quite welcomed amongst royalty, and if I were to ask them to punish you for treating me like this, or even just me punishing you myself, probably won''t end well for you. So, be a good professor and treat me nicely!" I say with a happy smile at the end, while the professor simply facepalmed himself. I then sit down near the table and say "Neeh~ prof, can I have some food? I''m still hungry you know~?" I hear him mumbling about things like him having problematic students this year but I decide to ignore it. After 20 minutes or so, the Idiots and the Pervert arrive. They all had bags under their eyes and refused to even just look at me. Since nobody was saying anything I decide to say "So~ How was your nigh? Did you guys have fun togheter? I sure had. Too bad my friends left a bit too quickly though..." Nobody answered me, so I also add "... Do you want me to go do my own things outside tonight?" They all furiously nod at that. Sighing, I get up and leave them. There''s no point of hanging out with normal people after all, i''m just too strange for them. Once outside, I sit down near the tree and look at the groups of students training. How wonderful for them~. They''re not mindless killing machines and can actually enjoy their life... Good for them. It''s not like I care, after all, my life is perfect. It''s not like I care that every person I come across runs away from me just because of what I am. Totally not in a fit of rage, My tails accidentally smash into the tree, breaking it in two. Ops, I guess I''ll have to ask that halfling to regrow this. How bothersome... Oh, I accidentally kicked it and sent it flying up and crashing into a building. Nobody saw that~ I swiftly run away and leave by climbing up the wall. I think there was some sort of detection signal that activated, but I simply ignore it and run towards the forest. Once there, I simply let go of all of my frustration accumulated over the past months. I know that I''m a monster. I know that I have no friends. I know there''s thousands who want me dead or worst. I know I''m not truly 14. I know that I enjoy torturing people. Why can''t there be someone who ignores all of that and accepts me for who I am?! I start smashing trees left and right, bulldozing my way through the forest. I think I can see animals running away the moment they see me. I single-mindedly destroy everything like a tornado for hours, until I reach a bandit looking camp, and see all of them scurrying towards me with weapons drawn. They pale when they see my furious face destruction behind me. I simply roar out my anger and pounce at them. I tear them all apart and kill most of them in the most brutal ways I can imagine. After destroying their entire camp and even ripping their tents apart, I steal all of the shiny things that catch my eye and then simply proceed in my fit of rage. I think it took me 6 hours and 2 other bandit camps to pent out enough anger to calm down. Nobody survived, which is kind of sad considering I usually free the slaves held captives. Looks like I confused them for bandits... I spent yet another hour silently crying to myself in the middle of the last bandit''s camp I came across. And it just had to be my rotten luck that a group of teachers justhad to follow me. I was simply too mentally tired to bring myself to care about them, and simply kept crying, not even looking up. [Professor''s Pov] I was having breakfast and the little monster had just left, when I suddenly hear something crushing down, followed by another giant crashing sound. I ran outside with my other students to see the monster girl having first broken, then somehow kicked the tree away and made it slam into a nearby building. I''m gonna be responsible for this ain''t I... I don''t see her anywhere, but the school''s alarm set on all teachers rings in my mind. This means that somebody had either just entered or left the school from the walls. I can only think of one person who would do that right now... I tell my students to go do something productive and I quickly run toward the teacher''s gathering point for events like this; the principal''s building.Love this story? Find the genuine version on the author''s preferred platform and support their work! When I arrive, I immediately say that I have an idea of who it was. After explaining, me, the principal and 3 of the strongest teachers decide to follow her and check what she''s up to. What followed was tremendous. Trees were destroyed left and right. Some were slashed cleanly in half, others smashed to pieces, some were torn off the ground and used as hammers on other trees. I knew she was strong, but this was quite insane. The trail kept going and going, until we arrived at a camp, which I can assume were once bandits. Everything was destroyed. There were innards, heads, limbless bodies scattered everywhere, and not a single sound could be heard. Not even the tents were spared. We hold back our urge to puke and keep following her trail. We come across another bandit camp, were the bodies were all tied up in a neat line, and all had their heads missing. Finally, from when the chase started to when we finally found her, it overall took 6 hours. And when we did find her, The show was quite suprising. She was standing in the middle of the camp, her clothes so bloody they were red, and she was simply crying. I looked at the principal for what to do, but he seemed just as lost as me. I think he expected to find her laughing maniacally or something, like the rumors say she always does, and like she did during the night. We kept our distance. I think she noticed us, but simply didn''t care enough. We all looked at the principal for what to do. It must be hard to be the one to make decisions. It''s obvious that we have no chance against her if we wanted to fight her.If being the key word, she technically didn''t do anything against the law by killing bandits, and the trees can regrow. And even if we were to fight her, I heard that she once fought against two hundred assassins alone and came out without a scratch. Some even say she''s actually an SSS-rank, which are essentially people of legends. "Uh, can you tell us what happened here?" The professor asks, trying to break the ice. She stops crying for a second and finally looks at us. Her face was... A complete mess. Blood mixed with tears stained her face, and her red eyes didn''t complement well in the picture, she looked like a complete monster, but at the same time looked like a broken girl. I think I might know what''s going on... "... P-please l-leave. I don''t want anyone, I DON''T WANT ANYONE NEAR ME!" Her attitude turns upside down and she screams out in rage, before breaking down even more then before. She gets up, still crying, and jumps away, immediately breaking the sound barrier and disappearing from our view. Holy shit she''s fast! Since there were no broken trees to follow this time, We had to rely on our tracker skills to find her again. We once again found her crying, but this time she was high up on a tree. I don''t know how she does it, but she can climb trees faster then anything I''ve ever seen, and I wouldn''t dare disbelieve that she can jump from tree to tree too. We try calling out to her, but she doesn''t answer. I wonder why we are even doing this. Perhaps for the safety of the students? Or maybe we just feel bad for her. I for once never learned her name when people told me about her, all they kept saying was ''Bloody Cat'' or other weird nicknames. It was only when she introduced herself that I learned it. It must be quite awful that people only know you because of a weird nickname and for things you did. I guess her case is a bit extreme. I for my partnever saw her talking to another student willingly, except with the ''Hero'', but even then it felt somewhat forced. The principal tried to climb up the tree, but she simply shouted "G-go aw-away!" but didn''t run away this time. We followed the principal up the tree and finally reached her. She was on a large branch, in the same exact position as in the bandit camp. She was sitting down, holding her knees and her face buried in them. "... Can''t you tell us what''s wrong?" The principal tried calming her down, but she simply shouted again "No! Go away! You wouldn''t understand, You can''t understand!" And went back to crying. I think I have an idea for what''s going on. I approach the principal and ask him "Sir, I think I have an idea, but could you please go back to the school and inform everyone that it''s fine?" He looks at me for a second, but nods and climbs down along with the 3 other teachers. I sit down on the branch and wait for her to finish crying. She didn''t show any signs of stopping though so I slowly approach her. I know that what I''m about to do might cost me my life, but I still have my pride as a teacher, and she is a student, even though a bloodthirsty, extremely strong and insane one. I sit down next to her. The sun was already three quarters of the way in the sky now. I simply said "The view is beautiful isn''t it?" She didn''t lift her head up, but I could hear her crying was reduced to a soft sniffling. I think I''ve been in a similar situation once before with a student. He was an elf, andhis classmates kept bullying him about it. He ended up with a heart-deep buried hatred, and after he released it once on one of his bullies, sending him to the hospital, he cried for hours on end. I had to stay with him for hours to help him finally regain himself. I stretched out my hand and patted her head a bit. She trembled, but didn''t do anything. I kept patting her for five minutes or so, and then caressed her head, combing her long hair. I didn''t do anything weird, just simple comforting. This makes me a bit nostalgic. I remember my son. He would often break down like this too, even if not to this level. The only difference here is that this is a girl I just met, and potentially the single most dangerous being I ever met. It''s quite funny how monsters are the most fragile of beingsif you dig deep enough... "... You don''t have to hold every pain for yourself you know? I imagine life must have been and still is hard on you. It''s fine to let it out sometimes." I whisper and she begins shivering visibly. I kept caressing her. Her ears felt really nice and fluffy, but I don''t dare to abuse the moment for myself. After a while, she simply begins crying again, maybe even more so then before and starts saying "I-I never asked to be be-become like this. Nobody can understand me... Nobody wants to understand me. They all kept saying I''m a monster, that I should have never have been born. When I thought it was finally over and I could start anew, people shunned me even more! They tried to rape me, kill me, kidnap me! Nobody stopped them just because I''m a demon, and when I killed them they blamed the fault on me!It''s not fair!" She kept crying as she said all of this. After a while, she finally calms down and then she falls asleep. Right now, forget about the bloodthirsty monster, she looked more like a broken girl, forgotten by the world. I pick her up in a princess carry, and holy shit is she heavy. Iwonder where the weight comes from. I''m actually a retired S-rank adventurer, although very few know this, and although I''m not in my prime anymore, I still am a few times stronger then even the principal, otherwise I wouldn''t be teaching the Unique Magic class, A.k.a troublemakers class. After finally climbing down the tree, I begin walking towards the school. Never once did she showsigns of waking up, and after 5 hours of running, I finally arrive at the school. I sneak around to avoid being seen like this and arrive at my house/class. I drop her off on her own bed and went downstairs to eat something. After having a quick dinner, I went and found the rest of my students all waiting around in the living room. When they see me, they each greet me and ask me what happened. I simply tell them that it wasn''t something important in a tone that accepted no further questions, and then began lecturing them on magic theory. As we were all about to leave and go to sleep, we hear footsteps and a bloodthirsty cat appeared. She had giant bags under her eyes and obviously had cried again. We all shut up the moment we saw her. I did because of the weird experience from before, the other three probably did due to the fact that she was only wearing a large shirt, and you could see a little bit underneath. She walked over to us and the moment she arrived at the couch she simply slopped down and fell on it. The couch made weird creaking noises but held. She then shot her tails at Sahra, whom was too shocked to defend herself, and pulled her towards her. As I was about to intervene, she just hugged her saying "... You''re my hug pillow tonight." and fell asleep. Sahra tried struggling but couldn''t even move a centimeter from her place in Alysha''s arms. She gave up after a bit and looked at me with pleading eyes. I just shrugged and went upstairs, ignoring the pleas for mercy coming from the half elf. I had to drag the two males out of the room, as it wouldn''t be proper to stay there. As I fell down on my own bed, I had a simple though. Cats are weird. Chapter 17: The personal hug pillow [Alysha''s Pov] I must say, that professor is quite good with students. I don''t know what was up with me, but he really helped me regain my cool there. He somehow was able to calm me down by stroking my hair, and it made me quite sleepy. It''s not like I liked it, it was just very soothing. When I woke up in my bed, hearing them talking downstairs, I felt really lonely for some reason, and had a genius idea! Why not force someone to become my pillow to sooth my loneliness! I ended up picking the elfling because the Pervert was a no-no and the other guy would probably piss himself. I then had a really nice sleep. It felt quite nice to hug her close to me, and though I''m almost never gentle, I tried to not constrict her too much. Emphasis being ontry, because she could barely move when I woke up and finally let her go. I decided that from now on, I''m going to pick up a cute animal or kid and use him/her as a hug pillow for my sleep, and since I already knew all the theory the professor kept blabbering about, I simply ran away from him the moment he turned away from me. I also put on my robes with a hood. I went around the school for an hour, searching for a suitable pillow, until I arrived at a scene that looked quite... typical. There was a rather handsome kid being bullied by 4 expensive-clothed nobles. They surrounded him and were throwing insults at him and kept saying stuff like ''Commoners don''t belong here!'' or some of that crap. I walked toward them and cleared my throat. They all turned around and faced me with an angry expression. "What do you want, another commoner? You dare pick a fight with us huh? We''ll teach you respe..." I don''t let him finish as I slap him gently on the face, limiting myself to making him slam into the ground. "You four have exactly ten seconds to get on the ground with your bellies up, imitating grooving dogs, as that''s exactly what you are. I''m now going to start the countdown, and should you fail to do as I say, I will personally hang you naked upon the tallest tree I can find." They all looked at me shocked, but as I started my countdown "10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4..." One of them tried to punch me, but I caught his wrist and threw him away, sending him flying for a good 20 meters. The other two got onto the ground after seeing me and looked at me terrified. I walked toward them, picked them both up by the throat and threw them away too. I nodded in satisfaction and turned to the kid that had just been almost beaten up. He was looking at me with a shocked expression. I turn at him and stare at him with my shining red eyes. He starts sweating as I walk up to him, and he even tried to crawl away as I approached him. Once I was right in front of him and as he gave up trying to run away, I slowly lower my hand towards his face. He closes his eyes and wait for what I will do. He immediately opens them when I pat him on the head. "Well~ You have now become my personal hug pillow~ Aren''t you a lucky fellow~" I say and take off my hood, revealing my face and cat ears. I''d make a paling face joke, but nowadays everybody pales when they see me, so it''s not even worth the effort. "T-t-the ''Bloody cat''? W-w-what d-do y-you want with me!?" I put a finger on my mouth and pick him up with one hand from his chest. I then throw him over my shoulder like a bag ignoring his complains and curses and walk back towards my personal nap spot. Only to then remember I accidentally broke it in my fit of rage. Cursing inwardly, I decide that the couch will have to do. Still ignoring the cursing kid over my shoulder, I enter the house and walk towards the living room, where I find my professor helping Sahra with her plant stuff. When they see me and the kid the professor hurriedly says "You''re not thinking of eating him right!?" I shake my head and answer "Nah, I promised not to kill any students after all. I saved him from a bunch of noble idiots and he''s now become my personal hug pillow" I say and pull him into a hug (death crush). He gasps at the pressure, but I ignore him and dive into the couch. [Jake''s Pov] I expected to have to deal with nobles shunning me during my stay at the accademy, but I didn''t expect them to actually be so physical. But oh boy was that only the beginning... After a while of them insulting me, I see a short black-robed man come from behind them. He then says some stuff to them and first slaps a noble, sending him crashing into the ground, then throws the other three away like nothing. I thought it was the end for me, but when he (or she) took off her hood, I immediately recognized her. She had cat ears. There was an announcement made in the school to neverever try talk to her. They said that her nickname''s ''Bloody Cat'', and that apparently she''s an SS-rank adventurer, but most consider her an SSS-rank. They also said that should we ever try to bully her, out lives would officially end, as even the assassin''s guild entire headquarters is constantly on her footsteps, but they have never even been able to scratch her. I heard from some friends after the announcement that she''s actually a bloodthirsty monster that baths in human blood. For some reason, she said that I had become her personal hug pillow, and all colors drained from my face when I heard that. Does that mean she will kill me? What even is a hug pillow? She then picked me up and started walking towards a building. I tried to tell her to let me go, but to no avail.This story has been taken without authorization. Report any sightings. When we entered the building, I saw a professor teaching a girl about magic. They seemed to be working on a plant, I think I recognize said professor. He''s the one who teaches unique magic! When he saw us, he hurriedly said "You''re not thinking of eating him, right?" I thought my face was white already, but when I heard that literally no blood was left on my whole body and I started trembling. She ate people? Just what kind of monster is she...? She denied that thankfully, and then dived into a couch while dragging me with her. She then began crushing me with a hug, I thought I was going to die, but she released me a little, allowing me to at least breath. After 10 minutes, I thought something was wrong, and tried turning around. What i found was a sleeping girl that was crushing me with her hug. It would be a pleasant experience, if it wasn''t for the fact that there was a boy staring daggers at me, a girl looking like she fully understood me, a confused guy, and a professor who was facepalming himself while saying something about bad habits. I didn''t do anything! Don''t look at me like that please! She''s the one who kidnapped me! It took the professor fourty minutes to get her to wake up, and even then she refused to let go of me while saying "But I saved him! He has to at least repay the favour! He''s mine for the day!". She swiftly ran off with the professor screaming something at her. Of course, I was still with her, or rather, with her tails. She had one wrapped around my chest and one around my waist. She swiftly climbed up a rather tall tree, carrying me with her, and then settled on a branch. She then hugged me again and said "Good night~" and fell asleep. I again could barely breath, but throwing all complains aside, it wasn''t too bad being hugged by this monster. After all, it''s not like she is anything less then breathtakingly beutiful. I woke up some time later when I heard sounds from down the tree. I looked down, or at least tried without getting crushed by her hug, and saw the 4 noble kids from before with a bunch of their friends. "Come down here you robed bastard! We saw you dragging that commoner up there! Come down here and face us like a man!" She woke up at this point, looked down as well, and commented to me silently "Last time I checked, I''m not a man. Should I ignore them, rip off a couple of body parts or maybe tie them all up and throw them in a river?" She said without a trace of emotions. It was quite scary to hear her talk about doing these things as if talking about doing everyday deeds. The guy then said something unforgivable though "Hey robed idiot, are you a pussy or something? Too scared to face us huh? Oh well, it''s not like your parents would care about it either way. Nobody likes you, wierdo!". I could literally feel my bones being crushed when parents were mentioned, I think I blacked out for a second. She slowly got up, put her robes on (where did she take them out from?) and climbed down the tree with me in tow. The nobles had smug smiles on their faces when they saw her climb down. There were 10 of them now, but if they think numbers will work against this monster then they''re sooooo wrong. I don''t think she''ll be nice enough to spare these guys... poor nobles. I almost feel bad. When she reached the ground, I could already feel my ribs breaking from her hug. I don''t know why, but she refused to let go of me, which while it normally would be a good thing, I right now just want to get away from her as fast as possible. "Heh, so the pussy finally showed up. What''s up with you huh? Wearing that stupid robe in a noble school, you should be ashamed..." He doesn''t finish as she tears the robe apart. Her tails were shaking around, smashing the ground with each flick, and her face was contorted in anger. "... You really, really shouldn''t have ever come here. I''ve spent enough time with people like you already. All of you except this man right here have three seconds to run away before I squash you like flies." The noble had his jaw hanging open. Heh, I knew it, he''s not gonna live for long. Six of his followers run away the moment they saw her ears, apparently they paid attention during the announcement, while the other four looked either lusty or confused. "Huh? A mere demon tries to threaten me? I''ll have you know I''m the son of the duke of Svichervein, and I bet your parents abandoned you when you were little..." The sound of something breaking could literally be heard from the cat. She then slowly released me and put me next to the tree while gently saying "Stay there for a second will you~" In a tone that I dared not respond to. She then turned to him and slowly began walking to him. He frowned, his minions from before probably told him she''s strong. he simply said "Men, surround her. We''re going to show her who''s the boss here." They do surround her, but she casually touches one on the forehead and he literally explodes. What just happend? The shower of innards, brain matter and blood rained on the soon-to-be-dead noble, and he was looking with a blank look. The next moment, the three remaining minions exploded just like the first one, but without her even moving a finger. Actually, she did move, just too fast for me to see. The guy was shocked still and couldn''t move. She walked slowly towards him and said "You appear to have made the wrong personAngry. My dear noble, I have a torture method that I experimented with for a couple of months now. I can effectively say it''s the best death you could ever hope, and a rather painful one too~ Prepare todie." She says, and shoots her tails around his arms and stretches them, removing his only way of resistance. She then broke both of his legs with the kid screaming, then looked at him in the face from close up, put her hands around his head and... kissed him? I was very confused when I saw this, however, after a minute or so the kid started suffucating and tried to get away but couldn''t. She kept him still as he suffucated. He died after 4 minutes. She wiped her mouth with her sleeve, picked up the corpse, cut off it''s head and opened her mouth to an impossible degree. She looked like a snake as she opened her mouth, her entire jaw expanded to at least four times it''s normal size. She then swallowed his head whole, which confirmed what the doctor said. She does indeed eat people... The head entered her mouth, and I could see it as it went down her throat and disappeared in her chest. She turned to me with a smile and said "Well, I''m going to end up in big~ trouble for that. Eh, who cares. Hug pillow, do your job and comfort my heart!" she says and dives into me, making me scream out in pain at the impact. She then started poking me around with me trying to wriggle out of her remade bearhug. After 10 minutes of this, she sighed and got up "Well, it was nice knowing you my dear personal hug pillow. You probably don''t want to see me ever again anyway, so see ya!" She said and ran off towards a tree, which she quickly climbed up. I was left with a couple of broken bones from all of her bear hugs, and it took an hour for a teacher to arrive and patch me up. I didn''t ever hear from her again, but I at least figured out one thing from that day. Never trust your rescuer completely, they''re sometimes more dangerous then the danger. Chapter 18: Silver moon [Alysha''s Pov] After leavingmy hug pillow, I ran back to our house and climbed up all the way to the roof. From there, I simply sat down and contemplated. I spent the next few hours looking up at the moon. I watched as the sun disappeared and the moon appeared, and saw as it reflected the light of the sun. (the moon doesn''t produce light, it truly reflects that of the sun) I don''t think normal training will ever work for me. I can''t get stronger by working out and I can''t use normal magic. It''s also gotten to the point where it doesn''t matter wether I eat a couple hundred adventurers, they''re all too weak for me. Looking at the moon, I realize just how beutiful it is. It''s like the gem of the night, shining upon the world, not with it''s own power, but stealing away the glory of the sun. The more I look at it, the more I feel a connection. I too steal away people''s strenght, and the moon steals the light, we''re somewhat alike. Remembering some of the theory of magic, which states that we must will the magic to do what we want, I try to will the moon. How do I do it? I don''t know. Does it work? Kind of. After 30 minutes of concentration, I begin to feel something near me. Opening my eyes, I can see a silver mist surrounding me. Is this my mana? Or is this the moon''s power? I reach out and touch the mist, but nothing happens. It feels squishy and it''s not very dense. I feelwierd about this thing, I feel connected to it more then to the moon. It''s a truly wierd feeling. I try to form it into something, but I can''t make it do anything. After multiple frustrating attempts, I realize what I''m doing wrong. The moon is a reflection. It''s not a new thing, It''s the same as the thing it copies. This gives me an idea. I hop down from the roof and pick up a small rock. I then try to will the mist to form the rock, and it actually succedes! Excited, I try to will it to copy a slightly bigger rock without touching it, and once again I succede, but the bigger rock evaporates the moment I lose concentration. I guess this is my downside huh? I will require time to cast this and it''ll be hard to concentrate enough. I spent the rest of the night trying out this mist. I could make reflections even without the mist, but it was easier to do so with enough of it. I had a couple ideas to try out, but I first wanted to see if my reflections worked in daylight too, which it should. Sure enough, after I waited for the sun to hit me, I tried willing the mist to appear and it did! I was quite relieved, as a power that only worked at night wouldn''t be all that reliable. I spent the next few days either in solitude on top of roofs, trees, or whatever peak I could find or talking with the professor and asking for suggestions. He said that us unique magic users have to mostly work on our magic alone, as there are no equals in unique types of magic. After 5 days of this, I could finally make some actually useful things with my mist. First of all, I would never again have money problems, as I willed millions over millions of gold coins to appear and stored all of them into my bag, and as far as I know, unless I want them to they will never disappear. Apart from that, I can now make weapons with my mist, but since I don''t use them it''s not all that powerful. I feel like I''m close to a new attack, but I still haven''t figured it out. I''ve also been visited by several friends, I think they were from the assassin''s guild. I gently told them to wait in my room, where I''d gently experiment various torture methods and magic on them. I feel that this is the push in my magic that I''ve been searching for so long. As I enter my room and lock the door behind me, I look at my little friends. There isa girl, perhaps she is 13 or so years old, and is even tinier then me, which is saying quite a bit. I have a little~ idea for what to do with her... there arealso 3 men, I think they''re brothers or something. I think they went under the nickname ''Hell Brothers'', and are S-rank assassins. Too bad they chose too big of a target, even though I''m so small. "Well hello dears~ It seems somebody has been veeeery naughty today~. If you can survive tonight I might actually let you go... Too bad that probably won''t happend~" I giggle a bit at the end at their horrified looks. The girl looks like she wants to puke, while the brothers were murmuring with each other. I bound them all with iron ropes, so they won''t be moving anytime soon. "Well, little girl, I haven''t seen you on the assassins guild''s register book, who might you be? A newby perhaps dares to try to attack me~? Or are you perhaps a secret member~? Oh, it''s useless to try and communicate my location using that wierd crystal in your pocket, I already broke it~" Her face pales at that. I think they were planning an ambush. How dumb. Aren''t we in the most famous magic school in the kingdom right now? Are the guards even doing they''re job? I walk up to the girl and pick her up by the neck. I swiftly cut the ropes binding her and use my tails to catch her arms. I smile veeery~ gently at her. I then proceed on my test. I start opening my mouth as wide as I can, meaning around 10 times it''s normal size. I think I got this little feature from eating the snake 3 months ago, but I haven''t yet tested it. I always wanted to eat someone alive, and now is the time to try. The girl begins to struggle immensily, but can do nothing under my titanic strenght. I slowly pull her towards me and starting by her feet, shove her down my now giant throat. I think some of my bones broke from the strain, but I ignore it and continue. After a minute or so, only her head remains outside and I have a giant buldge in my belly. She was screaming and cursing and crying during the entire process, which I completely ignored. When she finally reaches all the way down, I close my mouth and my bones begin to regenerate. I can feel something moving inside of me, but after 2 or so minutes it stops and the budge slowly disappears. It takes 10 minutes for it to go away, in which I simply stood still, waiting. If I must say, my stomach acids must be quite impressive to decompose a body so quickly. I don''t feel any different then if I eat a person piece to piece, but it''s soooo much more satisfying to do it this way. Too bad I can''t do it on big people, or I might explode. Not that it''d be a problem considering my immortality, but it''d be annoying anyway. I turn and look at the brothers, who all had puked and pissed themselves. How disgusting, now I can''t bring myself to eat them. I think I''ll just experiment my magic on them. "Well~ Now that that''s out of the way, let''s begin with you three." I say and pick two up with my tails and one with an arm. I then walk downstairs while shouting "I''m going to play with my little friends here~ I''ll have dinner with them!" and run off. It''s been a while since I''ve seen the hero in person. I wonder, will he still be a Pervert when he sees me or will he be disgusted by me? I hope he''s disgusted, at least I won''t have to deal with him anymore. I arrive at a clearing without anyone around, or, should be no one around. I can smell someone hiding inside a building, and I think he''slooking at me. I''ll visit himwhen we''re done. I put down the three snacks and begin conjuring mist around me. I then try and form a reflection of one of them. The mist slowly condenses and after a while, a moon snack appears. I will it to sit up and it does, so I try to make it do a split, and it does. The guy who I conjured screams out in pain though, which makes me finally realize what I''ve been missing. The reflection and the first object are connected. If one of them breaks, so will the other. This gives me an idea, which I immediately try on the second and third guy. I will the mist to form a mirror, and then reflect them inside of it. I don''t know how it works, I just know I can do it. It''s like there''s a pocket dimension inside of the mirror, andI have absolute control over it. The two reflections of the snacks appear inside of the mirror, and I will the third moon snack to enter the mirror too. He simply passes through the moon glass. I try to put my arm through said glass, and suprisingly, I can. It''s a wierd feeling, it''s like I suddently know every tiny bit of information on my arm. How it''s made, how many cells there are, what types there are, the chemical reactions, the magical power coursing through it, I know everything about it. This would normally make a human brain overload, but I''m not human, and my brain has the processing power of thousands of humans that contributed to my evolution. It also regenerates, so it''s not a problem at all. I remove my arm from the glass and punch it. This time, the glass shatters, and the three idiots fall down, dead. Isn''t this like really strong? It probably only works on 5 or so people at once though, but it''s still kinda wierd. I don''t dare think that it''d kill anyone, but it probably would be pretty damaging to anything. I have one last test to try out, but I need a living target. The guy hiding might be good, but judged by his quick heartbeat and since I smell fear from him, he''s probably a curious student. I turn to him and smile, and say "I know you''re there. Don''t worry, I won''t kill you. Or rather, I won''t if you come out now, and I will if you don''t." He slowly comes out. He doesn''t look like a noble judging from his clothes, but you never know. I then say "Well~ What do we have here? A peeker? Don''t worry about these guys. They were from the assassin''s guild. Thankfully, my tests resulted in a non-bloody enviroment this time, which is kinda~ rare. Wanna have a snack with me?" He looks confused for a second, but when I shove my hand into one of the snack''s chest he falls down and pukes. What''s up with these sheltered kids? Haven''t they ever seen some blood? Seriously, you''re learning magic to go fight, not to go and say ''Hi, let''s be friends!''. I munch on the tasty snack. Hearts are still my favourite dish, but my teacher says it''s not a good idea for me to eat while others are around. Who cares? It''s not like it''s a secret that I''m a human-eating demonic monster cat. If theywant to come and kill me for it they''rewelcome to try, they''re only going to end up as my next snack. After fishing out the other two hearts, I walk up to the boy who had a green face and give him one of the hearts. I say "Eat. It''s healthy!" He was terrified. I put the heart in his palm, and swiftly grab it back when he drops it. I look at him angrily and say "Hey! Don''t drop it! It''ll get dirty! And here I was trying to be nice and share my food with others. How mean, I''m keeping it now!" I pout like a kid, which by now I fully am. Hey, I get it, I''m technically over 60 years old, but I abandoned that life. Plus, it''s fun to behave like a kid!A case of theft: this story is not rightfully on Amazon; if you spot it, report the violation. I eat the hearts, then the rest of the bodies. The kid doesn''t move and simply looked at me, his face getting greener by the second. I end up with bloody clothes, which is kind of annoying. My hair, ears and tails are also dripping with blood, which isvery uncomfortable. I heard there was a hot tub in the school, but you had to pay for it. Since it''s night right now I can''t go, but I think I''ll visit in the morning. I should probably also start attending some classes, as I think they''ve already started. Eh, not like I care wether I get good grades or not, as I don''t need to be employed by anyone and if I do get employed they most likely won''t care if I know the name of the king of this country or if I know math, which I''m probably better then even the best scholars in this world... Speaking of king, I think he sent me yet another offer at marrying his son. It''s quite funny how they''re trying so hard to rope me in. I might actually go visit and check out said son. If he''s strong enough and as bloodthirsty as me then maybe I''ll give it a chance. I seriously doubt it though, but I''m curious about it. Might be fun to try! Leaving the pale sna... student, I go back to our house to get a nice shower. As I enter, I take out a new set of clothes from my bag, which by now has literally everything I could ever need, and then put it in my secret spot in my room. It''d be a hassle to loose all my pretty and shiny gems, so I usually always keep the bag with me, but I''m not desperate enough to even keep it with me when I shower. Entering the bath, I remove all my clothes and neatly put them away for later washing. Luckily for me, most clothes are made of really good material, so they won''t be ruined by only this much. I stay in the for quite a while. Since I can''t see the sun I can''t quite determine hours, but I think it was at least 4 hours. Hey, since I''m a girl now I gotta take care of my body! It also feels good to comb my tails... It takes a lot of time to keep them nice and clean though. As I get out of the shower, somehow, right the moment I was walking up to the towels somebody entered, and since I wasn''t yet clear in the head due to the shower, I don''t react fast enough. I turn around to see a red-faced idiot, luckily, it''s not the pervert. Since I didn''t care as long as it''s not the pervert, I just shrug, still naked, and pick up a couple towels and begin drying myself. The idiot still hadn''t left though, so even though I don''t care all that much, I throw a towel at him and it hits him right in the face. He quickly leaves after that. After I finish my body, I carefully groom my tails again and dry them too. I do the same for my hair and ears. I like to leave my hair free on my back, and I think it looks good like that. I dress myself in a t-shirt and short pants and go downstairs. When I arrive, there was the professor sitting in a chair reading a newspaper, the elfling was chatting with the idiot and the Pervert was staring at her breasts as usual. All seems normal, which is good. I walk towards them and as they see me, the idiot turns away with a tomato-red face. Hey, why are you even embarassed? It''s not like I have that much to show anyway, idiot. The professor looked at the idiot first, then at me. He then asked "Alysha, what did you do this time?" I pouted a bit and said "Nothing. He just entered the bath without knocking while I was inside and saw me naked." The pervert tripped while standing somehow and shouted "Lucky! Why is it you who gets lucky and not me! Damn!" My face does get a bit red at that and I slap him with my tails, then say "It''s not like I have much to show either way so shut up, Pervert. Rather, if it was you I''d have ripped your eyes out, so consider yourself lucky." I then walk away ignoring the pity looks from the elfling and decide to vent my embarassement on a new hug pillow. I walk around the schoolwith people running the moment they see me, which makes it kind of hard to find suitable pillows. I still haven''t had a good sleep since I left the personal hug pillow, so I need a new one now. I sneak around from rooftops and use my enhanced senses to search for someone/something cute. I finally find a suitable target who was eating in the school''s lunch area. She was a girl of perhaps 10 or so years old, which would technically make her a genius since it''s very hard to have a mana pool large enough at that age. I walk towards her, ignoring all the screams like ''Run! The ''Bloody Cat'' is here!". Thanks for announcing my arrival, idiots. My pillow was hanging out with a boy and 3 other girls. It seems theymust really like that boy considering they haven''t ran yet. I walk towards her, and when I''m perhaps 10 meters or so they finally notice me. The boy pales a bit and stands in front of the girls. That''s cute! Remember to properly defend your harem my good sir! It makes me want to torture them all in front of him after having cut out his tongue. Perhaps I could use my ''Kiss that kills'' on him in front of them? Ah! I was daydreaming! I look at the boy who got me daydreaming. He and the oldest girl of the three were facing me, defending the two younger girls. They were all trembling though, I wonder why... Ah, right! The school said something about never in any case approach me whilst in an area alone. I don''t know why though, I only eat students who annoy me or insult me. "Hi there~ I''m here to pick something I reeeeaally need so could you please get out of the way~?" I say and they tremble even more. They don''t answer so I simply wrap my tails around both of them and gently throw them five meters away. They end up with a couple broken bones, but that''s their own fault. The two girls barely could hold their urine. I walk towards the younger girls who screams when I approach. I pick her up with my arms and say "You''re now mine for today. I''m sure the teachers will understand your absence~". I jump away towards a tree pretty far awayand arrive there in less then a second. I quickly climb up, checking nobody knows where I am. The girl hadn''t yet shut up, but didn''t faint or piss herself which is pretty good. After I reach the tallest branch I can find, I settle myself on it with the girl in my arms. Her futile struggle stopped when I started caressing her head. She was barely bigger then me, but she was 4 years younger then me. This made me cringe at just how small my body frame truly is... Why couldn''t I be at least normal in size!? God, please! I thank you for giving me another chance, but at least make it a good one! Whilst silently complaining, I lean my head on her and continue petting her. She stopped screaming, but didn''t stop trembling. After 10 minutes of petting, I set her down from my lap onto the branch. It was wide enough for her to have no risks of falling off, so I wasn''t very worried. I then put my head on her own lap while laying down sideways and look up at the sky. It''s a nice day isn''t it? The sun was 1/4 of the way through the sky, meaning it should be 8 or 9 o clock. The girl had stopped trembling and looking at me wierdly. She then finally managed to ask in a shaky voice. "Y-your n-not going to hurt me...?" I look at her and shake my head slightly. I close my eyes and bring my tails forward for me to groom. She looks at me for a bit and after a while asks "... Why did you hit Frank and Lilly? They didn''t do anything to you..." "Well, they were in the way, and probably wouldn''t let me get you. I''m sorry if I hurt your friends. I made sure to not hurt them too badly though, so they should be fine." She falls forward a bit at that, but I catch her in time with my tails to not let her fall off. That''d probably kill her, and I don''t want that right now. "Not hurt them?! You threw them away like nothing!" I shrug at her accusations and say "If I really try, I could probably reduce a house to powder in less then a minute, so I really did hold back." She trembles a bit at that. Hey, I get it. I''m strong and bloodthirsty, but don''t tremble everytime I say it... I stay in her lap for ten more minutes and neither of us talks. She then asks me "C-can I touch your ears? They look soft..." I nod at that. I have no particular problem with people touching my ears, but they have to ask first after all... She shakily touches my ears, and I purr instintively. I mean, it feels nice... Apparently, this gives her confidence, making her pet my ears more decisevely. I purr even more. She continues for about 5 minutes, when I try to snuggle a bit into her embrace. I then move my tails and try to get them in her arms. After all, she''s doing her job of being a hug pillow really well. Ah, she began to pet my tails too. I purr loudly and feel... kinda... sleepy... [Frank''s Pov] Not many people know of my true identity. I was once the prince of a country, but then there was a coup d''etat and my family was killed. I was 2 years old at the time and successfully escaped thanks to a pair of guards, who then adopted me as their son. I learned of this 4 years ago, when my adoptive fatherdied of old age. He told me my story during his last hour. I cried for weeks on end... and sometimes still do. I''ve since then began planning my revenge. I first have to learn magic in order to get strong enough and make money. I will then be able to begin my plans. I joined the magic academy along with my childhood friend Jenna. I met two other nice friends there, and we quickly formed an inseperable group. They''re one of the few people who know of my true identity. I wasn''t paying much attention three days ago, when they announced that should we see a beutiful cat-like demon girl we should immediately abandon whatever we''re doing and flee. Apparently, she''s an SS-rank adventurer but is considered SSS-rank due to her accomplishments. Her nickname is ''Bloody Cat'' due to her bloodthirsty nature. Why am I saying this? Well, at one point when I was having lunch with Jenna, Lilly and Greta, people around us began screaming. I wasn''t paying much attention though, as Lilly was talking to me. She''s my age and is really pretty, so I naturally felt attracted towards her. However, I suddently felt a titanic sense of dread dwell up inside of me. I turned and saw the ''Bloody Cat'' I just talked about. She looked 14 or 15 years old, but she was even shorter then Jenna, who is only 10 years old. She had two long tails behind her and a pair of cute-looking cat ears. Her nails and teeth were although, extremely sharp-looking. She was as the teachers said, the most beutiful girl I''ve ever seen, but that couldn''t clench the sense of terror inside of me. Me and Lilly swiftly got in front of Jenna and Greta, trying to protect them. When she spoke, a mix of a demonic and angelic voice came out of her mouth. It seemed as if both an angel and at the same time a demon spoke. "Hi there~ I''m here to pick something I reeeeaally need so could you please get out of the way~?" She says, and I confirm that she does want something from us. I couldn''t stop trembling, but before we could answer her tails blurred and I suddently found myself flying. I ended up with a broken arm, which really hurt. I heard a scream come from Jenna but it suddently stopped. I turn around and see that the girl and Jenna had disappeared. Greta had fallen to her knees, crying. I clench my teeth and try to stand up, but can''t. I won''t lose yet another person close to me! I won''t! As I keep tellying myself that, I finally get up and walk towards Greta. She looks at me with crying eyes and says "S-she said something about being hers for today, sh-she grabbed Jenna and disappeared! What do we do?!?" Lilly finally arrives, and she too has a broken arm. We look at each other and nod. We''re going to find her no matter what. It doesn''t matter if a demonic monster cat has captured her, I will save her! I turn around and see that a group of teachers were running towards us. When they arrive, I can recognize the person at the front. I think he''s the special class teacher. "I''m sorry, but we may not have much time. Can you tell us what happend? She usually never goes to populated areas so this may become trouble" He says with a short bow. I hurriedly say "S-she suddently came here, told us to go away but before we could answer she did something to us and we found ourselves with a broken arm, then she took Jenna and disappeared. D-do you know where she is!?" The teacher then asks a wierd question "Tell me, was the Jenna she took cute or adorable?" I look at him confused, then remember Jenna. She definetly looked like a cute animal sometimes, and she often made people want to cuddle her, so I nod at his question. He sighs in relief and says "Good, then your friend probably will be back by tomorrow. If you''re going to search for her, look for a tall tree nearby and search for her. For now, get your arm patched up before you do anything. I don''t really have any authority on her, so we can''t stop her. Do not attack her, or it''ll end badly." I nod and the other teachers began to patch me and Lilly up. After perhaps two hours, we begin to search for Jenna. We search for all tall trees we can find and scream her name. Finally, after perhaps another hour we hear her indeed from a tall tree. "Hi guys! I''m up heeeree!" We look up, but can''t really see her. I then scream "You cat! Let Jenna go or I will never forgive you!" I receive no answer though, so I hurriedly began to climb up the tree, and Lilly does too. She uses earth magic to conjure a platform for me and her to climb. As we arrive at the top, the sight was somewhat unbelievable. Jenna was smiling and was petting the cat-girl, who looked like she was asleep but you could hear a silent purr coming from her. "Hey guys! I think she just wanted some company. She already said that she didn''t really want to hurt you. She''s asleep now, doesn''t she look cute!?" Jenna says with adoring eyes. The girl was indeed, as said before, asleep. Her face was in Jenna''s lap and her ears would sometimes twitch in a cute manner. I and Lilly were a bit dumbfolded. I expected her to be... More violent, I guess? I don''t know if what I read about demons is wrong, but aren''t they all supposed to hate humans and always try to kill us? Lilly makes an earth platform extending from the tree all the way to Jenna and the cat. We follow it and arrive near them. At this point, the cat''s eyes slowly open and she first looks at us and then turns to Jenna. She quickly gets up and grabs Jenna while screaming "She''s mine for today! I''m not giving her back! Go away or I''ll kill you all!" She jumps down from the tree and Jenna screams a little, but doesn''t look hurt. The ground cracks as she lands, and she then disappears in a blur. It all happend too fast for us to see though, so we couldn''t react. That night, Jenna returned and said that she was carried to another tree nearby and was forced to sit there and keep company to the cat, who wouldn''t let her go. She was finally released when the night came up though. She also said that her ears and tails were really soft. I guess that I''m happy that she''s fine, but I had a little idea come up inside of my head... She might just be the key in my revenge against the kingdom... Chapter 19: The Hot Baths [Alysha''s Pov] As I stared at the moon, I considered my current options. I realized that for me, going to school is completely useless, and I think the only reason they haven''t kicked me out is that they''re scared of what I might do once I''m out and free again. So far, I see only two options. Either stay here, and possibly try to live a normal student life, which sounds impossible consider people literally piss their pants just by seeing my shadow, or get out of here and go back to destroying and eating everything and everyone I find. I have no problems with that really, but I did realize during my time with my hug pillow that I really need something to keep me company. Luckily for me, I think I have an idea of who. And no, it is NOT the Pervert, I hate his guts and hate how he looks at me everyday and hate how he never said mean things to me. He should hate me considering he''s the ''Hero'', but I guess he''s too much of a retardto realize that. As I walk back home, I take out a thing from my space bag that I neglected for way too long. It''s a proposal coming from the prince. I don''t really care about it though, what I do care about is that it invites me to a ball in about 4 days. That''s more then enough time for me to reach it and participate. I really want to meet royalty and high-ranking nobles, even though some of them might hate me since I killed so many snobbish nobles. I put the invitation back in my bag and finally decide what to do. I spend the night training with my moon magic. I''m happy to say that I made quite a number of devastating attacks, but I''ll keep them as secrets to othersfor now, as they''re not something that should be used in a normal battle, as the level of destruction are not something in this world. One such attack is a reflection of the moon itself. I can will it to manifest on earth, and once that happends a 100 meter wide silver moon appears and I can make it slam into my enemies. I used it in the forest, and a multiple kilometers-wide crater appeared. Thankfully, I was pretty deep in the forest, but I don''t dare think nobody saw that. Nobody should know it was me though. I called this attack ''Moon Impact''. Creative, right?! Another attack is called ''''Starvation horde'' In which I can make the people I ate during my lifetime come out of a silver gate I create. They all have zombie-like appearances, with missing limbs, heads, or wierd mutations like multiple arms or tentacles. Most can be considered C-rank, some B-rank and the mutations, which are often strong, are A-rank. They are mindless though, and will obey any command, but are hard to command individually. I tried ordering one to sit, and they all sat down. They''re like a loyal pack of ants, they can be used to storm the enemy and overwhelm them with numbers. I can right now create about 5.000 of them before I run out of mana, as this technique is really god damn mana-heavy. I have other powerful attacks, but I''ll leave them for later. As my beutiful moon finally descends into the darkness to hide from the sun, I climb down the tree, with a clear goal in mind. Hot tubs! I want to go experience my first hot tub! I''m soooo excited! Is it a mixed hot tub? Are there people who give you massages? I tooootally want a massage! I''ll kill them if they touch my tails without asking though. Anyway, once I reached the ground, I search for a sucker to question. I quickly find one and I sneak up on him from the darkness. He was reading a book about magic whilst sitting on a bench, all alone. I quickly cover his mouth with my hand and wisper in his ear "Answer my question or die. Scream and you die. Look at me and you die. Make a gesture and you die. Do anything that I don''t like and you die." He nods furiously not daring to even look at me. I then slowly say... "...Where''s the hot tub?" If a person could somersault whilst being held captive by someone, then that person is this guy right here. He still didn''t dare look at me but his face screamed ''That''s the question!?'' "... It''s in the noble area, you have to be a noble and pay a gold coin to enter. Could you please let me live?" I release him and pat his head saying "Good kiddo, remember that people are bad, and not all are as nice as I am~" He facepalmed and got up. He then looked at me, only to pale and fall on his ass once again. I shrug and walk away. After 5 minutes I realize I''m missing something. Where the hell is the noble area...? After an hour of interrogating people and getting lost anyway, I finally find the so-called noble area. I''m wearing a blue robe right now, as I want to make a ruckus inside the bath. I''m wearing a bikini underneath, so I''m 100% ready to take a nice~ long bath to prepare myself for my trip to the ball. I haven''t really found any being that is worth the effort to kill for his meat, as even the principal, a supposed S-rank adventurer, looks just way too weak in my eyes. I probablycan kill him with a punch if I wanted to. I don''t think this world has anybody strong enough to face me. Maybe I could learn space magic and travel dimensions? That''d be fun... I''d get to taste all sort of people and animals and maybe get to learn how to make a spaceship! I always wanted to travel into space! As I arrive at the building that my last companion told me should be the hot tub, I see a line of perhaps 15 people waiting at the entrance. They all wear expensive clothing of course, but what suprises me is that I see the harem-guy from yesterday along with his harem. Lucky girls~ You get to stay with such a thoughtful guy that risks his life against a person that has killed thousands upon thousands for no reason just for one of you~ How sweet~ I''m not jealous at all~. Whilst rambling inside about how I''ll torture the next bandits/assassins to vent the anger dwelling in me, I wait in the line for about 10 minutes. Nobody recognizes me thanks to my ingenious idea. I conjured some extremely high heels so that I seem taller, so that people won''t think it''s me when they see a wierd-robed person.If you spot this story on Amazon, know that it has been stolen. Report the violation. Before it was my turn though, I hear a ruckus and see a bunch of the noble kids shouting insults at the harem-maker. Apparently, he was allowed in the bath even though he''s a commoner, and the nobles don''t like that. I ignore it but keep an eye out to see if something interesting happens. After all, everything is a good excuse to rip apart some noble brats that need to learn their place in the world. Bloodlineisn''t going to get you everything kiddos, sweat, tears and blood will. And maybe money, but you always end up in trouble when you have money but no power to protect it. As I arrive, I think I can recognize the guard that checks you when you enter the bath. He was there when they checked my affinity, so he should know my name. Let''s see what happends~ I walk up to the guard and give him my SS-rank certificate, student card and a gold coin. He takes the gold coin, then drops it and begins trembling immensily. Oh my~ Even guards tremble in front of me? How fun~ "Y-you may pass. Please don''t cause any trouble! I''m sorry for dropping this!" He says trembling and swiftly picks up the cards and hands them back to me along with a locker key. He then bows and swiftly moves away. The nobles were all looking at me curiously, after all, the guard didn''t budge even in front of dukes. They''re probably wondering who I am~ When I arrive, I immediately start jumping in happiness in the corner of my corrupted mind. The bath was indeed a mixed bath. It required appropriate swimsuits and the water was heated by a high-tiered fire magic. I once fought a mage who''d keep throwing fire balls or would spray me with fire. It was fun seeing his reaction as I laughed whilst walking inside a flamethrower''s flames without even a single scratch on my skin. My clothes were destroyed though and he saw me naked, so I carved out his eyes and then made him make house catch on fire and locked him inside of it. He died quite painfully~. Returning to the present, I went towards the women''s changing room, and found 5 or 6 girls changing. I guess nobles take baths everyday, so it''s not so abnormal finding so many people here. As I search for a locker to put my stuff in, I see my hug pillow being...bullied!? She and her two friends were in a corner, and several girls were throwing stuff at them and telling them that they''re not wanted. This made me quite mad inside, after all, only I get to bully my hug pillows.Nobody touches MY hug pillows. I slowly walk towards them. They all turn around towards me, and the apparent leader of the bullies says to me "Oh? What do we have here? Is your little boyfriend here? Are you a pervert? Nobody likes you here and you''re not welcome. You passed only because the guards were nice!" She stops talking when I slowly lift my hand up, revealing a card. She looks at me questioningly, takes the card and looks at it, before paling and shivering heavily. I put my palm up and she slowly gives me the card. She bows and says "L-let''s leave. I-i-m sure i-it''s fine either way, t-they can surely stay here!" She ran away swiftly after that. After all, not everybody has a royal identity card~ A king gifted it to me as a present for my ascension to SS-rank. Apparently he wanted to build relations with me and his kingdom, as SS and SSS-rank adventurers are worth a lot to a kingdom. The girls all look at me questioningly. I turn around and make sure nobody is around, before walking up to my hug pillow and hugging her. The girls didn''t react and were confused, but when I said "You''re gonna bemy hug pillow wether you want it or not for another day for this save you know~" Jenna looks at me with a blank face before saying "... ''Bloody Cat''?" The two other girls immediatly jump back at that, but didn''t look as alarmed as yesterday. I take off my robe and store it away, remaining in my half-naked glory. For some reason, the three of them all blush a bit upon seeing me. Hey, are you lesbians or something? "Now now, no need to be alarmed. I just saved your butts you know~ Harem boy probably has it harder then you three too. Change up quick if you want to save him from the noble idiots~" I say and walk up to my locker. I try opening it, but after 5 minutes of trying to fit the key in I simplypunch it, breaking it apart. Ops~ Too bad... Putting my stuff there and ignoring the looks from the three girls, I pick up my hug pillow who was now changed and was wearing a medieval-style swimsuit, and start walking towards the bath. She struggles a bit, but stops when she realize how futile it is~ I hear gasps as I enter the bath. People were all looking at me, so I tilt my head and stick out my tongue playfully. I can see several boys and even girls blushing~ "Hello~ If you run away I''ll kill you so don''t do that~ I''m just here to enjoy a nice bath~" I say whilst hugging my pillow close to me. She had long since given up and was looking around with eyes that screamed ''Save me!''. I then see harem-boy entering and he looks at me suprised. I stick out my tongue at him too and an idea sparks in my mind. I put down my pillow but I don''t let go of her. I then swing her towards him gently, and she flies and crashes into him. Luckily they don''t seem hurt, but it was quite funny anyway. Since I said not to run away, people were just awkwardly standing there. I simply jump into the hot tub that I dreamed for so long and ignore the larger, colder pool. Too bad medieval worlds don''t have hydromassages... I heard they felt really good... I close my eyes and simply enjoy my bath. After a while people begin doing what they were doing before and ignore me. Thankfully, nobody runs away or calls out teachers. After 30 minutes, a girl walks up to me. I don''t recognize her though. She looks 16 or so years old and is really tall. She looks at me with red cheeks and says "... Can I touch your tails?" I can hear some of her friends cheering. Congrats! You asked a monster if you can touch it''s tail! "Sure! Be gentle though!" I say with a smile. She gets in the water next to me, and I move my tails into her lap. She tries touching one, and after confirms it''s safe she bagans to stroke it. I purr silently, and soon enough I''m surrounded by 5 girls all trying to fight over my ears or tails. It feels nice to receive some non-fearing attention sometimes, even though I still like it more when people run away the moment they see me. There were a couple boys looking at my tails too, or some who were looking at my breasts. Perverts, I''m almost flat, and around me are sizes much larger. Look at those you god damn lolicons. I was still being spoiled when my teacher just had to arrive screaming "What did you do this time, Alysha!?" he then looked around and saw me staring daggers at him. He looked at me with a blank face, then at all the nobles. He laughed awkwardly, bowed, and left. Idiot. I was spoiled by several different girls and even some of the more daring boys. I accepted all of them, when one tried to touch me in a not-so-confortable spot I swam away, leaving everyone disappointed. I stayed underwater for the next thirty minutes, swimming around the hot tub and poking people when they least expected it. After perhaps 3 or so hours spent in the hot tub, I finally decide to leave as I was basically the last person left, as everybody else had classes. I get up and go get my stuff. After putting on a gothic lolita attire, I take out an umbrella to complement the outfit. This bad boy has an adamantine tip and is hard enough for me to use in fights as a club-like weapon. It also looks really pretty and shiny~ I stole it from a girl mage who kept saying things like "I''m the ''Rose Mage'', you can''t kill me!'' I, of course, killed her by tearing out her spine. It tasted quite good too! I left the baths ignoring the gasps whenever someone saw my tails or ears. I then proceeded towards the principal''s office to inform him of my decision to leave. Only problem being, I got lost... again... Damn this maze-like school!! Chapter 20: A new mother and noble shenanigans [Alysha''s Pov] When I finally found the principal''s office after several hours of... asking around, I entered the building and asked a teacher where he was. Said teacher wasn''t too happy with me being here, and screamed at me "Go away demon, you''re lucky enough to be here already." I think he just had a bad day. Poor guy, he needs to vent some frustratrion. I continued in my search after I told him to say hi to satan for me, as he was going to go meet him. After 10 minutes, I finally found the principal''s office. Entering, I saw him working on paperwork. He looked at me suprised, but didn''t react violently, which is always nice. "Good morning Alysha. What do you need from me?" He asked. I''m suprised he called me by my name, as almost nobody ever does it. They always call me ''Cat'' or relatives of such nickname. It''s not like it makes me a bit happy... "Ah, yes! I decided to leave the school. I confirmed that I don''t need to stay here any longer, and decided to tell you just in case. Thanks for everything and I''m not changing my mind." He looked at me in suprise once again and said "Are you sure? I thought you liked it here." Oh my, I do indeed like it, but there''s not enough bandits to torture around here... "I did like it, but I''m no good with people. See ya~" I say and run outside ignoring his calls. Hehe, sucker! I''m not falling for your wordplay! I know he wants to keep me in here for some reason. Too bad for him~ I run outside the building and dash towards the gates. Since I''m not going to stay here any longer, I unleash my inner sadist and begin laughing maniacally whilst running. Once at the gate, I punch the guard that was on patrol there. He explodes, but I ignore it and kick the gates open. They too explode, and I make a furious dash outside, still laughing. I really need to vent some of my inner sadistic desires on someone, so once I arrive at the forest 10 kilometers away I search around for someone to torture. Sure enough, I find a lone student. It looks like he was practicing his magic, as there were some cuts on the trees. Probably either water or wind blades, quite high level too considering the cuts were pretty~ deep. I land from my tree-hopping near him, and the ground explodes under my weight. He turnes to look at me, but once he saw my crazed face, he immediately paled and began to conjure a spell. I don''t let him finish though, as I jump at him and bite off his hand in which the magic was being conjured in. I swallow the tender hand and look at him once again. He was screaming in pain, which fuels my sadistic self even more. I catch him with my tails and begin pulling on his arms. After about 20 seconds of slowly increasing the pull''s strenght, his arms finally come out from his shoulders and he screams even more. I throw the arms in my mouth and chew a bit. They''re quite tasty... Nobles always taste better then commoners even though they sometimes are even weaker then them. I shove my hand into his chest and rip out his heart and begin to chew on it. It tasted even better then the arms. Letting my desire take me over, I rip him apart and swiftly devour him, clothes still on. Satisfied, I take out a map. I search for the city in which the king should hold the ball in, and find it after a bit. I put away the map and begin tree-hopping over to the city. After a day, as I was nibbling on a monkey I had captured and rippered apart, I feel movement from inside the bag. I can''t store living beins in my bag, which means only one thing. I swiftly take out the snake''s egg and I see as it slowly cracks open. I watch it, amazed at the spectacle of birth. After a while, a little snake of about 30-40cm comes out of it and looks at me. Just like the egg, it had a golden color with green stripes here and there. "Hello little snake. I''m going to take care of you, so that makes me your mother." The snake just looks at me... like a snake would? I''m not sure what itsfacial expression is like. Itslithers over to my arm I stretched out to him and coils around it. I heard snakes usually don''t care about offsprings, but I can see that itsees me as it''s mother. It looks so cute! How can people say snakes are scary~! I rip out a piece of my monkey snack, and tear it into little pieces. I then give little pieces of it to the snake. Itopens his mouth and I put the meat in it. Oh god, It''s soooo cute! My maternal instincts take over and I begin caressing it''s head. I''m not sure if it''s a boy or girl, but I don''t really care either way. It doesn''t seem to dislike it though, so I continue petting him and feeding it for a solid 30 minutes. He then looks satisfied and refuses to eat more no matter how much I try to prod him to eat. He coils around my arm and settles on it. I heard snakes sleep with their eyes open, so is it perhaps asleep? I slow down from my tree hopping to make sure he doesn''t fall off. It seems a bit scared of going at such velocities at firt, but then slowly gets accustomed to it. I guess it''s newborn brain is still learning? I don''t know how giant magical snake babies work, I guess I''ll ask for help once I reach the city. We continue on our journey and I feed it all kinds of meat to make sure he has a nice and diverse diet. During the time frame of two days, he had already grown 5cm and his eyes already showed a wisdom unbecoming of a baby. I guess baby snakes are really amazing? I ended up naming it Asu Bloodseeker, as I think it''s a boy. It (now he) looked like he even understood his own name, so when I called him he would always look up at me. He''s just so cute! I''m sure he''s going to become a great snake! I wonder if I feed him strong people he''s going to become stronger faster? I would sometimes play with him using my tails, or catch a small animal and let him chase it around. He looked so cute when he caught his first rat! He came up to me and tried giving it to me! I couldn''t resist but to hug him (making sure to be really gentle) and to let him eat it. It took 3 days in total to arrive at the city. The ball was during around 3pm, so I still had about 4 hours of free time left. I entered the city wearing a black robe. I as usual, got quite a few stares while walking around the streets. I spent the next 3 hours shopping for various kinds of dishes for me and Asu and also bought a couple of shiny gems. The shinier the betterin my opinion, but Asu didn''t seem to agree sincehe tried to usher me forward by biting me. I complied and kept on moving. I could see columns of nobles walking towards the castle, which stood tall in the center of the city. I joined them ignoring the pitiful gazes on me. I made sure to wear something proper under the robe, meaning I''m wearing my favourite gothic lolita dress, it''s a mix of black and blue colors with ribbons and frills all over it. It costed around 60 gold coins, which is insane but I couldn''t care less about money. Asu was wrapped around my neck, making him kinda look like a scarf. When it was finally my turn to enter, the guards checked my invitation. The one checking my papers nodded and let me pass through. They probably didn''t recognize my name, as people often only know my title. I must say, the castle was quite nice. There were hundreds of nobles going around, but it still seemed like it had tons of space left. The walls were nice and decorated, there were tables for buffets and people kept entering, with servants shouting out their titles. I looked around and froze when I saw a familiar face. It can''t be, why is he here? Why the hell is the Pervert here!? I know it had been a while since I last saw him, but shouldn''t he be in school still!? He was surrounded by noble girls chatting with him. Of course the Pervert was too busy oogling them to notice the several angry stares coming from the boys that were sitting a couple tables away. Sighing to myself and telling myself that he''s the only person I know, I walk up to him. He sees me coming, first a bit confused, but then recognizing my style of wear he smiles. He waves a hand at me as I approach. The girls around him look at me questioningly, but get suprised when I slap his face. He was still smiling though and says "Ouch, that''s not nice Alysha! Be gentle with me will you!" I slap him again with a vein popping out of my forehead and I say "You Pervert. You''re too busy looking at these girls to even notice that you''re missing out on your duties. You''re the ''Hero'', go and talk to relevant nobles and make friends with them. Can''t you even notice their stares!?" His smile freezes and he turns at the boys, who were still staring at him with jealousy. He turns to me and rubs the back of his head whilst laughing awkwardly. I slap his face again, and feeling satisfied, turn around and leave. I don''t care if you look at me angrily girls, you''re not strong enough to even be considered air in my eyes. I sit down at a table alone with a plate full of meat. I spend the next thirty or so minutes eating and ignoring the curious stares and pitying looks from the various nobles. I only pay attention when the reason I''m here arrives. "His majesty, Her majesty, the prince and the princess have arrived!" A servant shouts, and everyone turns to look at the door. The man I met twice, once with the hero and once for my S-rank upgrade, had finally shown his butt in here. Took him long enough. I must say, the rumors of the princess being beutiful are true. She looks like an angel descended from the heavens. Heh, if she''s the angel then I must be the demon... She''s not as pretty as me in my opinion though, and I''m not saying it to feedmy ownego. The prince was also quite hot. He was 180cm tall, had a nice round face and sharp blue eyes. He too looked like an angel, but more of a masculine-type angel. Heh, that''s the guy they want me to marry? At least his looks are decent. I doubt he''d ever understand me though. They arrived and began to chat with very expensive-clothed people. Must be dukes or higher to talk to the king like that. Eh, not that I care. Since adventurers technically don''t own alligiance to any country we don''t need to pay taxes, but we don''t receive benefits either. It''s quite the wierd system. He''s the king of the country I''m in, so I''m supposed to pay respects to him, but since I''m an adventurer I don''t need to. I walked up to him the same time the Pervert did. Heh, so I guess the king invited him too? How fun. He probably wants to marry him to the princess or something. I pity you, princess. The king turns from the noble he was talking to and looks at me and the ''Hero'' for a second. He looks at me with a blank face before realizing who I was. It doesn''t take a genius to do it either, I mean, only I would ever come up to the king dressed in a robe. "So you''ve actually come, Alysha. I didn''t expect you too. It''s a nice suprise though. Would I be correct you at least considered my offer this time?" He says and then turns to the ''Hero'' "Ah, you too ''Hero''. I''d be quite happy if you accepted my request. My daughter already agreed, so we''re all set already." Heh, so I was right! They want to rope him in via the princess! Nice move, king!Stolen content alert: this content belongs on Royal Road. Report any occurrences. One of the nobles couldn''t quite shut up though, and he looks like someone from pretty high up in the food chain. "Your majesty, are you sure it''d be a good idea to trust a person dressed in such... conspicuos clothes?" The king turns at him with a frown and says "Duke Pilgrim, I trust this person enough to know she won''t do anything bad. Also, Alysha, I think you can remove the robe, I''ll make sure nothing bad happends." Heh, isn''t he like really polite with me? I wonder why. The nobles all look at me and the king with suprise. I shrug and take off my robe. I think I heard a few gasps when they saw my tails and ears. Heh, suckers. I heard a couple of whispers too like ''Why is the ''Bloody Cat'' Here?'', ''So she is as beutiful as the rumors say?'', ''Are we all going to die!?'', ''Why did the king invite her here?''. Heh, stupid nobles. At least they don''t make comments about me being a demon, but I think that''s due to the king''s presence. The king looks at me and says "So, have you considered my offer?" I look at him, then at the prince for a second, then say "I hope that his majesty isn''t expecting me to marry someone I''ve never met before. May I at least talk with him in private for a bit?" Hehe, I''ll make the prince tell me everything of their plans involving me. I don''t trust them at all. The king nods and goes to talk with his son, who was chatting with a couple nobles. Oh, of course, the ''Hero'' was staring at the princess. I Pity you, princess. Pity to you... [Prince Gaunter''s Pov] I''ve grown up being called ''The Ice Prince'' due to my cold demeanor and distrust for others. My father taught me that one should never fully believe what another person says, and I agree with him. I''ve been showered with gifts all my life and people would praise me constantly. I know that, however, they''re all only trying to get on my, and thus, my father''s good side. I have also received several marriage offers, just like my sister. Even though my father says that I should marry someone by now, I just can''t bring myself to do these political marriages. They all just... expect me to marry someone just because of their political position. I simply can''t trust them for that reason, so I always decline everyone. Imagine my suprise when my father said that he was going to try and marry me to a certain someone. He never told me who, but he said that said person is a demon, and that she is perhaps even more beutiful then my sister. Two things are strange about this. First of all, my sister is considered the gem of the kingdom, called the most beutiful woman in it. Also, why marry me to a demon? I''ve got nothing against them as I know better then the common populace about them, but why marry me to one? My father says that it''s a try at showing other demons that we mean peace and not war, he also says that this demon must absolutely be roped in. He also said that she already once declined, but he sent another offer and hasn''t yet received a response, which means there''s a chance, but it''s low. I don''t quite get it, who would decline to possibly become the next queen? As we arrived at the ball, my father turned to me and my sister and said in an absolute 0 voice "Reina, remember, you are not being forced to marry the ''Hero'', so should he not be good for you, I want you to decline. The choice is up to you. However, Gaunter, you''re more limited. I neglected to tell you who the demon is, and I doubt she''ll show up, but should she be here, I want you to at least get on her good side or impress her somehow. You''ll easily recognize her, as she is the all-famous ''Bloody Cat''." My jaw was so wide that my bones were creaking. The ''Bloody Cat''?! Isn''t that the SS-rank but considered SSS-rank adventurer who''s also known as the bandit''s bane? The same one who''s constantly on the run from the assassin''s guild!? "Gauntler, I know you may have prejudices against her, but remember that rumors often can''t tell you everything about the person. I''ve been looking at reports of her activities, and I can say that she''s not the monster you think she is. If you dig deep enough in her, you''ll actually find a very fragile heart. So please, can you do this for me? We need her in the kingdom for her strenght." He says whilst looking at me in the eyes. I nod, after all, it must be a big matter considering the look in my dad''s eyes. "Well, knowing her she''ll probably not come, so you can be relieved at that." He says with a little laugh at the end. We arrive at the ball and the servants announce us. I go directly to talk to some of my friends, who were already there. We talk for about 20 minutes before my father arrives and has a smug smile on his face. I can already guess what happend... "Gauntler, she''s here and has requested that you talk to her before she considers the offer. Bring a couple guards with you if you want. I told her to wait in our private living room." I''m quite suprised at the end. He keeps quite a number of important papers in there, why does he trust her enough to know she won''t take a peek? I nod at go, ignoring the wispers of my supposed friends. I know that their parents just want them to get on my good side to leech favors off of me. Unfortunatly for them, I''m not that dumb. I leave the ball room and go to the room my father said she''s in. I wonder, is she truly more beutiful then my sister? That''s somewhat hard to believe... I arrive, and when I open the door what I see stuns me. A girl perhaps 14 or 15 years old was sitting on the couch. She indeed had two tails and a pair of cat ears on her head. Her eyes shined a deep ruby color, and her hair was as silver as the moon, as were her ears. She was wearing a dress filled with frills and ribbons that looked very expensive. I wonder, just how rich is she? I heard she always loots the bandits she kills, and considering that bandits would run away even just by hearing her name, she must have killed quite a number. She had her tails on her lap and a comb in one hand. She was carefully passing it through her tails, and without even looking at me said "Well~ Look who''s here. Why don''t you come in here? Oh wait, you''re the one supposed to say that...? Eh, too bad." She giggles a bit at herself and finally looks up at me. "Well sir handsome, why not stop staring at me and instead come inside? I''m sure you''re father told you to get on my good side, so why not start now by doing as I say?" I''m quite impressed, she guessed correctly, and she has absolutely no respect in her tone, but no disrespect either. I guess she doesn''t want to judge me yet? I comply and go sit on another couch in front of her. The guards behind me stroll in but I motion for them to go away. They look at me awkwardly for a second, then at the girl. Finally, they then leave. "Hm? Not going to let the guards protect you? After all, I''m a demon..." I immediatly realize the game she''s playing. She''s trying to discern if I discriminate against them. I absolutely don''t, so I say "I have nothing against demons. I''m not like the common folk." She giggles a bit at me, then says "Really now? Last time I checked, nobles often discriminate more against demons then commoners do~" I look at her suprised for a second. Really? "Eh, whatever. Ignore it, rather, what''s your name prince?" I look at her with a raised eyebrow. Really? She doesn''t even remember my name? "... It''s Gauntler. Gauntler Vhorace." She nods and was about to say something before suddently stopping. She looked at me with an apologetic look for some reason, then put an arm around her neck and took off her scarf. Taking a better look, it was actually a snake!? "Sorry, Asu''s hungry. He''s quite the glutton you know? I heard that baby giant snakes eat more then the average human. Forgive me for a second." She says and takes out a steak from her spacial bag. That thing looks like it could easily cost 500 or gold coins, after all, I''ve never seen one with so many runes on it. She tears the steak into pieces and feeds it to the snake who voraciously eats them. He actually looks quite cute. Once it''s done, it coils back around the girl''s neck and stays there. "Well, now that that''s out of the way, why not get to know each other for a bit~. Oh right! I almost forgot! I must absolutely~ tell you something!" She sounds... childish... I just keep looking at her with a blank expression. She puts on a dramatic expression, before peeking a bit, and noticing my lack of reaction, she pouts. "Eh. What''s up with you!? Play along with me will you!" I just keep staring at her. Her face goes blank and stares back at me for a couple minutes too. She then suddently throws herself back shouting "Ok! You win! Stop the staring contest! I just wanted to tell you to quickly go save your sister! That ''Hero'' a miserable pervert! That''s all I wanted to say so stop looking at me like that! Aren''t you supposed to get on my good side!?"... Isn''t this supposed to be the ''Bloody Cat''? The same monster who would kill if you just look at her? It makes it kind of hard to believe... "... I know that already. The ''Hero'' is indeed a pervert and an idiot, but at least he has a kind heart." She looks at me blankly for a second, before her eyes suddently sharpen and she says "Kind heart? That idiot? You have no idea. If he truly has a kind heart, then why would he constantly try to approach me, despite me being a complete monster?" I was a bit taken aback and was about to answer before she said once again "Also, I''m not into wordplay. What do you and your father want from me? My strenght? I can give you that, but there is a price to pay. I''m not about to be married off to some noble, or prince in this case, and get stuck here for the rest of my life, which will surely be longer then yours by the way. If you guys want to rope me in then I guess this is a good method, but I want you to at least prove to me you''re not a complete retard. So, how about you prove it to me?" I was completely dumbfolded. Nobody ever called me a retard after all, and this girl just straight up insulted me and my father, guessed everything correctly and was straight up honest with me. "... Yes, we do want to rope you in. But I too am not about to get married off to someone I don''t know. If you''re expecting me to simply want to marry you then..." "Ah, well then no marriage! If you don''t want to then that makes everything soooo much easier!" "... I didn''t say no yet, As I was saying, I too want at least some proof that you too are not an idiot." She nods with a faint smile before saying "Well, why not duke it out in a battle of wits? Do you play chess?" I nod at that a bit confused. Chess is supposed to be a game for royalty, does she even know how to play it? "Then, if you can win against me at that I might actually consider this offer~. I have a couple of other veeery~ fun thingsto make you do before I seriously consider this marriage thing. It''s stupid in my opinion, but everything''s up for the catch if it''s fun, right~?" Before I could answer, the door slams open and some guards stream in. What? I said that nobody is supposed to enter though? The guards surround her and all point their spears at her. She just keeps staring at them with a blank look. That''s when a noble even I can recognize as someone very important arrives. He''s the leader of one of the major political factions in the kingdom. "''Bloody Cat'', you''re under arrest for commiting treason against the kingdom by murdering several nobles. Under the royal degree that we have come to decide to today, you''re now officially a criminal. Guards, seize her." Her face takes on a pained expression, before she starts giggling and says "Hm? What''s this? Storming into a private conversation and arresting someone? That does sound like something scum like you would do. Also, are you telling me not to retaliate when a noble tries to abduct and/or rape me? Have you uncles all gone senile perhaps?" The noble grits his teeth, but before he could say anything I say "Enough. Duke Hordrake, this is indeed a private conversation, and my father has never agreed to make her a criminal. You''re actions today can be considered treason themselves, so quickly leave." He looks at me with a smug smile and says "Ah, well, during the ball today we held a referendum with the king, and since 80% of the nobles decided were for this to happend, not even the king can stop it." I looked at him angrily, but before we could say anything more the girl starts laughing. She then gets up and disappears. All of us look around the room, trying to find her but to no avail. I then hear a voice coming from above us. "If the kingdom wants to be my enemy, then I''ll gladly accept said challenge. I have no qualms about killing you all, so you have an hour to reconsider before I begin to destroy this entire city, and I will not stop until every single person related to this is dead, and I won''t mind consider killing thousands of innocents. Do consider this~ I''m being quite nice you know~" I look up, but only find a hole in the ceiling. [Alysha''s Pov] Of course, I should have considered that nobles hate my guts. Why did I even consider coming in here... Too bad, I would have really liked to beat that prince in a game of chess. He was quite hot as well. Eh, I don''t really care, as I would never have married him anyway. After all, I could tell he was actually quite innocent beneath that cold face. He truly expected the noble to listen to him when he said to go away... Heh, he truly doesn''t realize how the world works. Sneaking around on the roof, I locate the pervert based by his smell. I''ve gotten accustomed to always keeping an eye out for his smell, to make sure I don''t stumble where he is all the time. It never did help though... Once I found him, I break the stone under me and fall down into the room. The sight that greeted me was... wierd? There were several armed nobles lying in a nice pile on the side, and the Pervert was screaming "Well? Who''s next?" We looked at each other blankly before I say "Pervert, what the hell did you do this time? Aren''t you supposed to make friends with these idiots? Are you perhaps an idiot yourself? Ah wait, you are indeed a hopeless retard. Go die." I say and slap him in the face. He falls down crying. I look at him with a blank face for a second, then an idea comes to my corrupted mind. I turn and look at the princess, who was staring at me with wide eyes. What? I slapped him, deal with it. "Hi ms. princess! You''re bro''s approach was halted by some retard noble~ Why don''t you go help himout or this kingdom might not last long~ You have an hour to decide~" I say, and I don''t explain any further. I jump out from the roof and dash madly outside. As I run, I break the sound barrier and make a mad dash for the forest. I already know the king is going to lose, after all, the nobles have simply too much pride and since I killed so many of their sons, they probably want my head pretty~ badly. Too badly they don''t realize what a true monster is. Luckily for me, I had considered a situation like this in the corner in my mind, I just didn''t think it''d happend. But now, this leads me to a pretty~ nice idea. If they truly think of me as a monster, then that''s totally fine, but they will forever have to remeber me as the Monster King... Chapter 21: The Monster King [Alysha''s Pov] I was laughing like a madman when I confirmed that the noble''s faction had indeed won. I am now considered an SSS-rank threat and am being hunted by the military. I think my bounty had increased to about 100.000 gold coins, which is quite a bit. Even the adventurer''s guild has now regarded me as a threat. So, I now essentially have no allies... Oh, I actually do have an ally! Asu! I''m sorry for forgetting about you! I love you too don''t worry... I won''t let them touch you! It''s now been three days since I was regarded as a threat. Why didn''t I attack the city? Well, I currently have a reeeaaally~ nasty plan to try out. How do I know what is happening? Well, I''ve interrogated some random adventurers that came and tried to kill me. Why are low-level adventurers hunting SSS-rank threats? I have no idea. I guess they''re just really dumb. What plan is it you say? Well~ It''s actually not that compicated. I plan on becoming the king of the non-intelligent races, which the name itself will have to be changed. I will essentially be the king of monsters. Why not queen of monsters? Well, it sounds dumb. I''m currently searching for some suitable subjects. I''ve so far come across only a couple of wolf packs, which I defeated but didn''t kill. I then spoke to them telephatically, making it possible for them to understand me. They agreed to serve me since I am indeed strong, and they wanted revenge for all the times the humans hunted them. I''ve so far got 50 wolves under my belt, and my only order to them for now is to search for more subjects. I''ve also been practicing my moon magic intensively. I''ve been developing many types of attacks, but I''ve also been refining my current ones. My current strongest attack is definetly ''Moon Impact''. I''ve also found out that I can create pocket dimensions inside my moon mist, and I practiced my attacks there. ''Moon Impact'' can vary in size from 50 meters in diameter to 300. It''s quite scary how strong it is. The wolves were quite suprised when I ripped a human adventurer in two and ate his heart. They were pretty happy though about it. I guess they expected me to not consider humans as food? They never told me what they were truly thinking. After the fifth day, my wolves came back and along with them were several new wolves that I don''t recognize. Seems like they succeded in finding out new subjects. Time to tell them about my plans I guess. {Greetings, Ruler. We found these wolf packs and rescued them from some adventurers. We told them about our alligiance to you and your plans. They''ve agreed to meet you and will decide afterwards.} Oh, how nice of you. I taught all my wolves how to use telepathy, so now we can communicate smoothly. They apparently formed a sort of socialhierarchy under me, where they consider me their absolute ruler. How nice of them... {Thanks, I''ll go meet them in that case} I say and leasurely stroll towards them. The wolves all look at me suprised. I guess they didn''t expect a humanoid to be these wolves'' ruler. {Hello there. I''m Alysha Bloodseeker. I''ve been told that you guys wanted to meet me before deciding? Well, here I am. If you want to know the details of the plan ask the ex-alpha. He''s more of a leader then me. I''m just here to destroy a kingdom. If you want to challange usthough, I''ll personally rip you to pieces." I say to all the new wolves telepathically. They all look at me in shock so I say again {Ask one of the wolves to teach you telepathy. If you need me for anything, I''ll be nearby so just ask around.} I leave the shocked wolves and go back to my tree. Asu comes down from it and settles around me. He''s grown tremendously over the past days. He''s now 2meters long and 30cmwide. He''s even more of a glutton then me, which is saying a lot. I taught him to speak telepathically, and he can even hold a conversation without trouble. He says that his intelligence comes from something called Inherited Memories, which are instincts and basic knowledge of the world. It''s quite useful. {Mom, you should be more serious about this. You need to be the imagine of a sovreign, not a lazy push-work-onto-others...} He''s also something like my personal advisor. He''s really smart too, probably more so then me. {I know Asu. It''s just that it''s not like they''re all that relevant in our plans. If they want protection I can give it to them, if they don''t then they don''t. I don''t really care about them, who I care about are the stronger beasts that roam this forest. They are the ones I''m aiming to get under my tails.} I say as I pat his head. He nods at me and says {Well, I''ll go organize the wolves. See you later mom!} He says and slithers away. All the wolves know he''s something like my son, so his words have as much authority as mine. He''s such a nice kid too, always worrying about his mom... I''m really proud of him! Thinking such things, I use my mist to make a reflection of about 200 steaks. I discovered that I can even make food using my mist. Once they''re eaten, they essentially become part of the animal/person who eats them, but I lose control of them, essentially making free food. {Whoever''s hungry can come and eat these~. Only for my subjects though~.} I say in a playful voice through telepathy to all the wolves present. They all launch themselves on the food, so I say {I suppose I got me some new subjects~}. I simply sit down next to a tree and sleep for the next five or so hours, when the ex-alpha comes to me and says {Ruler, there is a group of about 10 adventurers. They seem quite strong and I think they know we''re racking up members. What should we do?} I think for a bit and then say {Let''s use them as a show of force to our new members. I''ll personally go deal with them} The ex-alpha was shocked for a second before he quickly said {T-there''s no need for Ruler to move herself, we can deal with them!} I shake my head. How considerate he is. I get up and say {Nah. I wanna do something too after all. Where are the snacks?} He lowers his head in a bow and says {Follow me}. I do, and soon enough we arrive at a small clearing. {The adventurers should pass by her in a little bit. I''ll tell the other wolves to come watch Ruler''s glory.} I nod and sit down. He leaves to call his friends, so I''m alone for a second. I then have an idea and wistle loudly. This is a sign I made for Asu to come to me whenever I do it. He quickly arrives, and I tell him that we''re going to have a fight, and that he gets a chance at fighting too. He was quite excited. The adventurers arrive after a bit, and when they see me waving a hand at them, they all take out their weapons.A case of content theft: this narrative is not rightfully on Amazon; if you spot it, report the violation. Their leader goes forward and says outloud for me to hear "''Bloody Cat'', we''ve been searching for you. We''re here to take revenge for our fellow brothers, so prepare yourself!" How dumb. He just wants to impress his friends. I wave him away while saying "Yes, Yes. A group of newbies decided that SSS-rank threats are jokes to them and thinks life''s easy and all. Asu, kill them all." Asu quickly shot forward from his position, which they of course didn''t notice, and bit the leader in the torso. He quickly retreated after that, leaving the leader falling down, screaming. His teammates, startled, all rush at Asu. He skillfully bites and retreats, leaving large amounts of deadly poison in them each time he bites. After a while, they''re all on the ground, paralyzed and dying. {Hey guys! You can have 5 of them, me and Asu get the other five to eat. How does that sound?} I say to the wolves watching from the bushes. They all come out and get in columns behind 3 leaders. I think they said something about social rankings are important for wolves...? I''m not sure. I pick out the leader and 4 other strong ones, and throw the rest at the wolves, who quickly dismember them and eat them with gusto. As for me, I simply rip out their hearts and give the rest to Asu, who swiftly globs them down. It''s funny seeing how his body stretches and becomes so large after he eats. Too bad it takes him a while to digest though. Ispend the rest of the day sleeping and training occasionally, while Asu and the wolf horde keeps recruiting members. Apparently, Asu has become something akin to my rappresentative and probably holds more influence on the horde then I do. Not that I mind though, he can become their king for all I care. I just want to destroy a couple of kingdoms. Unknown to me, Asu actually felt like he was doing too little for me, and wanted to make me their absolute ruler. I only learned of this untill much later on though. After another week, we had 500 wolves divided into 5 groups of 100 each, and each had it''s own branches and hierarchy. They all obeyed me though, and each tried hard to outdo each other. They kind of resembled children wanting to impress their parents, and it was quite funny seeing how they argued with each other and bragged when they recruited more members. I produced a couple hundred carcasses of large bears for the wolves to eat, so that they could focus on recruiting. They were all quite grateful when I gave the meatto them. The fourteenth day after being made a criminal, Asu came to me with a pretty nice report. {Mom, the wolves have found a potential magical beast. It''s a Fire Hawk, and it seems really strong. They saw it flying around and they stalked it until it''s nest near a hill. We can go and try to recruit him.} The difference between beasts and magical beasts is quite big. Magical beasts are as the name suggest, capable of minor feats of magic and are often stronger then normal beasts. They also can live some really long lives, like that snake did. {How nice. I guess I''ll go and talk to him. He''s just what we need, maybe he can become a general or something? I''m not sure how military ranks work... Eh. Asu, tell the wolves to keep doing what they''re doing. I''ll go alone and talk to him.} Asu nodded and left after telling me the hawk''s location. Time to go bird hunting! I arrived at the bird''s nest after thirty minutes of tree-hopping. I climbed up to the peak of a tree and observed the hawk. It''s name was quite appropriate. It had fire-red feathers all over it''s body. It was two meters tall and it''s wingspan must have been at least 8 meters in diameter. It was currently resting in it''s nest. Unlike normal bird, the nest was on the ground. I guess he thinks nobody can challange him? Normally he''d be right, but you never know when adventurers come. Maybe I should tell him after he becomes mine? I jump down from the tree and approach him. He raises his head and looks at me. He screeches at me but doesn''t move. I wonder, do you consider me this small of a threat? Size doesn''t always mean everything you know? {Hello birdie! I''m the ruler of this forest and I''m currently planning to destroy the human kingdom. I''m here to make you mine, so please come with me or I''ll have to force you too and trust me, you''d much rather obey me right now~} I say with a tone that says that I accept no no''s. He stops screaching and says telepathically {Oh? A demon who knows telepathy? How fun. You? The ruler of the forest? Hah, don''t make me laugh! It''s true the old king is nowhere to be found, but that doesn''t make you the king, girlie.} I giggle a bit before starting to laugh maniacally, I then say {Oh? That tasty tiger you mean? Ah, yes! I personally ripped it apart some months ago. It was quite the tasty treat. Ah, sorry, I don''t feel like talking with someone who won''t believe me, so tell me, do you want to be ripped apart or will you obey me? You have five seconds to answer, and if you say anything that is not an "I obey" then I''ll pluck every single feather off of you, then carry you back to our base. I''m then going to make you the general of my little army~} The bird''s beak was hanging open, but laughed and said {Heh, just try it! You''re ne...} Before he could finish, I was already in front of him and wrapped my tails around him, blocking him from moving. I can now make them extend up to six meters, which is quite impressive. As the bird screached in pain, I began plucking off his feathers whilst ignoring his futile struggle. I ignored his curses and after plucking off all of his feathers from his front, turned him around and plucked all the others from his back. I then kept him wrapped up in my tails and ran back to our base after putting the feathers into my bag. I had some serious trouble resisting my urges to taste him. They were so strong I couldn''t help but say {Y-your really troubling me h-here. I really want to rip you apart and devour you... Argh, resist! Resist the urges!} I said to myself. He was trembling and had stopped struggling. When I arrived at our base, which by now was almost like a little castle with defenses all around it which the wolves and Asu somehow built, I entered and asked around for where Asu was.Some wolves even asked if he was a snack, and I said he was supposed to be a magical beast, but had decided that agreeing to me plucking all of his feathers was a good idea. That earned him some strange looks. {Ah! There you are Asu! Look what I found!} I said in a childish voice. He turned from the wolf he was talking to and slithered over to me and said {Mom, did you really just kidnap him like this?} I nodded, and finally released the trembling and humiliated bird. {Ah well, you two talk with each other and maybe become friends or something? I don''t know~ Oh, birdie, hurt my son in any way and I''ll personally make you enter a hell you never imagined existed~} I said with a 0 degree voice at the end. They both trembled a bit. I left them to do their things and went outside to see how everything looked. The wolves didn''t exactly have hands, but they still digged trenches and made some simple fortifications in the area. At the center there is a cave where they keep all the wolf pups. Thinking about it, I never saw the cubs! I want to see them! I spent the rest of the day thus playing around with the cubs and telling them stories. They all learned telepathy pretty fast as it''s actually not very hard to do, but has to be taught to you in order to perform it. {And so, the stupid noble said to me "I''m going to take revenge for my brother!" and threw himself at me. What do you do when a mean human attacks you?} and all the cubs said excited {Kill him!}. I nodded with a smile. They''re all growing up nicely. I did tell them that not every human is bad though. Some are actually nice, but most are mean. You also need a reason to kill someone, like if they''re hunting you, then that''s a plausible reason. Finally, after yet another boring week full of me going around beating up monsters who were all just soooo~ weak in my opinion, but according to Asu they were really strong for other people, we were finally ready to preceed onto the next part of our plans! Time to go destroy some villages~. Hopefully everything goes well, and rumors are going to spread around. Our goal is to get the king to gather up an army, and then destroy it with an ambush. This should throw the kingdom into chaos, and that''s really our main goal. With our forces consisting of 800 wolves, five Giant Wolves, 100 bears, one King Bear, three Fire Hawks, 5 Sea Hydras, 200 tigers, one Ice Tiger, two Lightning Tigers, an Asu and a demonic cat. Shitty backwater villages, here we come~ Chapter 22: A cats anger is not to be underestimated. [Alysha''s Pov] As Asu positioned our forces around a small village, I observed the suckers who were going to be sacrificed for the greater good. The village held perhaps around 4000people, with 100 or so adventurers. I can already tell that they are simply going to get steamrolled. The guards neglect to keep up up the defenses and the adventurers are too low-rankto do anything. We slowly encircled the village''s walls and began to prepare for an assault at night. When said night arrived, I told Asu to wait until the end of my announcement. I used my moon mist to create a raised altar and climbed it. It looked like a giant tower had suddently appeared, so the guards were quite startled. I then used my mist to transmit my voice to all of the town {Hello Snacks! This show is a courtesy of the Bloodseeker, I hope you have a great night, and if you survive, hopefully you''ll get your nice and smart nobles to do something~ I doubt they''d ever choose your life over their own though~. With this said, Prepare to die~}. We had already determined that we didn''t really need the advantage of suprise, so even if they were ready it shouldn''t be a problem. Asu gave the signal, and hell began. With wolves, bears, tigers, hydras, giant hawks and an Asu raining down on them from all sides, the guards were quite~ panicked. I did want to help though. Since the walls were a hindrance, I conjured my ''Moon Bazooka'' from the back of our attack. When I felt the attack was ready, I opened my mouth and shot out a cannon-like sphere of moon mist. When it reached the walls, it exploded, damaging the walls enough for the beasts to get through. We kept half of the wolves back and told them to chase down any runners that made it through the encirclement. I personally just stayed back and enjoyed the show. It was quite fun seeing how people choose to break down when they saw their families killed instead of focusing on fighting. Heh, idiots think they''re the protagonists of some novel, and fate will suddently give them a power-up? Good luck with that... Hm? I noticed an adventurer that was quite~ strong. He was defending five civilians from the Bear King. They were fighting to a standstill, but since I did need someone alive I chose to use that guy. After all, ifnobody knows it was us, we won''t gain any reputation, and where''s the fun if we always win it easy~? I mean, even if the entire world goes against me I won''t die so it doesn''t really matter~ {Tremor, keep that guy alive. I want to use him.} I said telepathically. The King Bear stopped his attack and walked backwards. The adventurer was quite confused, but still kept his guard up. I jumped from my spot outside the city, breaking the ground under me and landed next to the King Bear, making a small earthquake as I landed. The King Bear bowed and retreated, chasing down other strugglers. I then slowly lifted my head and looked at my little messangers and the 5 snacks behind him. [Adventurer''s Pov] It was overall a normal day. I was sitting alone at a table, and was wearing a robe so that people won''t recognize me. I came to this town some days ago, to try my luck in the supposed ''Cat Hunt'' that has been going around the kingdom for a while. As I was thinking about how to kill the SSS-rank demonic cat, I suddently heard a voice in my head saying{Hello Snacks! This show is a courtesy of the Bloodseeker, I hope you have a great night, and if you survive, hopefully you''ll get your nice and smart nobles to do something~ I doubt they''d ever choose your life over their own though~. With this said, Prepare to die~}. It was so sudden, I didn''t really know who or what it was. It was just as if a girl''s voice boomed out of nowhere. Then out of nowhere, I heard the earth shaking, and then a small explosion was heard. Then, screams. Screams of terror and pain. I looked and saw hundreds, no, thousands of monsters streaming down the streets, killing everyone they found. I never heard of anything like this happenening! What''s going on! I swiftly took out my sword and shield and began fighting. I killed a couple wolves, but soon enough, a giant bear appeared. Even I could recognize it. It was the Bear King, the strongest bear in the kingdom. It''s said that it once killed 10 A-rank adventurers alone. I saw as it chased down a family of five. I swiftly ran to it and parried a blow meant to kill them. It looked at me angrily, and we soon enough began to fight. I couldn''t really damage it, and kept parrying his claws with my shield or sword. His fur was as strong as steel, so my attacks were meaningless.If you encounter this tale on Amazon, note that it''s taken without the author''s consent. Report it. As I thought the bear lost it''s mind in rage, it suddently stopped and retreated a bit. I then saw a blur, and the ground shaked. I looked to find a small girl, of perhaps 14 or 15 years old with cat ears and two... tails... I realized I was done for. I realized what had happened. The bear bowed to the girl and left. So she was the one to organize all of this. The girl titledthe ''Bloody Cat'' due to her bloodthirst. She looked at me slowly, and I could feel an extreme fear creeping up in my heart. My legs were shaking, and my heart was beating. She slowly raised a hand, and a silver mist came out of it. I wasn''t sure of what to do, so I simply stood still, sword and shield raised. Suddently, the mist began forming something... Me? It slowly turned into an exact copy of me, and once it was done, I could feel myself inside of the mist, as if I suddently had two bodies, but could only control mine. She then walked up me. Shaking with fear, I threw myself at her and tried to stab her. She casually blocked the sword with her nail, and then took me by my throat. Her tails wrapped around my arms and constricted them, forcing me to drop my weapons. The reflection then walked up to me and entered my body from my back. I suddently felt... Empty. I couldn''t control myself. "Well, it seems that ''Soul Capture'' is a success. Here''s my order to you. You are to go back to the capital, request an audience with the king saying that Alysha Bloodseeker sent you. Once you''re with the king, tell him this: "How are you doing your majesty? I sincerely hope well, as I''m having quite a bit of fun over here~ Oh, say hi to the nobles for me~. You guys better hurry, as I''m getting quite the army here. Maybe prepare your own army and send it to catch my own? Hehehe, I can''t wait to have the heads of all of those noble scum. Oh, tell the prince that if he can win a chess match against me then I can maybe spare you guys~. Oh, this guy''s been mind-controlled, he''ll die after saying this, so don''t worry bout'' him.". You will then kill yourself. Now go!" I felt like I had no choice but to do exactly as she said. My legs moved on their own, I couldn''t control my own body. I spent the next three days running without rest. I arrived at the capital, and as the monster said, requested an audience with the king using the monster''s name. As soon as I saw the king, my mouth moved on it''s own and said exactly what she did. I then took out my sword and shoved it into my heart. Everything went black after that... I felt... sleepy... [Alysha''s Pov] After telling my little messanger to go, I ate my three snacks. After 4 more hours of fighting, The town was completely cleared of humans. Very few successfully escaped, I ordered my minions to keep a hundred or so alive, as I wanted to use them as slave force. Asu then reported our losses and gains to me. We had gained 213 slaves, all of whom civilians, with 117 males, 84 girls and 12 children. We had lost very few minions, mostly wolves, which was kind of sad but life''s not perfect, so there''s nothing we could do. They had rounded up all the slaves and brought them to our camp. They were then lined up in lines, all facing one direction. I came from said direction, and casually said "Hello Snacks. You''ve officially become slaves of our little army here~ Behave and I''ll let you live, be bad and a mr.bear or mr.wolf will eat you~. Or maybe I myself will? Let''s see, if you run away, then this will happend." I casually walked forward, picked up a small child of perhaps 6 years old, and swallowed him alive and whole. The people were terrified as I licked my lips. Children still taste the best~ I patted the budge on my stomach and said "See? You all will want to be good, or I''ll do worst things on you~. Now, Asu here will order you around, be bad with him and he will do the same. Asu, demonstrate." Asu nodded and he too swallowed up an adult male. He tried running, but was swiftly cut off by Asu and devoured. He then began ordering the people around and made them build up better fortifications. We spent the following days recruiting all the monsters we could find, building up a larger and stronger base, training our current units and sometimes assaulting the adventurers that would show up. It took the king five days after the attack to finally send someone over. I went and met up with said messanger. Of course I didn''t kill him, after all, I''m a monster, but I still abide by the laws of war you know? He was waiting at the edge of the forest when I strolled out, followed by my most trusted subordinates, which are Asu, Tremor (Bear King), Yang (Ice Tiger), Shrkland (Sea Hydra). It was quite funny how I was the smallest amongst them, but still the strongest. He looked at us whilst trembling, but held his ground. "Good morning. A little birdie said to me that the king sent you to discuss something with me, am I right?" He nodded furiously, handed me a scroll, bowed and said "I was just told to give you this. I know nothing else!" I nodded and shooed him away. He almost tripped running away in fear. As I read the paper I coudn''t help but grinjuuuust a little bit~ [Hello Alysha. I hope the messanger that sent this is still alive. Well, thanks to you I''m currently quite in trouble you know? There is a serious danger of civil war happening between the discord of our royal faction and the nobles. I know that you have every right to do what you did, and I''m not going to complain. War will surely break out in the following week, and we will most likely lose it should it come down to all-drawn out war. I know this is shameless of me after what happend, but I request of you to help us, the royal faction, out. We are willing to remove your status as a criminal. If you wantto negotiate even better terms, then we will do so. With respects, from King Lucifer Vhorace] My hands were almost shaking in excitement. Not only do I get to kill lots of nobles, but I''m for sure going to turn the king into my little mindless puppet after this. I couldn''t help but laugh maniacally outloud. Even my minions were terrified and began shivering immensily when they heard my laugh. Little nobles, prepare yourselves, as an angry cat is coming for you~ Chapter 23: The Ancient Dragon [Alysha''s Pov] We spent the following weeksmaking my minions do spartan training, building up defenses in our base and recruiting new beasts. Nothing major happened for quite a while. I simply spent my days eating, doing the occasional beat-up of the idiots who thought that I wasn''t worth being their king, I also sent a response to the king saying: [Dear king, I would be honored to help you out in your war. However, once said war is done, I request to at least obtain the forest, and should my contribution be enough, be recognized as a ''protector''. I will discuss the details with you another time, but know that my help will come with a price. Oh, tell the prince that I''m still waiting for our game of chess~, and say hi to the Pervert for me. From Alysha Bloodseeker.] I later on received a responde that basically sugarcoated a "Yes please. Help us!". That king''s really desperate to remain in power... I wonder, I doubt it was just me that''s triggering this civil war. I think he messed up and gave the nobles too much authority. Too bad for him, humans are greedy and always want more no matter what. I spent about3 weeks of lazing around and pushing all of the responsabilities onto Asu, who formed a council consisting of the strongest monster from each race. They would dedide laws, economics, politics and other little details~. They always bicker with each other when I''m not around, but are strangely silent and obedient in my presence. I wonder what''s up with them? After 3 weeks, a report came that took up my interest. I was chewing on a snack that thought hunting me was a good idea, whenAsu came to me with a report. He would always try to keep up to date on everything that happends, even though I try to tell him to relax and take a couple of days off, he never does. Stupid workaholics... {Mother, one of our wolf scouts reports that he saw a dragon coming over here in the forest. He says that it possibly was an ancient dragon too, and our current forces have no chance against one. Only you can deal with it, mother.} I looked at him suprised. It''s the first time that even Asu admits that he can''t do anything... Doesn''t that mean the dragon is like, really strong? My whole body started shaking intensively, and my mouth couldn''t help but turn up to an insane degree. I''ve been itching for a good fight for a long time now... Is this fate at work? {Ahahah... Asu, tell everyone to remain in the base for today. I''ll go deal with the slightly big lunch.} I say and run off after having Asu tell me my lunch''s location. I never saw a dragon myself, but I heard that even one of the weaker ones is considered SS-rank. An ancient dragon though is considered a national threat, and for a good reason. They can live for millenia over millenia, and they get extremely strong. Excited at the idea of finally having a nice meal, I speed up towards the supposed location of the dragon. I find it as it was flying up in the sky. Grinning to myself, I begin to conjure my suprise attack. After 20 seconds, a giant heart appears in my open hand. It was beating despite not being attached to anything. The dragon seemed confused, and was looking around, trying to find me. He probably can feel the reflection of his second heart... Not for long though, as I squeeze the heart as hard as I can. The dragon roars out in pain and falls down from the sky, destroying several trees as he lands. He''s even bigger then I imagined, being at least 30 meters from head to tail and 8 meters tall. I destroy the reflection, but the dragon doesn''t die. Even if I break a reflection, the target won''t always be destroyed. Said target will die if it is weak enough, but won''t if it''s strong enough. I''m still experimenting how it works, but it didn''t take a genius to know beforehand that in this case, the dragon wasn''t going to die, so I wasn''t too upset. I conjure my next attack, I open my mouth and point my two tails in front of it. I then gather my moon mist into a sphere in front of my mouth. The dragon notices me and turns towards me. He too opens his mouth and fires at me a flame breath. I let it hit me and continue gathering my moon mist. My clothes get burned to dust and my whole body feels, no, is on fire, but I ignore it. The dragon stops his attack and looks satisfied, but when he sees me still standing there he makes a shocked expression? I''m not sure how to determine draconic expressions... I''d really like to keep him as a subordinate, but my hunger forbids me to do anything else but to eat him. As the dragon tries to flee into the skies, my attack finally finishes preparing and I shoot it towards the dragon. This is essentially amuch stronger ''Moon Bazooka'', which I decided to name ''Condensed Artillery''. The projectile shoots out at tremendous speeds, and slams into the dragon and explodes. The dragon is sent flying back several hundreds of meters and his body breaks at least 200 trees. I climb up a tree swiftly and go into my cat-like stealth mode. I jump around in the trees, staying out of his sight, waiting for my chance. The dragon gets up and looks furious. He begins to fire out his breath attack, burning everything around him. That flame must be at least 1000 celcius, as it looks reeeaaally~ hot. I keep dodging the occasional close call, and wait for him to tire out. He stops after a couple minutes, and I took the opportunity to pounce at him. The tree I use as a jumping zone breaks at my jump, and the dragon looks in my direction from the noise. He didn''t get enough time to react though as I slam into his head and latch onto it with my tails and claws. I then scratch, rip out his scales, stab his eyes, bite and inject poison and pound my fists into him. He shakes his head around, trying to get me off, but I refuse to do so. He then slams his head into the ground, dragging me along with him. He keeps slamming me into the ground, probably getting a concussion while doing so. I finally let go after a couple hits, and he readily begins to stomp on me. He then jumps away and breaths a shitload of fire onto me. I feel like my body is melting, but my grin hadn''t receded a single bit from the entire fight, actually, it had only increased. I makesome mirrors in the sky and conjure giant stones in them. I aim them at the dragon as he still breaths fire on me, and fire the stones at him. He doesn''t even notice until they slam into him, creating a giant earthquake. His left wing gets crushed under a stone, and he gets hit by several of them. His scales propect him for the most part, but it still does a lot of damage. Unfortunatly for me, this attack, ''Meteor Strike'', is more specialized in large groups then on single targets... I get up from the burning ground I was thrown in, and slowly walk towards the dragon, who was trying to free itself from the rock. I stretch out my hand and conjure a giant pike in it. I then take aim, and throw the pike at the dragon''s chest. He quickly turns at me, but doesn''t have enough time to react as the pike stabs itself into his chest.Unauthorized usage: this tale is on Amazon without the author''s consent. Report any sightings. The dragon roars in pain, and looks at me with hateful eyes. I look back at it and smile evilly. I then conjure near me several hundreds of other spikes, creating the attack ''Pike Field''. I aim all of them at the dragon and fire them. He dodges some, but there were simply too many of them and he turns from dragon into porcupine really fast. {Sorry there buddy. I would have liked to keep you as a pet, but you seemply look far too tasty for me to ignore. Now, let''s end this shall we?} I say in a cheerfull voice and jump at him. He bites me, but I dodge and run towards it''s neck. Once I''m there, I use all of my strenght to slam my claws as deep as I can into it. I quickly retreat though, not wanting to be burned again. The dragon struggles for a bit longer, but ultimately dies from the poision and the several fatal injuries. My grin disappears and is replaced by a look ofregret. I really would have liked to talk with him... I wonder what he was doing in this region. After all, dragons tend to like to stay in solitude and they rarely ever come out from their caves deep in the earth. I know all of this from the books I read during these weeks. Hey, I''m not a completely lazy. I still do my job and study this world properly so I can explain it to idiotic readers better. I must say, our fight was quite something. After all, the ground is scorched for hundreds of meters and hundreds of trees are broken. I myself probably broke all of my ribs a couple times, but it''s not like it matters. It just takes a couple of seconds and tada~ Good as new. I spend the next hours cutting apart the corpse and eating it. It tasted awesome~ I''ve never tasted something as good as this. It got me addicted really quick, and I began to eat him directly without even cutting pieces off beforehand. The meat melted in my mouth in a mixture of amazing tastes, making me moan in delight. After I finished, not a scale was left. My body had already dissolved the entire body of the dragon. I was satisfied for a second before hell literally crashed upon me. It just suddently happened. One moment I was standing, the next I was on the ground, screaming. My entire body felt like it was exploding. My muscles tore apart and regenerated, my bones broke or shattered and the regenerated, my nails, teeth and hair fell off and they too then quickly regenerated. Once they fell, they''d turn into dust as new parts appeared. This continued for an hour or so, and the pain only increased. I felt something burst out from my back, and then the pain spread to those new things too. At one point, my eyes too began to dissolve, then regenerate. My skull cracked, but luckily never shattered. My screams resounded through the entire forest like roars. It took another 30 minutes for the pain to finally stop. I was too tired mentally and phisically to even keep my consciousness, so I quickly slipped into the darkness. When I woke up, my entire body still ached, but it didn''t even remotely feel like that hell I passed through. I still felt the new things on my back, and I probably know what they are. I looked around and found myself in a king-sized bed. The room I was in was expensively decorated, but had no windows. There was only one door and magical lamps were hanging from the ceiling. I created a reflection of myself and observed my modified body. I had grown a bit. I was now 160cm tall, my hair fell down all the way to my knees, my eyes glowed a red even brighter then before. My breasts had developed a bit, at least I wasn''t as flat as before. The most notable changes though were the two sets of wings coming out from my back. They resembled angel wings, I stretched them and checked them out. They reached up to 5 meters in both directions if I spread them out, and the top set was a bright silver color just like my hair, and the lower set was a lightning-blue, just like my... 4 tails? I had also grown two new sets of tails. I stretched them, felt them, poked them, chased them just a little bit, and overall confired that they were exactly like the other two. They now could stretch all the way to 10 meters, but their normal lenght was still 2 meters. I spent about an hour checking my body out, stretching my newfound muscles, observing my reflection and combing my tails and caressing my wings. They felt really nice to touch and I could fold them on my back to move them out of the way. They seemed quite useful, I wonder how it''ll feel like to fly... I had obviously gotten much stronger. First of all, I could conjure my mist and objects at least twice as fast now. My nails and teeth also felt much sharper, and my canines were quite long. They reminded me of vampires... I wonder, if I eat a strong enough vampire, will I too be able to suck blood? I totally should try that! As I was checking myself out, I heard sounds coming from outside the door. Soon enough, the door opened and Asu came in. How the hell did he open a door...? {Mother! You''re awake!! You have no idea how worried all of us got when we heard your screams you know!?} He said and coiled around me, rubbing his head on me. I felt awkward but happy to know that they worried about me. It might have moved my heart just a little to know that there is someone out there who actually cares about me... Though they probably just do it because they want my strenght... As Asu kept calling me an idiot, I hurriedly replied {Ah, uh, eeh, I don''t know! Asu, please! I just woke up! I have no idea what happend! I just ate that dragon and then this happened!} Asu finally calmed down and began to explain. Apparently, I had been in a coma-like state for two entire months. He says that war will break out very soon, and that the nobles and royals are already assembling their armies. He said that we ourselves have focused on training and recruiting. He said that he used the human slaves to build some basic buildings for us monsters, and that they were able to make a kind of door that recognizes magic signatures, so that monsters can use their magical energy to open doors and windows. He then ushered me to go with him to go meet up with the council to assure them that I''m alright. Apparently, I didn''t know, but all the monsters here consider me something like a God. They call me the ''Demonic Cat God'', and think that I''m the one true god or something... I have no idea of when this started, but it sounds awesome~. I looked at Aru who was still grumbling internally about how unfair I was to push all of my work onto him and about how annoying the other council members were, I just had the urge to hug him. And I did. He was a bit suprised but didn''t resist. I then simply said "... Thank you." Even though I didn''t use telepathy, he understood. I then turned and left the building with him silently following me. Turns out, the building was something akin to the palace of our city...? It wasn''t really as much as a city as a mixture of caves, holes, nests and the occasional house. We went through with people all looking at us wispering. I ignored them and followed Asu. He had grown quite a bit, and was now 10 meters long and 1.5 meters wide. Thankfully, the streets were really large due to being designed for giants to pass through, so we didn''t have trouble. As I looked around, amazed at the speed they built all of this, we finally arrived at a very decorated cave. We entered, and soon arrived in a circular room with a round table in the middle. There were monsters all around the table, discussing. I could recognize Tremor, Yank and Shrkland, who were I considered my personal advisors. Asu then screamed out in telepathy {Silence! Ruler has awoken you idiots, so shut up!} They all immediately did shut up and turned to look at us. I waved at them with a little smile and said {Hello~, sorry for fainting on you guys~ That dragon was quite the devil you know~. At least I gained some nice wings from him though.} I then spent the next hour first being congratulated on my win against the dragon, and then I was kept here by Asu to be informed of our plans. If I were to sum everything up, they want to establish a beast kingdom, where the intelligent non-humanoids can govern in peace. They don''t consider all animals intelligent, as it should be. They already have sectors of government, hunting and even livestock. They also apparently established an economy based on barter, and are planning on starting to make coins. They''re main problem is the lack of hands though. They''re developing methods to wield utensils even without using the opposable thumb. This is all a bit too much for me to take in though. Seriously? Just how much did humans underestimate ''monsters''? They''re amazing! I approved of their plans and left. After all, I totally want to try out my new wings~. I also kinda want to go and meet up with the king, so I''ll do that afterwards. Chapter 24: Outbreak of War [Alysha''s Pov] After crashing into a tree for the hundreth time or something, I ran back crying to Asu. I complained for at least an hour about how unfair it was for me to have wings but no idea on how to use them. It took him quite a whileto calm me down, and he said that I just need to keep trying... So I did. Several hundreds of trees were sacrificed that day to a crash-landing crying angelic/demonic monster cat king. I think I just earned the single dumbest title I''ve ever seen. After an entire day, I was finally able to flap my wings correctly and I could actually fly! I ever only use one set of wings to flap whilst pulling the other forward, making it like a constant flapping machine. This techniquegivesme a pretty fast flap rate. Wait, doesn''t having a high flapping rate make me a pervert...? Am I a pervert? Eh, at least I''m not a hopeless Pervert like the idiotic ''Hero''. When I finally felt confident in my ability to not crash and kill someone during landing, I decided to head over and pay the king a little visit, to discuss some details with him. I told Asu and he gave me said details. Apparently, Asu wants the king to first of all recognize us as a proper country, and give us all rights to the huge monster forest. He also wants the king to pay us tribute every year consisting of either slaves, food or other goods. He says that I should specify we don''t wantmoney, as wereally have no use for it. I mean, we''re monsters, right!? Which proper monster actually uses money instead of violence?! Well, I guess I do sometimes but still... Whilst repeating what to say to the soon-to-be-a-minion King, I flew up into the sky and headed towards the castle. Only when I was halfway through did I remember that I am actually an SSS-rank criminal, and have a giant bounty on my head. Would it be a good idea to still go and meet the king anyway? Of course not. Did I do it anyway? Of course I did. I silently arrived at the city and flewover the city walls. I think some people saw me... Ah, they definetly did see me. Oh wow, now they''re pointing at me... With bows... I speed up and rise further up into the sky, making it impossible to shoot me. I mean, I''m not a masochist, and I definetly don''t want to be shot when I can barely even control my own flight. It might be nice training to fly whilst dodging arrows though. I quickly arrived at the castle and landed on a roof. I then cut the stone apart using my very sharp nails, and fell down into the hole I made. I then looked around and saw a King staring at me with an open mouth, a prince who was facing a seemingly angry-looking ''Hero'', a princess who was trying to hold back said ''Hero'', and a whole bunch of guards who swiftly took out their weapons. I just stared blankly as a guard suddently attacked me whilst screaming ''Monster!!!! Begone and go back to hell!!!''. I didn''t even bother to react as he stabbed me veeeeery~ deeply into my chest. Well, I gotta give him credit though. He pierced through an amazing 1cm of my skin~ That''s an accomplishment by itself! He did ruin my dress though, so I casually slapped him and he exploded. How nice... I was kinda starting to miss the feeling of blood all over me... "I understand I''m hot~, but shoving your sword into me the moment you see me isn''t the proper thing a gentleman should do you know~?" I say with a teasing voice and giggle at my own joke. Everyone just stared at me with a face saying ''That''s not even remotely funny.'' "Eh, don''t be like that~. I just got here you know? Mind you, it seems I interrupted something~. Can I be the judge? I tooootally want to be a judge!" I say in a childish voice. Why am I acting so wierd today? I feel like I''m acting a lot more like a hopeless pervert and an idiot then I usually do... Does it have something to do with me growing up? Are hormones getting into my head? Panicking, I realize that it might be the case... Tse, it''s not like I have anything against sexual intercourse, but I still haven''t found a decent patner in crime... Hopefully I don''t become a hopeless idiotic pervert like the Hopeless Idiotic Pervert... Hiding my panick, I look at the Pervert and the princey-boy. Are they perhaps fighting over the cutie over there? I almost want to kidnap her while screaming ''I''ll lock you up in a tower~!'', just for the giggles, but I contain my idiocracy and focus on the mission at hand.This narrative has been unlawfully taken from Royal Road. If you see it on Amazon, please report it. "A-Alysha. Hello, I didn''t expect to see you so soon. Yes, we were currently having a family debate, nothing to worry about though. You, on the other hand, look quite different if I might say..." The king says, obviously hinting at my new limbs. I stick out my tongue at him and spread out my wings and shake them playfully. I retract them and then say with a serious face "Jokes aside, I''m here for official business. Just so you know, there were quite a number of people who saw me and they probably saw me enter the castle, so let''s do this quick." He nods and then says to the princey and the Pervert "You two can argue somewhere else, I''ll need to discuss official business with Alysha." They both looked quite~ confused. Did he perhaps not tell them that I''ll be helping them? What a mean father/summoner~. They all quickly left along with the guards, whom the king shooed away. I don''t think he minds me killing a guard that attacked me, but he was still looking at the remains with a hint of regret. We then discussed for about thirty minutes. I got him to agree to pay tribute to us every year and to recognize us, I also got him to give me a position in his inner council. I tried convincing him that a giant, ten meter long snake could do it instead of me, but he sternly refused whilst saying that for as open-minded as he was, not everyone would accept monsters in the government. I gave up and agreed. I promised that I will help out in the war and in the future I would provide monstrous troops when needed. He looked satisfied, but when I told him that we wanted either 1000 slaves a year or 50tons of meat a year, he looked quite regretful. Too bad that I wouldn''t budge no matter how much he complained. He ended up agreeing, which left me satisfies. I heard screams resound from outside the castle thanks to my enhanced hearing. It''s obvious that it was either the nobles or some adventurers who saw me and they think I''m in here to kill the king. I quickly excused myself saying I''d come tonight to visit the princey and jump from a window. I opened my wings and glided in the air, showing myself briefly to the idiots outside the castle, who saw me and begin screaming amongst themselves. I then flew away, slowing down enough for them to follow me. As I reached the gates of the castle, the guards saw me and pointed their bows at me. I quickly flew higher up in the air and narrowly avoided some arrows. Sighing in relief, I passed over the walls and landed a couple hundred meters from the city. I turned to see the gates open and a stream of adventurers rushing out in a formation. I wonder, just how stupid are these guys? Perhaps they think I''m scared of them...? I''m not sure really... Laughing a bit inside, I turned and faced them. They arrived and had heavy warriors at the front with mages and archers on the back. I smiled and waved my hand at them. They stopped their charge and observed me. Or, well, most observed. Some mage decided to throw a fireball at me. I simply slapped the fireball away, leaving no damage behind. I then pointed my finger in the sky, and they all looked up like idiots. I then conjured spikes under them and shot them up, right in between their legs. I spared some though, as I wanted to play with these idiots. Those who got hit screamed and those who didn''t look around confused. I quickly ran up to them and caught four using my tails and another two by grabbing their throats with my hands. I ignored the rest and flew away, ignoring the pitifull struggles of the idiots. I arrived at a clearing a bit further away. I then created reflections of all the idiots and used my ''Soul Capture'' on all of them. I then ordered two of them to get naked and ordered another two to cut them into pieces, and ordered the last remaining two to eat said pieces. After they did so, I ordered the eaters to themselves cut apart and eat the previous cutters. Only when not a single piece of meat remained and the guys looked like they would explode from how much they ate, I released my reflections and enjoyed as they broke down mentally and phisically for what they did. I then cut them open and took out the pieces of meat from their stomach. I then proceeded to enjoy my meal and then flew away. I got scolded by Asu though, as he says that I came in late. He also said that I wasn''t allowed to play with more then 4 humans at once, which earned him my puppy eyes whilst I begged him. Wasn''t I the mother...? I tried using my authority as his mother, but got swiftly shot down by Asu''s accusations of me being an irresponsible meat-loving baby-likecat. I cried a bit in a corner and then simply went to sleep. The next day, I sneaked into the city at night, making sure nobody saw me this time. I had hid my wings inside my clothes and wrapped my tails around my legs and waist, so as to not make them visible I then put a hood on to cover my ears and walked towards the castle. I showed the guards a royal certificate I still held, and they let me in. I spent the day playing chess against the king, princey-boy, the Hopeless Pervert and the cutie princess. Needless to say, I won every single time. After all, being able to figure out the opponent''snext move is key in chess, and it so happends I''m really good at doing just that~ Just as I won yet another match against the Hopeless Pervert, after telling him that if he wins I would let him caress either one of my tails or one wing, a messanger burst into the room panting. He then looked at the king and said "Your majesty! The noble faction has declared war! They''re armies are marching towards us as we speak!!" The king frowned, but I couldn''t help but burst out laughing. I mean, seriously? Who chose the timing to be this perfect? (*Lazy Author* I did!) I excused myself and flew back towards my little army. It''s time to go to war!! I can''t wait to rip out the hearts of all of those hopelessly idiotic nobles. Chapter 25: Trip to the Demon King [Alysha''s Pov] I arrived at my city and flew right into the council''s cave. I entered without stopping my flight, and I might have crash-landed in the middle of a conference screaming "There''s waaaaar" After getting scolded by Asu, I explained what happened. They all nodded and got to work preparing and organizing their little organizational things I don''t give a shit about~. I mean, I just really want to rip out some hearts, I don''t want to do all the stuff that comes before and after that. That can be left to mentally stable monsters. I simply left the council''s cave and flew away. My plan? Destroy a couple armies or so by myself. I mean, for as much as I simply do it for fun there is a reason for doing this. And it''s pretty simple, too. They simply outnumber us 2-1, so I need to even out that number a bit. Asu will probably do guerrilla tactics, considering our natural advantage in the forest and our much higher individual strenght to counter this disadvantage, but I want a nice and open battlefield to try out my new attack, and probably the strongest one up to date. Of course, it''s not like you can just find an army in your backyard, so I searched for quite a while. It took my 6 hours to finally find a little army for me to play with. They were marching towards one of the noble cities, I think they''re gathering up men for a single giant army, even though I have no idea how their supply lines would manage to sustain one... I first made sure that this was not a royal''s army by looking at their flags. Sure enough, it was not a royal''s army, but the noble''s. Although ''army'' might be exxagerated, there were still around 2000 or so soldiers around. That''s still an army in my books. I flew on top of the marching army and began to conjure hundreds of small meteors high up in the sky. I then screamed ''ArtilleryBombardment''. As you might expect, the soldiers were terrified to be suddently bombarded by meteors. After a minute of confusion, they all began to panic since the strike didn''t stop and they began to flee. Unluckily for them, I had already prepared my next attack. From all around the forest, zombies poured like there was no end, which there really wasn''t considering I had made summoning portals all around the army and since my mana was astronimical, they were really all going to die. Too bad I didn''t get to use my ultimate attack. To my suprise though, the soldiers died pretty quickly as the zombies were even stronger then them individually, but there were some here and there that held out for quite a while. I think those were the commanders, and they must be at least A-rank to survive the horde. I mentally order the zombies to not kill the commanders but to capture them instead. I''m planning on making them spit out all of their plans, then sell them to the king and make him even more in debt with me. Hehe, I''m a genius ain''t I~... not. It was Asu who gave the suggestion to capture the commanders after all... The zombies do their job and kill all but the commanders. I make them tie the snacks up and round them all up. In total, 12 people survived out of the 2000 baby-sized army. I disperse the zombies and fly down from the skies in front of the snacks. They all look at me in fear. I guess they didn''t expect all of those zombies to dissolve and for a flying angel monster cat to come down from the skies? Too bad for them, as I don''t care about what they expected. "Hello~ snacks. I''m either your best friend or your doom today. Be nice and I might just let you live, be bad and..." I trail off, walk towards one of the snacks and rip out his heart. I then throw it in my mouth and swallow it whole. It wasn''t too bad, but I''ve tasted far better things. "... This might happend~. So, who wants to come with me raise their hand~" eight people raise their hands immediately, but the other three were still trying to get free. Smiling happily, I walk up to one of the guys who doesn''t want to come with me and I put my hand on his forehead. He tries to move away but I bind him using my tails. I keep pressing my hand onto his forehead, and as the pressure increases he screams out in pain. I then put my other hand on the back of his head, and slowly push both until his skull cracks. I continue pressing, and soon enough a gore-filled explosion happends. "So, who still doesn''t want to come with me may raise their hands, those who want to come with me keep your hands down~" I smile evilly at them, but unfortunatly none dares to raise their hand. Too bad, they all looked prettyhot... A ''Kiss that kills'' death would have been appropriate... I''m becoming a pervert, ain''t I? I pick eight up with my tails, two for each tail, and two other with my hands. I then fly away and ignore their sissy-like screams. Seriously? You didn''t scream out when I killed the other guys, but you scream when you fly? You should be laughing happily you know? It''s not everyday that you get to fly with a beutiful girl like me... It''s confirmed. I''m a hopeless pervert. I fly for 3 hours and finally arrive back to our city. I send a wolf to fetch me Asu and in the meanwhile, I create reflections for all the idiots and control them. Unless I release them, they''re essentially mindless puppets who only do what I say and nothing else. I can always tell them to act like they normally would, which might work if I want to put loyal spies into enemy bases. Asu arrives as I do the last guy and I make the snacks go and chat with him, and take the chance to flee before Asu can catch me and make me do boring paperwork or lecture me on his plans. I don''t mind staying with Asu, but family shouldn''t do work togheter~ not making excuses here~. I didn''t have anything to do though. Then, the best idea I ever had sparked in my mind. If god could summon me to this world, and the hero was summoned here, doesn''t that mean there''s a way to return as well? Can I go to other dimensions? Are there really tasty snacks in those dimension? I was drooling as I remembered some animes from my old world. It''s amazing how I could perfectly recall them even after 50 years... Photographic memory sure is amazing. Doesn''t the demon king usually have the method for the hero to return? Can I study the method and change it to send me to other worlds that aren''t earth? I want that! Also, is the demon king tasty? Deciding to pay the King Snack a visit, I take out the map and check out the distance from here to there. Turns out, for a normal person it would take months if not years of travel, but for me it''d at most take a week. I run back to Asu and scream out {I''ll be gone for a week or two, see you later and love you too~} I then run away before anyone could answer. I don''t want to have them tell me that I should be responsible and stay... I mean, I''ve got all eternity to be a good Monster King, so why not have some fun now and do the boring work later? I then fly for 4 days, destroying an army here and there. I would also sometimes drop by some villages to pick up some snacks. As I wasflying on top of a village, hidden inside a cloud, I see a fatass noble-looking pervert that was beating on a young girl. For as much as I''d like to save her, the noble just didn''t look tasty at all, so I wanted to ignore her, however, when a man charged at the noble and beat him up real good, and then beat up the four guards with him too, I couldn''t help but be impressed. That strenght must but at least S-rank... Curiosity won over me and I silently drop behind the young girl, making sure nobody sees me. I cover her mouth with my hand to make sure she won''t scream and then wrap my tails around her arms and legs. I then fly away and hide behind a roof and try to hear what the not-noble snack says to the noble-snack. "Listen well you fatso, next time I see you anywhere close to this city, I will kill you. You noble scums have to learn how the world works, so scram!" He screams and the noble and his guards swiftly run away. Some windows from nearby houses open and people peek out. When they see the noble gone, they all cheer. The guy looked satisfied but froze when he turned around and didn''t see anyone. I decide to make my entrance now, and clap. He looks at me and his eyes open wide when he sees my wings, tails and ears. Or was it the fact that I was hanging the girl from a 10 meter tall building by her feet? Not sure. I didn''t bother to ask though.This story is posted elsewhere by the author. Help them out by reading the authentic version. "Hahahaha, I approve~! Nobles are hopeless idiots~. As a reward for the show, you get to be the one to pick my snack. Will it be this girly or yourself? Pick now~." If he pickes himself then I think I''ll let him live. I''m not so heartless as to kill a person who gave me such a nice show... Oh wait, I am~. The guy was gritting his teeth and slowly said "... Why is the national-rank threat ''Death Angel'' doing here?" Oh my, is that a new nickname? I quite like it~. I wonder, when did my threat rank upgrade from SSS-rank to national-rank? That''s quite cool though! "Eeeeh, I was just going for a visit over to the demon lands and kidnap the demon king. I just happened to be nearby and see this nice little show~. Eh, I don''t feel like doing this anymore. I want a snack anyway though. I''ll let you and the girl live since I like you, do make sure to drop by the Monster Forest some time and visit me~. Maybe I can show you to idiotic nobles after I capture them~. Oh wait, you''d probably puke from the sight though..." I tease and giggle at the end. I drop the girl who screams out, and the guy rushes forward and catches her. Hm, did I just see him touch her butt? Is he a hopeless pervert? "Well snacks~ I''ll see you another time. Hopefully you''ll give me a show worth your lifes next time too or I might just kill you~." I say and fly away. Too bad I didn''t get a snack this time, but, eh, snacks can be found almost anywhere if you search hard enough. I fly for a bit and find a hunter doing his hunting stuff. I sweep down and catch him, then eat him mid-flight. Ikeep flyingfor 3 more days when I finally arrive at demon lands according to the map. I''m quite curious to see how a demon city looks like, maybe they have different kinds of snacks? I fly for 5 more hours until I finally find a city. It wasn''t that big nor with any particular differences then from human cities. Maybe the banners were different and the houses all looked more or less the same, meaning the social class difference wasn''t as big here then in human lands I think. Excited, I fly over the small walls and look around. There were lots of tatooed people, and some had horns or spikes on their bodies. They looked quite cool. They all looked stronger then the average human too, though not by a wide margin. There were definetly less demons here then humans in human cities. I fly and land near the most expensive building I can find, and ignore the frozen-like people all around me, who were looking at me with shock. I casually break the door of the building and walk inside. Soon enough, screams resound from outside, but I ignore those too. I search for someone to ask who the governor of the city was and where he is, and I soon enough find a maid. I control her via ''Soul Capture'' and ask her the location of the governor. He is indeed in this building, and since I already ate before, I don''t kill the maid and dissolve the reflection in her. She looked quite shocked at what she did. I walk to where the maid pointed me to, and find a pretty decorated door. I casually enter, and I''m greeted by a sword flying at me. I flick it away with a nail, but was suprised when another sword came out from the front. There was a guy sitting on a desk who was looking at me dully. Deciding to play along, I let the sword stab me, and fall down, simulating my death. The guy chuckled a bit and said "Hm. Humans even recruit wierd mutations these days to kill me? I wonder what they''ll do next. Maybe send an army?" He sits back down on his desk and looks at some papers, not even sparing me a glance. I, for my part, casually sit down, take down the sword from my chest and complain "Awww... It was a good dress too... Meanie..." The guy instantly looked up with shocked eyes. I flick the sword and it suddently appeared next to his head, stabbed into a wall. He couldn''t move from the shock, and I casually get up and walk over to him. I lean my elbows on the table and look into his eyes. "Hehehe, it''s not a proper thing for a gentleman to shove a sword into me the moment he sees me you know? Heh, the joke sucks, but you still shouldn''t have done that. Now I have a reason to destroy this city you know~. Also, I agree, human assassins are quite~ annoying, especially when you''re their number one target." I poke his cheeks a bit, but he still refuses to move. Is he playing possum? I pout, and poke him a tiny bit harder. He finally manages to say "... h-how? W-who are you?" I smile and say "Either your worst nightmare or your best friend. The choice is up to you." I stop poking him and go to sit on a nearby chair. I wrap my wings around it so that it''s not unconfortable, and bring my tails to my lap. I then start combing through them. "... Just who are you? I''d rather not have you be my worst nightmare. Tell me what you want and I''ll try to help you out." I say without looking up "I''m Alysha Bloodseeker, once called ''Bloody Cat'' and apparently I recently got the nickname ''Death Angel''. I''m on a trip to visit the Demon King and get him to give me the stuff for the heroes, I want to study it and travel to other dimensions. So, tell me little demon, how do I reach the Demon King?" He gulps and trembles a bit. "T-the ''Death Angel''? The destroyer of armies?" I look at him suprised and say "Eh? Word got out? There shouldn''t have been any survivors though... Oh well. Rather, answer my question or I''ll get angry." "I won''t betray our king just for my meager life. What do you want to do with the ''Summoning Magic''?" I look at him suprised. Eh? The thing to send you back is just a type of magic? Isn''t there some sort of itemthat just does it for you? How boring... "Well, I could just take control of your body and make you spit it out, but I really just want to go to other dimensions. There aren''t any worthy meals in this world for me anymore. It''s just a trample-everyone kind of life. I don''t want that. I want to go and feel the eagerness of a true battle, I want to bath in myenemies'' blood. I also kind of want to check if some universes that I think might exist truly do. So, before I lose patience and make you spit it out forcefully, just tell me how to obtain this ''Summoning Magic''." He nods furiously and says "A-ah, yes! All Demon Kings can teach ''Summoning Magic'' to heroes. It''s designed this way so that heroes won''t kill the Demon Kings immediately, andwe can show them that we mean no harm." Huh, that''s quite the smart system isn''t it? Quite convinient for me too. "Ah, thanks snack. I''ll go get this magic and maybe come back to play with you another time. See ya~" I say and then jump, breaking through the roof. I then open my wings and fly away. I fly towards the demon capital for three days, occasionally snatching up a snack or two. As I arrived at the capital, I observed it in all of it''s demonic glory. The walls were riddled with red tattos, and the bricks themselves were black, creating a seriously cool image. The buildings were all very demonic-looking, and it seemed like the capital''s favourite colors were red and black, as they were literally everywhere. I flew higher up and hid in a cloud. As I passed over the walls, I noticed someone that looks like, no, is, Tatoo Boy. I mean, even though I hadn''t seen him in some months, photographic memory doesn''t lie. I didn''t fly down immediately though, as I don''t want to cause a ruckus. Yet. I think I can take him as my escort towards the King. I mean, I have no idea where the palace is, and having a cool-looking demon by my side is always nice. Also, he doesn''t look too bad... Begone, dirty thoughts! I flew down, making sure nobody saw me and sneaked around on the rooftops. I followed Tatoo-Boy into a dark alley, where he turned around and a bunch of creeps came from the street. They were all armed with clubs or knives, and really looked like the stereotypical idiots who get beaten up by the protagonist. They said something and Tatoo-Boy answered. It''s not that I couldn''t hear them, but I was too focused on trying to hang from a bar using only my tails. The hard part was not breaking the bar with my weight, which was accomplished by stabbing the tails into the wall and using it as support. The Idiots charged Tatoo-Boy and they readily got beaten up. He tied them up and was about to leave, when I accidentally broke the bar I was hanging from and fell down. He turned and looked at me suprised, but his eyes literally bulged out when he saw me. I was rubbing my head with teary eyes. It always hurts when you hit your head... I looked at him and said "Ah, hello Tatoo-boy! I need an escort to go talk to the Demon King, so I''ll just kidnap you for a second, kay?" He didn''t have time to answer as I quickly got next to him and grabbed him by the arm, and dragged him with me out of the dark and spooky alley. "W-wait, Alysha, what the hell are you doing here? Also, what''s up with those wings!?" I ignored him and kept dragging him. He stopped resisting after a bit and let me drag him. Satisfied, I said "Hehe, secret~. They''re really useful though, and they feel good when I caress them. It''s a pain to take care of the feathers though, as they always get dirty." I said and extended one of my four wings. As we got onto the streets, I retracted my wings onto my back and kept my tails close, to avoid having them stomped and fly into a mass-murdering rage. Don''t want that to happend again when I''m trying to almost peacefully talk with a Demon King. "So, Tatoo-boy, where the hell''s the Demon King? I wanna have him tell me about ''Summoning Magic''." He looked at me like I''m crazy, which I kinda am. "... Knowing you, it''s no use to tell you not to. Just follow me and we''ll arrive in a bit." I did as he said and followed him. He then stopped looked at me with a smug smile and said "Payment will be to let me touch your wings for a bit." I somersaulted and looked at him like he''s crazy. Roles get reversed kinda quickly here, huh? "... Fine, but only for a minute." He nodded to that and kept walking. I pouted a bit, but was actually kinda happy. I mean, it''s not like I don''t like having people touch me, especially when they first ask, but it still wouldn''t be proper for me to show it. I mean, what kind of demonic mass-murdering monster angel cat let''s you touch him/her without complaining first a bit? I looked around with dazed eyes at the marvels of the demon world. There were all kinds of goods I never saw before and dishes I never tasted. I almost wanted to go around shopping, but I could do that afterwards, so I held my desired back. Now that I think of it, hasn''t Tatoo-boy become, like, really strong? I mean, he easily beat up 4 other demons without any weapon, and I think that he isn''t even a close-range fighter... "Nee, Tatoo-boy, what did you do to get so strong? Last time I saw you you weren''t this strong..." He looked at me with a smug smile and said "Secret~", imitating my voice. I pouted in anger and turned away from him. Only to immediately runtowards him again as he left me behind. I just don''t want to get lost here, it''s not that I enjoy his company... We finally arrived at the Demon King''s castle after 10 minutes. It was kinda beutiful, even more so then the human king''s. With a resoluted heart after immerging my mind into all the kind of snacks of other worlds, I walked up to the castle, ready to cause a ruckus. Here I come, you no-good peaceful Demon King~. Chapter 26: Departure [Alysha''s Pov] "Deeeeemooon Kinnnngggg, Where the hell are you!?" I screamed, after havinglet myself be... reduced to a petting object. Tatoo-boy didn''t even let me escape as I looked at him with puppy eyes. It felt really good when he started caressing the lower part of the wing though... I might have purred... Just a bit... Shaking away my dirty thoughts, I cleared my mind and focused on the task at hand. Which is to break into the castle, kidnap the Demon King and question him about ''Summoning Magic'', maybe taste him a bit too. Maybe an arm or two. I charged at the castle''s gates, ignoring the screaming guards. I broke through the wooden gate immediately, and then ran through several hallways. I quickly controlled a maid and questioned her, finding the King''s location. I immediately headed there, and charged straight into a room filled with expensively clothed demons, who all looked at me in shock. There was a man sitting on a throne filled with red tattos, which I assumed to be the Demon King. I screamed "Hello my good people, don''t mind me, I''m just here to kidnap the Demon King~" I said in a sweet voice and charged at the Demon King, who quickly got into a fighting stance but couldn''t defend against my charge. I dragged him through several layers of walls, crashing into them with him. He kept struggling even as I wrapped my tails around his limbs. I quickly broke through the roof and flew out of the castle, dodging the several layers of arrows coming from below me. I quickly hid in a cloud and escaped as fast as I could from the capital. The king had kept cursing me and ordering me to release him. I simply headbutted him and he fell unconscious, making the rest of the plight more enjoyable. I landed near a small cave some miles from the capital and entered it. I set the king down and began to poke his cheeks. It took me a solid 5 minutes for him to wake up. [Demon King''s Pov] I was talking with some nobles and merchants about the current affairs of our glorious empire when suddently, the door burst open and a girl flew... in? She screamed "Hello my good people, don''t mind me, I''m just here to kidnap the Demon King~". She then flew straight into me, I tried to put up a fighting stance, however, the moment she crashed into me it felt like I had just been hit by a rolling boulder. She just had far too much weight behind her attack, and we flew straight through several layers of stone walls. I tried to resist, however, four tails quickly shot around my limbs, immobilizing me. I had no idea of just who this monster was, she was able to defear and capture me, the Demon King, the one considered the strongest and smartest of demons, in less then five seconds. I was panicking, but she soon headbutted me and everything went dark. I felt something sharp touching my cheecks. It was gentle though, and I soon woke up. I looked around and saw the girl who kidnapped me. I wasn''t bounded or anything, and I didn''t feel anything wrong with my body either, so there was at least that. I knew that resistance was futile, so I simply slumped back and glared at her, asking "Who are you and what do you want?!" I took a good look at her. She looked 16 years old, had a beutiful face, very long silver hair, a pair of silver cat ears on her head, four wings, one set the same color as her ears and hair, and the lower set was a lightning-blue color, she also had 4 long tails, all the same color of the lower wing set. Her nails and teeth looked extremely sharp too, and I don''t dare underestimate those natural weapons. I think I have an idea of who she is, I mean, there is only one being that matches her description. About a week ago, there were rumors going around of a ''Death Angel'' destroying several human armies by herself alone. She would first bombard them with meteors, and then ranks upon ranks of monsters that resembled undead, but at the same time looked more alive then them would pour down like streams upon armies. The only survivors were the ones who were far back enough to escape, and they themselves were very scarce. I heard of all of this from a report, and it also said that the ''Death Angel'' was considered a national-level threat, and it''sbeing considered upgrading it into a world-threat. "Hm? What I want? Who I am? Well, I''m sure you know something about me considering all of my little mischiefs~. As for what I want..." She suddently got onto the ground and grabbed my leg and watched me with puppy eyes. "Please teach me summoning magic~." I don''t know which is more dangerous. Either those eyes that could kill a person just by seeing them, or the fact that she''s a considered world-level threat. Probably both are equally dangerous. Also, why the hell does she want to learn ''Summoning Magic''? Nobody can use it but the ''Hero''. I looked at her with a raised eyebrow and said "... And?" She looked at me blankly for a moment, tilted her head and parroted "... And?" I frowned even more and said "That can''t be all. You literally kidnapped me from my castle, what do you want!?" She had a look of realization for a second, before taking out a mischiveous smile.Unauthorized content usage: if you discover this narrative on Amazon, report the violation. "Ehehe, well, now that I think about it, how cool would it be to have a Demon King acting like a chicken~?" I looked at her like she''s crazy, which I think she is. She laughed and said "I''m joking~ I really just want to learn that magic. Oh, I should be able to use it since I was summoned here as well, so I too am something akin to a ''Hero''. You don''t need the details, as knowing them will... not be good for you." I gulped as I heard that. Her last words were tinged with a hidden venom so poisonous it made my heart beat furiously. "... Sure, I''ll teach it to you, but you have to promise me to leave me and my empire alone in the future" She nodded at me and said "Ah, sure. After all, you guys aren''t worth it as tasty snacks. I wanna travel to other dimensions and eat lots of snacks~. Ah, I wonder how they will taste~" She began drooling and ignored me, immerged in her own fantasies. I waited for her to finish, and once she finally did, I began my lesson. "Listen, ''Summoning Magic'' requires you to have a coordinate to be activated. The coordinate can be the name of the universe, it''s ID, a popular name it goes by, or you can travel into the universe of a person you want to travel to. Using this magic is very hard, as not only do only ''Heroes'' and very ancient and/or strong beings can use this, but you needs tyrannical amounts of mana to perform. You should fit both requirements, so you probably can use it." She nodded at me and sat down, her wings unfolded and she put them around herself like blankets and her tails went into her lap. She began combing the tails and grooming the feathered wings. A vein popped out of my head, but I continued to explain how to use this magic. To sum it up, one has to know how to make a summoning circle for the date of arrival and the universe chosen. This sounds easy but it''s really not. When I told her that only one being may visit a different universe for each travel and you can only transport yourself, she broke down crying and complaining. I had to wait for two hours before she calmed down. I spent the following days holed up in a cave. She could apparently make food out of nothing, but she refused to make anything other then meat no matter how much I begged, which kinda sucked. She would also use me as a hug pillow for the nights. I''m already married and have kids, so I tried refusing her but it was of no use. She would say things like "Since I kidnapped you, I at least want the right to hug you~." She learned extremely quickly though. Everything I said she would memorize and she was extremely meticulous in her practice. It''s kind of unfair how quickly she sucks all of the knowledge up. I mean, it took me 5 years to learn all of this, and she''s almost at my level already after a mere 5 days... My empire was probably searching for me right now. I trusted my subordinates enough to know they won''t do anything crazy, but if I''m deemed dead then a succession war might happend, promping the Holy Union to attack us... That''d be very bad... Luckily, at the morning of the sixth day the girl, who''s name I still didn''t know suddently said "Okay! We''re done! I know how to do all of this~. As payment for this little help, just call me over if you ever need me and I''ll tear apart anybody you don''t like~." She then flew me over to my castle and dropped me. After I landed, I looked up to try and see her one last time, only to find her gone. What an enigmatic girl... I wonder, will I ever see her again? I had grown quite fond of her bad jokes and sudden mood changes... She reminded me a lot of my daughter... which I lost... [Alysha''s Pov] After dropping the King off at his place, I quickly flew away to avoid being seen. I didn''t want to cause such a nice King more trouble. He was really nice with me aftel all. He was always patient and sometimes even laughed at my jokes! He would always complain about how his subjects would cause trouble without him, so I decided to let him off quickly after I felt ready. I mean, I can always just come back another time, right!? I flew away from the capital and it took me a week to reach our city once again. I even bombarded a couple of armies that were stationed at the border of our forest. It looks like Asu''s been doing a really good job at keeping them out. I tried out a couple of attacks on those idiots. One of my funnier ones was called ''Ground Breaker'', I essentially conjure the earth under them, fuse it, and then will it to move away, making all of the idiots fall down into a giant crater. I would then cover up said crater once again. It looked like they had never been there in the first place. I arrived at Asu''s cave and hugged him tightly when I saw him. I refused to admit that I really missed him, but he probably understood it anyway. He was garguantan now. He reached 20 meters in lenght and was 2 meters thick. He said that he would grow a bit more, then slow down his rate immensively. Apparently, his kind grows big really quick but then slows down quite a bit. I explained to him my desires to go to other universes. He was quite sad, but I promised to visit him every 20 or so years. He looked happier when I said that. He also understood my desire to go meet stronger beings. After all, nobody can really match up to me anymore in this universe. We made an announcement that claimed that I''d go into deep slumber and wake up when the time comes. Asu made up of bullshit excuses like ''To obtain absolute divinity'' or other god-related stuff... It sounded dumb, but the monstersall looked really eager. My contribution in the war was huge, or so said Asu. Apparently, I killed 1/2 of the enemy troops by myself and now the king is making huge gains in the battlefield, so our deal can be considered closed. I was in every way, ready to depart from this universe. It took me a couple hours to decide what clothes to bring. Which ones you ask? Well, all of them. I also brought various magical tools that Asu said would help me. I brought along my weapons to make reflections out of, which are a giant pike, stones ranging from small to gigantic, coins, foods, pillows, shampoo... All of the necessities of life. Asu was looking at me with dull eyes as I complained about having not enough space in my mansion-sized spacial bag. He just doesn''t understand how important it is to have giant shiny mountains of shiny stuff... He just can''t understand the greatness of shiny stuff... Shiny stuff rules the world!! We went deep into a cave, and I built my runic portal there. It would remain there, so that I could always transfer back to this universe. I bade farewell with tears and hugs to Asu, and finally worked up the courage to activate the transfer. Location? One Piece universe. Time? During the Great War. Objective? Secret~. Chapter 27: How to save an idiot 101 [Alysha''s Pov] I felt my whole body be destroyed in an instant and recreated the next moment. I looked around and found myself in a rather strange place. Did I mess up some runes? I was supposed to appear before the great war, so why am I in a terribly hot place and why are there cells everywhere? Isn''t this Impel Down? I unfolded my wings and flew away. If this is really Impel Down, then there should be the Straw Idiot here trying to save his brother. I''m going to mess with him, as I need someone to get me out of here. After all, I''m kinda lost... I flew around for a while, trying to find somebody to nicely ask where the exit is. If I remember correctly, there was the poison guy as the big dog in this place, and I definetly don''t want to mess with him right now. It''d be annoying as I can''t really damage those with the shitty logia fruits. Well, I could just send a tsunami crashing into him... I flew around for an hour until I found... quite the scene. There were about 60or so people throwing meat into a cave. The cave looked like it had a monster or something in it... I wonder what''s up with it. I land some distance away from them and observe. There were strange sounds coming from inside the cave, which was somewhat creepy. This continued for about 10 minutes, until a giant burp came from the cave and a kiddo exited. Isn''t that the Straw Idiot? Oh, right! I remember now~. He was poisoned by the Diarrhea guy... He screamed out "I''M BAAAACKKK" and all the idiots cheered, cried and laughed. As for me, I simply said "And what are you gonna do now, Idiotic hat addict? How about I return you to your place in a jail~" I of course, was just joking but the idiots all looked at me and quickly backed away. The idiotic hat addict looked at me confused and said "You don''t want to escape?" I had my wings folded on my back and my tails were wrapped around my legs, so they probably didn''t notice them. When I unfurled my tails and spread my wings, the idiots all looked a bit fearful. The idiotic straw hat got into a fighting stance and said "I won''t let you touch my friends! Guys, run!" Before they could do anything I simply giggled and said "I''m joking, I''m not a jailer nor a prisoner. You guys should hurry though~. Diarrhea guy will arrive in a bit~. Also, Ace has already been transported out of here and is on his way to the execution ground. As for me, I simply wanna get outta here and go to said execution grounds." He looked shocked and quickly said "You know Ace? Where is he? Is he okay?" He ran up to me and started shaking me. I slapped his face, which felt rubbery, and said "Retarded hat maniac, shut up and listen. Just go do your things and you''ll eventually find everything out. Also, you don''t shake people like that you retarded monkey no-brainer." He flinched a bit at the insults. Eh, too bad for you~. He left and went to do his things. As for me, I began to smash through the ceilings, and although I caused quite a number of tremors, nothing really happend. It took me 30 minutes of constant flight to finally reach the top level, where I immediately flew out from. Some guads tried to stop me, but for some reason their heads just came off their necks... I finally reached the top of the wierd underwater tower and finally met fresh air~. I was already starting to miss it... I flew towards the dock where the idiot should come through in a while, if the anime was correct, and simply waited there. I took out a chair from my spacial bag and sat there, wings folded around me like blankets and my tails on my lap. The peace didn''t last long though, as quite a number of guards came to me and surrounded me, pointing guns at me. I wonder, will guns be able to pierce my skin? "Who are you and what are you doing here! Surrender now and we won''t have to make this painful!" I looked at the idiot who was wearing a dumb-looking jailer jacker and said "I''m not a criminal. I just found myself under there and left~. I don''t think I''ve done anything wrong in particular you know~." He grit his teeth and said "Then come with us and let us inspect you!" Rolling my eyes, I simply rested my head against the chair and didn''t bother to answer. He waited for a second, then shouted "Fire!" The bullets all hit me. I think they were made of that stuff against devil fruits, but too bad for them, they''re not effective against me. I ignored their volleys and got up, then blinked out from the chair for a second and all the guys except the important looking-one lost their heads. The guy was terrified. I simply grabbed him by the neck and took his body with ''Soul Capture''. I then ordered him to go and report that I was killed and disposed of. He did as I said obviously, and I went back to my chair after having a nice snack with all of the corpses. I waited for quite a while after that. It took about 4 or 5 hours for the idiots to finally escape. The giant headed girl/guy flying away from the demon-looking hand was quite the spectacle. I left my chair and flew towards them. They crash-landed onto a ship amd began their stupid cheering. I considered weather to go to them or go to the demon guy, and decided for the demon guy after a quick speech towards the idiots. As I arrived, some idiots saw me and began shouting at me. They all pointed their guns at me but the Hat Maniac stopped them. Heh, it''s not like I care even if you shoot me ya''nnow? I didn''t land as I approached the ship and simply hovered in mid-air. I glanced over the idiots and said "... Good job on escaping you retards. Now, how will you escape from those gargantuan walls?" I said and pointed at the walls that surrounded the bay. I already knew that the chicken-man was going to sacrifice himself for them, but they didn''t so their dispair was quite funny to see. I giggled and said "Go there, something good will happend, I promise" I flew away but stopped as Sandguy suddently appeared in front of me with his sand and said "Just who are you? Who do you think you are?" Heh, is this guy an idiot? I simply slapped him away, and though it didn''t do damage, his sand was scattered away so I quickly fled. I reached the place where the DemonMan was, and saw as he was still gritting his teeth and cursing loudly. There were some jailers with him saying stuff, but they stopped talking when they saw me land. DemonMan stopped cursing and looked at me angrily. I waved my hand and said "Hello~, I''m here to kill you~." I said. The guards immediately fled as DemonGuy took out some poison tentacles. He said "Who are you? I didn''t see you before!" I smiled and said with a grin reaching from ear to ear "... I am your doom. Be ready to die." I conjured hundreds of spears behind me and shot them at him. His poison quickly covered him, but the spears would still do damage if they hit, so he made his demon-like poison thing and used it to block them. I laughed and said "As expected, you''re gonna be a bit hard to deal with. Oh well~" I created a giant mirror behind me. It looked like a giant silver space had suddently appeared behind me. I then began to reflect giant amounts of ocean water in it. DemonGuy charged at me, but he was too slow. Soon enough, my ''Starvation Tsunami'' trampled him, and he was left helpless. Aren''t fruit users like, really weak if you can use water-based attacks? What a dumb weakness... His poison didn''t help him as he drowned. He tried to move but couldn''t quite do that. I kept the water flowing too, so it''s not like it would stop anytime soon. As he drowned, I charged into the water and reached him. His eyes were wide open as I flew/swam at him and grabbed him by the neck. I created a reflection of him, which took a while since he''s so strong, and reflections take longer the stronger the original is, but I succeded since he couldn''t react. I then possessed his body with the reflection and stopped the water. He gasped for breath as I let him take over his body again but with the order not to attack me. After all, I wanna play with this guy a bit and learn some useful stuff... "Well my dear~. You''re mine now, and you won''t live long... So, tell me, have you already fought blackbeard?" He shook his head. How sad, so blackbeard will have free-reign over the prison and free everyone? How fun... After having him spit out some details about the marines, like what is their true goal, which he claimed to be justice, which I don''t believe a single bit, I tore out his heart and killed him, since I forbade him from using his power. I ate his whole corpse, and I couldn''t help but moan loudly as I ate him. The taste was heavenly, hopefully all demon-fruit users taste like this... I then tried using his venom. Turns out I could, but nowhere near the level he could. I could coat my fangs and nails in his deadly poison, but I couldn''t transform into poison myself. Maybe if I get blackbeard''s fruit I''ll be able to assimilate fruits like he''ll do with Mustache Fatso? After I ate his corpse, I noticed that some cameras were looking at me. I waved at them and sticked out my tongue. I then flew away from the scene and saw the Idiot''s ship be chased by several marine battleships. They were all firing but missing, and soon enough, the gates opened asthe Chicken Man did his job. I''ll come for him another time, as I want his ability to change forms, but right now I need to head over to the battlefield. I doubled, then tripled my speed and passed through the gates as they were closing. I ignored the idiots and kept flying at a much faster speed then them. I arrived at the marine island after thirty minutes, but much to my suprise, White Fatso''s army wasn''t there yet, so I kinda felt awkward. I was far away enough not to be spotted, so I immediately climbed the skies and hid inside of a cloud. I wait whilst slowly closing in, unseen, and soon enough the White Fatso''s army arrives from under their sea with all of their glory. I could barely hold my laugh as I saw them, due to how dumb the ship looked. I mean, it''s a fucking ship with the head of a whale on it. How dumb. They began to fight and Iceman froze the sea, making it possible for the pirates and marines to fight on land(?). I flew even higher up to escape notice, as I don''t dare underestimate the marine captains right now. I need haki to fight these idiots, or I''ll just never kill them, I mean, they can''t kill me either, so it''d be a neverending fight. I bid my time and wait for an opportunity. I had already reached Aceand was thousands of meters high up in the sky. I descended behind them and hid on the temple-like building behind them. Soon enough, the Hat Addict arrived by falling from the sky and doing all of his scene. I gave a silent thumbs up for the epic entrance, as it looked quite cool... As the trap the marines laid activated, and the walls around the fighting rose and the admirals went to fight, I chose to enter as well. I began creating hundreds of mirrors, filled with gigantic stones high up in the sky and fired them at both marines and pirates, but mostly marines.The tale has been illicitly lifted; should you spot it on Amazon, report the violation. Nobody could figure out who was firing, and some were kinda~ panicking. It looked like hell was pouring down from the skies after all. I silently used the chaos to approach the Buddha, the Grandpa and Ace. They noticed me and turned around. The Buddha looked quite suprised as he saw me, and the Grandpa was gritting his teeth. I waved at them and said "Good day, the weather''s very good today. Oh, and everybody''s dying, meteors and ships fall from the skies, and it''s also time to die~." I said and concentrated the meteor to fall onto the admiral and vice-admiral. They punched the meteors and the Buddha was forced to release his buddha form, and began to punch the falling meteors as well. I kept the rain going and flew towards Ace, I was interrupted by a kick to the face though. I was knocked back all the way towards the building, I wasn''t even damaged by the kick, but I couldn''t react to it, which annoyed me greatly. I looked to see Light with his custom smug smile saying stuff like "Hm, that won''t do~". I flew back into the skies and stopped my rain onto the admiral and vice-admiral. Light began to fire his light-bullets at me, so I gathered mist in my mouth and began to rapid-fire as well. It looked quite cool, with silver shots flying from my side and hitting his light bullets. We both stopped out respective barrages after a bit, and I flew even higher up in the sky, I then began to conjure my strongest attack. I began to create a reflection of the moon, and soon enough a 300 meter wide silver sphere appeared in the sky. I then made it fall down not onto the two admirals, as it would probly kill Ace, and that''s not what I want right now, but onto the masses of soldiers still trapped in walls. From below, one could see a giant shadow blocking out the sun. The admirals all combined their attacks and fired towards my attack, Light included. It slowed down quite a bit, but it didn''t stop. I used this chance to charge at Ace again. The Grandpa and the Buddha tried to stop me, but with my momentum I simply punched them both hard enough to send them flying away. I stopped myself near Ace and the two executioners, who had their blades pointed at me. I simply slapped the two idiots away and faced a shocked Ace. "Hello~ Spicey. How do you do? Life''s good right~? Just about to be executed like the retard you are~? Can''t have you do that though, so do allow me~." I said and grabbed him, I looked at his handcuffs and reached for them, he shouted "Stop! These are seastone!" I ignored him and grabbed them anyway. "Hm~? What''s this? I don''t feel anything though~." I looked for a second for my ''Moon Impact''. The attack had been stopped by combinated attacks of various marines and some pirates. It was being held in place by a couple of giants who were visibly sweating whilst holding the giant sphere. I dissolved it since it served it''s purpose, and it might risk angering someone I don''t want to anger. Looking back at Ace, I brought his handcuffs near my mouth and did the most feasible thing I can do. I bit the handcuffs. I might paid attention not to bite Ace''s hands though. They broke under my sharp teeth and I removed them from his hands, but kept him by the scruff of his neck. "Be a good boy and just stay still will you~. The idiotic admirals will soon arrive anyway, so you better stay right where you are." I then looked at the handcuffs and a little possibility sparked in my mind. I threw the cuffs in my mouth and swallowed. As I expected, my nails and teeth began to hurt, and soon enough a light-blue color covered them. How nice... Hehehe, forgive me devil fruit users for exploiting your shitty weaknessess... "Who are you?" Ace asked, I looked at him and said "My name is Alysha Bloodseeker. I''m no pirate but no marine either, so don''t expect me to save you for free y''know? I''m expecting your daddy to give me some nice stuff for what I''m doing~." He looked regretful. I don''t think he wanted the White Fatso to come save him... "You know, the White Fatso is quite admirable for sacrificing so much for a single family member. I had thought of siding with the marines and killing him, but he''s simply too admirable in what he does. Real shame he''ll die cause of the Black Fatso though..." He looked at me in shock once again and said "How do you even know!? And who are you calling a fatso!" I slapped his face and said "Shut up, Volcano is here." And true to my words, Magma guy arrived from behind and he said in an angry voice "How dare you to suddently show up! I''ll make you regret it you bitch!" I sticked my tongue out and said "Oh, but you''re the one who fell for the trap though~." As I finished saying that, the chains I had conjured while chatting with Ace sprang out from the ground and bound the admiral. He looked quite~ shocked. I, of course, conjured them based off of the handcuffs of Ace beforehand, knowing that either him or the Iceman would arrive. I swiftly left Ace and grabbed the admiral by the neck. Since he was much taller then me, I slammed him into the ground repeatedly. Since his fruit was blocked and my raw strenght was tenfold of his, he didn''t really stand a chance. I then cut off all of his limbs and head, ignoring the screams like ''She killed admiral Akainu!'' I stored his remains inside my spacial bag for later consumption. I went back to Ace and said "Well~, I did what I came here for, now let''s get out of here shall we~? Want me to carry you over to the White Fatso or the Hat Addict?" He looked confused at me, I looked back at him for a second before saying "Hat maniac. Straw Idiot. Hopelessly Addicted Hat Idiot. Child of Dragon. Your Brother. That Idiot." I said and pointed at him as he was fighting against Hawkguy. I picked him up again and jumped off from the platform, I flew as fast as I could, dodging bullets and the occasional attack from Light, though he was occupied with the Phoenix. In my opinion, Light is the most dangerous person that I know of to me, as I can''t really react to his speed. His attacks are weak, but they''re too fast to truly dodge. I arrive at the White Fatso''s ship and ignore all the pirate''s cheering as I arrive. I throw Aceat the White Fatso and he catches him. As they hug, Ace looks at the fatso and asks "...Why?" The White Fatso smiles and laughs "Because you''re my son." It was quite the scene, but I still had to cough to remind them that I''m still here after all~. "Well, you two can do your father-son bonding later~. White Fatso, I''m expecting good things from you after this is all over~." I say and giggle a bit at the end. Now I just gotta wait for the Black Fatso to arrive, so that I can get his absorption ability. I wonder, what will he taste like? I turn from the two idiots and ignore all the stares I was receiving from the pirates. I jump down from the Whaleship and run towards the front of the battle. I arrive to where the marines are and I begin to carve a blood path. I begin to crack skulls, rip out hearts, cut into pieces or just kill marines and the occasional pirate who gets in my way. I don''t stop killing until finally Iceman tries to throw an ice spear atme over. I dodge his attack and look at him, I was completely covered in blood and smiling my tipical creepy grin. He tries to say something, but I simply fire a ''Moon Ray'' at him, which pierces through his chest. It regenerates though, which is disappointing. I try to attack him, but he freezes my legs and then grabs me by the neck, freezing me. He then punches me, shattering my body. It doesn''t really hurt though, so it''s okay. "I wonder, just who was that..." he mutters to himself, certainly not expecting the ice pieces gathering back togheter and me coming out of it. He looked at me suprised for a second, but quickly got over it and prepared an ice lance. "Ah, well, I''m your worst nightmare~. I will hunt you devil fruit users to the end of the world~." I say and begin to laugh maniacally. I then release all of my usual restrains and simply charge at him at full speed. He tries to react, but I punch him away. Unfortunatly for him, my nails are seastone now, so he won''t be getting off freely from that. I create several layers of seastone chains inside mirrors and then fire them wildly at him. He dodges and blocks some, but is soon overwhelmed by the sheer number of them. Once he''s captured, he couldn''t really do anything. Isn''t this kind of stupid? I understand that seastones are rare, but I''m sure somebody in the anime had enough to create this many chains, so why did nobody do it? Plot armor? Eh, don''t care. I''m a cheater anyway. He struggles but I walk up to him and cut off his head. He dies since he can''t regenerate. How disappointing. And here I was thinking I''d have actual trouble against these idiots... Well, they''d be real trouble if I couldn''t create these chains though. I store his corpse away and continue carving out a path of blood. The pirates were retreating by now, and since White Fatso never left from his ship, I don''t know where Black Fatso is. Soon enough, the marines would simply flee from me and not even try to fight me. How boring. I fly up in the sky and conjure several mirrors around me and point them at clusters of people. I then begin to fire meteors at a very fast rate, creating several explosions. After a while of doing so, I stop and fly higher up in the sky and begin my search for the Black Fatso. I never found him though, which was disappointing. I guess he should have showed up later in the fight? I''m not really sure. Grumbling inside, I fly back towards the White Fatso. The pirates were now on a full-on retreat after having achieved their goal I guess?The White Fatsowas on his Whale ship and was still talking with Ace. The Hat Maniac was with them, and they were happily chatting between themselves. How fun~. Can I join? Of course I can. I silently landed and several people began to shout at me and cheer. How fun~. Yes please, praise me more~. The White Fatso and the two not-so-brothers turned at me. They then began to walk at me. For as much as I like these guys, I was pondering over my actions. If I change the storyline too much, then it will probably be pretty bad. I shouldn''t have saved Ace, but I can still fix this... Sorry, Hat Maniac, it''s for your and my own good to have him killed. Having reached a conclusion in my mind, I wait for them to arrive. They soon do, and White Fatso says to me "Thanks for rescuing Ace. I don''t know who you are, but I will give you what I want." I ponder for a second and say "Hmmmm... A ship all for myself might be nice~. Oh, and do let me have a private chat with the almost-executed idiothere." I say and point at Ace. "Gurararara, that can be done. Say, who truly are you?" I tilt my head and put a finger on my temple and say "Hmm... Who I am? Are you sure you want to know that~? Bad things happend to those who know me~." I say and smile evilly. He doesn''t even flinch though and laughs even harder. [Ace''s Pov] I was rescued by a maniac. I''m sure of that, and I know she''s up to no good. She says she''s not a pirate nor a marine, but if that''s the case then just what is she? I''m also very confused on what kind of fruit she uses. I was also extremely suprised as she destroyed the handcuffs and then ate them. I noticed that her nails turned blue when she did. I honestly have no idea what kind of fruit she uses, and I''m glad she helped me and Luffy escape. Luffy says that he met her in Impel Down, so maybe she''s a long-forgotten criminal? I observed her a bit as she fought. Her strenght was no joke, as she would easily block attacks from the strongest of marines and then casually kill them in horrendous ways. She then flew up using her four wings and strange mirror-like things appeared in the sky, and then meteors began to rain from them. I''m extremely curious to know just what kind of devil fruit she uses, was she perhaps modified on her body as well? She asked for a... ship? Seriously? And also, why would she want to talk with me? I was really confused. As the pirates successfully fled from Marinefold, I was talking with Luffy when I saw her do something rather strange. She had her wings coveringher and was sitting on a chair that I have no idea where she took from. Shetook out a strange kind of meat and began to chomp on it. It didn''t even look cooked though... Her eyes shot wide open and a gasp escaped her. I thought something happend, but she then began to tear through the meat like a grinder, and soon enough it was finished. She took out more and more pieces, eating each one fully, not even the bones remained. She sighed and got up from her chair, which then disappeared. What''s up with that... She walked towards father and said "Hey, White Fatso, when''s my ship ready~? I wanna go out and play~!". Father looked at her and pointed at one of the ship of the Green Mustache pirates and said "You may take that ship. Just tell them it was my order and they''ll obey." She nodded and unfolded her wings. She had two sets, the top one was a silver color and the lower set a lightning-blue. They must be quite strong to allow her to fly... And fly she did. She flew over to the ship and then said something to the Green Mustache pirates, who first looked angry, but then sad. She then picked two up with her hands and four others with her... Tails? Where did those come from? I didn''t see them during the fight though, did she hide them? She flew back at our ship and dropped them off saying "Little gift from your friendly neighborhood demon~." She flew back at the other ship and brought guys over. Rince and repeat and nobody was left on the ex-Green Mustache ship. She went into the ship and I didn''t see her anymore. However, after about 5 minutes the ship began glowing a silver color, then settled. I wonder what happenedthere... Soon, I felt a horrible sense of horror born inside of me. I looked around, but couldn''t figure out what was happening. I then felt like I suddently had another body, and then I broke. My heart felt like it was ripped out, and I screamed in pain. My fruit couldn''t regenerate this damage, then I felt my body be broken, and everything went black... Sleepy... Chapter 28: A feline pirate on the loose. [Alysha''s Pov] Poor Ace. He will never know what killed him... well, maybe he will... I''m not sure what happens when one dies... I don''t care though, since I''m immortal~. Hehe, take that, mortals~! After killing Ace through a reflection, I took his corpse in my spatial bag and went over to my ship. I''m planning on showing the Hat Maniac that I killed him, so that he will break down and then train, so the storyline should continue. Once I arrived at my newly obtained ship, which I reflected and fused, meaning that now I can essentially fully control the ship alone, I put Ace''s corpse on the main mast and then launched a shot in the sky. By now, we had long since escaped Marinefold, but it wouldn''t do to let myself be seen as the good little cat by the pirates... Hehehe... Time for some first page on the newspapers... I took a photo of my ship and a reflection of myself doing V signs next to Ace''s headless body, and I had his head next to the reflection''sfeet. It looked... cool! Thumbs up, me! I think Whitebeard noticed the reflection of the dead Ace I hanged on my mast, as his entire fleet began to turn towards me... Hehe, too late sucker~. I''m already a couple miles away from him, and it''s time to begin my show~. Using a huge amount of mana, I make my ship fly by manipulating my reflection. The ship slowly lifts off of the water and then begins to fly higher and higher. I then began to fly back towards Marinefold. I began to conjure thousands of papers with the photo of me next to Akainu''s body, Aojiky, and finally, Ace''s body. I didn''t get Magellan, since I ate him before I thought of this plan, but it was still all good for reputation~. It took me 30 minutes to arrive back at Marinefold, and I dropped all of the photoes on the soldiers who were gathering up fallen comrades. It was quite funny seeing how some of them even tried to shoot me, but I was too high up, so they didn''t quite hit me. At all. Heh, I could hear the Grandpa''s scream of anger. Oh god, he just jumped all the way from the ground to my ship... That wasn''t the plan! Emergency evacuatioooon! I quickly stored Ace''s body away and proceded with plan B. As the Grandpa landed on my ship, completely enraged, I sticked my tongue at him and broke down the ship. He fell down, not having anything to hold on to. I then simply fired the pieces of the ship at clusters of wounded soldiers, just as an insult. Satisfied, I flied away by myself... No ship... *cry*... And reached the Gates of Justice. Why am I here? Well, to capture Black Fatso and the Chicken Dancer. I conjured a hundred meteors behind me and fired them all at the gate at the same time. The impact was enough to dent the gigantic doors, but not break them. Irritated, I conjured a giant moon behind me, and threw it at the gates. That was enough to destroy the gates, and I passed through whistling contently. Good job, me! You''re sure to become the most wanted criminal in less then a day~. I sped up and arrived at Impel Down. I could see several marine ships there, and I think they knew I was coming, as they were all battle-ready. Laughing maniacally, I conjure hundreds of meteors and rain hell upon them, who were still too far away to properly fire at me. Range matters, guys... So you die~. Many meteors miss, but even just a couple could sink a ship, let alone 10. The 5 ships that were trying to stop me sunk in less then a minute, and I flew past them and into Impel Down. Once there, I remind myself of my objective. Kill everyone I find. Easy to say, Easy to do, Easy to accomplish. The harder part comes with not getting lost, as that''s much harder then fighting fruit users... I speed up into the empty prison and break through several floors by sheer force. It takes me 30 minutes to arrive at what I can think is the 6th level. There, I search for a while longer until I hear sounds of battle. I look inside and find Black Fatso and a bunch of other mean-looking people. Black Fatso was staring at the other guys, who were all killing each other. I sneaked up behind the Fatso without him noticing and sat down.This story has been stolen from Royal Road. If you read it on Amazon, please report it "Hi Black Fatso~. You know the Marinefold battle already ended, right~?" The Fatso jumped from my sudden appearance, but then laughed "Zehahahaha, who are you, girl? And how can the battle have already ended?" I tilt my head and say "Nee, Uhh, Umm... Because two admirals are dead, I rescued Acebut then I killed him, and because the marines are dumb? Say, are you perhaps stupid? Why would you turn in Ace in the first place~?" "Huh? Did you call me stupid? Zehahaha,do me a favor and die!" He roared, the guys in the cells had stopped their fights, and were watching us. Blackbeard did his suck-me-in thing and tried to smash me into the ground, but as soon as he took a hold of me I bit his arm right through and injected all the poisons I held. He immediately let me go, screaming. I smiled at him and said "You have 1 minute left to live~. Ah, wait, don''t say your last words since I don''t care, but do scream in pain, as I quite enjoy hearing those screams~." I run up to him and begin to smash his head with punches. I plummet his whole body with a multitude of lightning-fast hits on his whole body. I then grab him by the shoulders and pull sideways, tearing him into two. How weak, and here I thought he was going to be an interesting opponent... I quickly chomp down his whole body, and then feel myself... wierd. I don''t think this is how Blackbeard would use his fruit, but I can feel mine wanting to absorb the other devil fruits. I let it do it, and soon enough I feel... different. The ice, magma, poison and darkness fruits combined togheter under the darkness fruit, and I could feel myself gaining different attributes. The magma and Ice now gave me full control over temperature, the venom and darkness created Destruction, which allows me to dismantle anything by breaking molecular bonds... How nice... Smiling widely at my newfound powers, I turn to the still-caged idiots. They were all looking at me, some licking their lips, others smiling, and some were scared. I guess these are as maniacal as me, huh? They''re gonna make a fine~ meal. I focus on my temperature fruit and use an attack I came up on the spot. I first send a wave of extreme cold, then a wave of absolute heat. Rince and repeat a lot of times and you get ''Temperature Shockwave''. If you first chill or heat an object, then suddently either lower it''s temperature extremely fast or heat it up extremely fast, and the object will break. This works on humans too, so they died quite~ quickly. I shoot the couple survivors with moon rays and then gather up all the corpses in a neat pile. I then spend the next hour globbing down the delicious meat, and by the time I was done, not a bone remained. Satisfied, I then begin to use my destruction fruit to destroy the tower. I simply send out a black shockwave that instantly decomposes anything it touches. Kinda~ strong... The shockwave, which I named ''Absolute Destruction'' continues to destroy everything until it even reaches the sea water, which stops it. I guess water is still a weakness, huh? After a kilometerof destruction, the shockwave stops and the tower immediately falls down, destroying itself. How nice... I just destroyed Impel Down... I then spend 8 tedious hours searching for Chicken Guy underwater, since, you know, the water kinda fell in everywhere. I eventually found him buried beneath a rock, dead. I guess he didn''t survive the falling of the tower... I eat his corpse and the ability doesn''t fuse with anything, but I can feel that I can turn into anyone I want. I tried to do it as the Hat Maniac, and it worked! However, staying in a body that isn''t mine is painful and feels really uncomfortable, so I doubt I''ll ever keep it on for more then a couple hours or so. I fly our of the now completely destroyed Impel Down and head back towards the White Fatso''s base. I had checked over his bases while I was in his ship, so I know where he went. After 2 hours of flight, just as the sun was coming down, I reach the White Fatso''s fleet and immediately dive underwater to avoid being seen. I then break a hole under the ship the Hat Maniacshould be in, then repair the hole. I morph into a random pirate and search around for the Hat Maniac, and I find him in a bed, snoring loudly. I guess he doesn''t know that Ace died yet... HEhehehehehehhehehEHHHEHEhEHEHEHEHHEhE, evil plan time... Ah, go away sadistic side! Oh wait, come here sadistic side! Let''s go wild! I morph into Ace and sit by the side of the Hat Maniac''s bed. I then begin to stroke his hair. Luffy wakes up after a bit and looks at me dumbly and says "Eh? What''s up Ace?" I smile at him and pull him into a hug, suprising him. I then wisper into his ear "... I''m dead. And it''s all your fault. You were not strong enough to protect me from that monster. Luffy, this is all your fault." He immediately looked confused, I then took out a photo showing my reflection and Ace''s dead body on it. The Hat Maniac''s eyes widen and he looks at the photo, before looking at me, who had already teleported away using my lunar mirrors. Hehehe, I think I heard the Hat Maniac screaming ''Aceeeeee'' and all... Thumbs up for the plan, me! Now, Luffy will feel guilty as he was not strong enough and go to do his training and all~. Smiling at myself, I swim away from White Fatso''s fleet. Destination? Any random town to destroy and plunder. I mean, that''s what pirates do, right? Chapter 29: The worlds most evil pirate [Alysha''s Pov] As I was running away whilst laughing maniacally after having torn to pieces an idiotic bounty hunter, I considered my past two years. I had decided to become a bounty hunter myself. I would often kill almost everyone in the location of my hunt as well, just to make more ruckus. I''d never turn in the corpses of my targets though, as I''d often have snacks... with them... I feel like more and more of my sanity is slipping with every kill I obtain... Although I don''t remember ever being sane, so I don''t mind~. I also practiced with my Destruction and Temperature fruits. I could now utilize all the heat energy in the air and destroy all bonds within 100 meters of myself freely. I could dismantle bullets before they reached me, or evaporate them. After the first five months of bounty hunting, I found the largest bounty I could find, and went for that person. I stabbed that person right in the heart. Then realized that person was me. Opsie~. The poster was something like this: Wanted: Dead or Alive Alysha Bloodseeker (Angelof the falling stars) -Most wanted criminal in history- imagine her with 4 wings and tails. Bounty: 3.000.000.000 berries.????????????Raccomended to flee on sight??????????Undetermined Devil Fruit User I don''t know when I earned the nickname ''Angel of the falling stars''... Oh wait, I do~. My signature attack are raining meteor after all. However, now that they have a photo of me it''s quite annoying to go into towns and always have marines attack me... I once ended up destroying a town just because I was somewhat pissed off... Ops? Nah, it was their fault~. Also, it was quite nice when I noticed the thing saying I''m the most wanted criminal in history~. After all I only destroyed several towns, killed tens of thousands of innocents on whims, would bombard ships at random, and sometimes even sneak into marine bases disguised, then destroy them entirely with a ''Mass-Destruction Shockwave'' I had been chasing two main targets during these years after some searches in my memory. First of all was Crocodile. I simply could not find the fucker, as I might have announced that I was going to find him no matter where he was. He went into hiding and always escapes before I can find him... How annoying... My second target was the captain of the Fire Tank pirates, Capone. I totally wanted his fruit! I mean, I do have an army prepared at any time, but it takes time to summon, but if I simply store it inside my body I can make them suddently come out! That simply sounds way too cool! I hunted all of the west blue to find him. It took me a year and a half to finally catch up to him, and oh boy was it a fight. The moment I saw him I yelled out "Caponeee~ I finally found you~ Now die!" And then proceeded to bombard him with meteors. He threw his crew at them and then began to fire from his fortress body. It was quite the fun fight, as he was much stronger then you''d expect. He would always counter my shockwaves by getting his subordinates to buy him enough time. I found two weaknesses with the Destruction and Temperature fruits. One is obviously water, as it blockes them, even though the water itself doesn''t affect me it stops me from being able to use them. The second weakness is that whilst the temperature fruit can pass through anything and melt/freeze it almost immediately, it can be stopped if a thing is already very hot or very cold. My destruction fruit has a different weakness, which is that it is just... destructive? It''s quite hard to not destroy a town by accident whilst breaking sown a bullet. In the end, I killed him by swallowing him alive. It felt quite spicy when he tried to shoot me from my insides, but it didn''t really hurt too much~ and I''m also probably infertile. Heh. Get the joke?... Sex joke?... it was funny... right?... I''m becoming more and more of a hopeless pervert... Thanks to the Italian Mafia guy, I now always hold 10.000 zombie reflections inside of me. I never really use them, as I never found the opportunity, but I do want to try it one day~. Apparently, there are two new admirals after I killed the Iceman and Magmaguy. The two new admirals are quite weak by my standards though. One even stole my power!! He can summon meteors and is blind!! The other was the Grandpa. He was forcefully promoted and forbidden to retire due to the lack of people strong enough to become admirals. Sorry gramps~. My most self-respected accomplishment was though, when I once went over to the arcipelago islands, disguised my ears, eyes, tails and wings, which were something akin to my trademarks, and accidentally caught the eyes of one of the world nobles. He had a bubble over his head and I think he was the same one that the Hat Maniac had punched in the face once.This narrative has been purloined without the author''s approval. Report any appearances on Amazon. He came to me and said "This girl is mine. Commoner, come with me or I''ll make you." I looked at him for a second, before bursting out laughing. I then undid my disguise and everybody around me began to tremble. I didn''t kill the noble, as that''d be too easy, but I did break his legs, arms, ribs, severely damaged every internal organ and then hanged him upside down on the plaza, naked. I then kept beating him for four days straight, until an army of marines and the blind admiralcame to rescue him. I simply flew away though, and just throwed some meteors who were blocked by the blind admiral. He''s quite something... I might decide to eat him... Since then, I''ve been followed by the government''s hounds even more. Their goal is not really to fight me, but to study me. Which annoys me. I think they want to understand my powers... Well, they usually understand that observing me mean a nice big meteor falling from the skies... On them. I did gain Haki after killing and eating a couple thousand marines. I could reinforce both my arms or legs at the same time, and could use a weak conqueror''s haki and perception haki. Both are nice, but not particularly strong. I had checked up on luffy''s training a month ago. All is good. He broke down from Ace''s death and swore to become strong enough to protect him. He probably hates me though... I don''t want to kill him, as he''ll probably become the strongest pirate given enough time. That will be when I kill him. Wait now for later gains~. I should probably explain my strongest attack, as it is... powerfull... to say the least. I called it ''Hell''s Judgement: WorldBreaker''. I essentially fully unleash my destruction powers and combine my temperature fruit to make the destruction travel through energy, breaking down everything, even air. When I tried this near a mountain, it took 10 seconds for nothing to remain. It is essentially a giant 5km sphere of absolute death, which for as awesome as it sounds, is extremely inconvinient, as it will kill allies as well as destroy the corpses, meaning I can''t eat them. Well, it is a nice last resort. But! The best part of my destruction power is~... Baths!! I can destroy the dust and blood on my body and make it nice and clean~. Not even water can do as good of a job as destruction~. I did once destroy myself though... Well I regenerated. I can enter the fortress inside of myself with a mere thought, and I have several billions of berries there. I accumulated over the two years like no other, and I have several priceless treasures too. Why do I say this? Because they''re shiny! My dragonoid instincts urge me to dive in it and swim in it!! Shiny is life~. Well, as of right now I had checked up on a reflection I left within Boa Hancock''s group. She told me that Luffy had indeed left the island and was heading towards the Sabaody archipelago. When I confirmed this, I immediately flew over there. I mean, I totally want to meet the Hat Maniac... He probably wants to meet me too~ and maybe punch me bit for killing his brother~. I arrived at the island and flew around whilst hidden in the clouds. I found the Lion ship and also found the Robot on it. I flew down and landed on the mast, then simply sat there and waited. The Straw Idiots soon arrived and reunited with all of their happy-go-lucky hugs and tears. It took the all-so-smart Robin to finally notice me and ask who I was. The other idiots look up and find me simply sitting at the top of the mast where you usually look around for other ships. "Ah, hello Hat Maniac. It''s been a long time, hasn''t it?" The Hat Maniac finally recognizes me and yells "YOU! YOU''RE THE ONE WHO KILLED ACE!" The other idiots gasp and look at me. I hang upside down and wave at them and say "That''s true, but I also rescued him. I did it for the sake of the world y''know? He was going to die protecting you either way. You should thank me instead~" I''m greeted by a second gear punch straight to the face, sending me flying up. I stabilize midair and rub my face with tears at my eyes and say "Hey! You meanie~. That''s not nice~. I just wanted to join you guys for a party! I love parties!! Can we have a party!?" I say with puppy eyes from the sky and the hopeless cook gets a nosebleed and fall over. Hopeless. Truly hopeless. "You bastard! I''ll kill you for doing that to Ace!!" I look at him, feeling rejected and say "Ah, well, if you don''t want me that''s fine~. We''ll meet again at the fishesisland anyway~. I do look forward to seeing you there, but if you excuse me, I have a crocodile to hunt down, as I heard he too was escaping to the new world~." I fly away like a sonic boom, and swiftly reach the city. I immediately begin to conjure thousands of small meteors in the sky and scream out "CROCODILE YOU BASTARD, WHERE ARE YOU!?" Several people look up and then begin to run as I use my ''Hell''s judgement: Starfall''. I love chuuni names~. But apart from names, this attack is specifically made to simply bombard extremely large areas, and the name is quite appropriate~. As explosions accour everywhere, I follow the croc''s smell and finally find him as he was talking to a fisherman. I land behind the fisherman and the croc immediately jumps away, paling. "Hehehehehe, you croc. I''ve found you... finally... I''ll tear you apart... Hehehehe..." I say and begin to laugh maniacally. I casually touch the scared fisherman and he turns into dust. Courtesy of my ''Death''s Hand'', where I send a shockwave of destruction through my hand into the desired person, doing more damage the weaker and smaller they are. The croc grits his teeth and tries to send a wave of sand at me, which I respond by sending a wave of destruction. The two hit each other and cancel, but by then I was already in front of the Croc. How long did it take me to find him? 1.5 years. How long to kill him? Less then a minute... I grab him by the throat, and thanks to my seastone nails, he can''t use his powers. I then smash him into the ground, then give him a nice and tight hug and fly up with him, then down. I let go of him a second before we smash and direct myself forward, sending him smashing down. As a finisher, I send out 5 temperature shockwaves (10, since 1 shockwave is 1 cold layer and 1 hot layer). His body gains several cracks and he bleeds from everywhere. Probably dead. I poke him a bit. Definetly dead. I eat his corpse and enjoy his taste. I then feel my fruits combining, and I feel a new attribute: Death and Decay. How nice... I''ve got quite the killing arsenal now... Hehehe, I can''t wait to eat sea kings and marmaids... I wonder how they taste... Chapter 30: Sushi Land [Alysha''s Pov] After convincing a random pirate to give me his ship through very friendly means, like casually threatening to disintegrate him, I coated the ship in that strange bubble-like thing and went after the Hat Maniacs. They were going down whilst Hancock was blocking the marine ships and their friends were blocking the marines on land. I casually shouted out "You all have 1 minute to leave before I rain hell on you and this god damn island!". Unfortunately, I don''t think they heard me, as they chose to fire at my ship. I casually used my Destruction power and sent a several shockwaves that looked like cannonballs at the idiotic marines ship. Once they touched the ship, the destruction spread and ate away a nice chunck of the ship. After dealing with these idiots, I jumped into the sea along with the ship and followed after them. Every time an idiotic monster would think chasing me''s a good idea, I''d try out my Death&Decay fruit on it. I have to say, while it isn''t as powerful as Destruction, it looks really painful. I mean, it lets me make anything I touch rot and decompose. I suppose there''s more to it, but I don''t feel like checking it out right now. I then left the ship, ate the corpses and then went back to the ship. The pressure was quite~ something. Not too bad though. After a couple days of traveling, I finally reach the bubble-covered island. My ship was, at this point, more like random pieces of wood pierced togheter and forced to not fall apart by my infused reflections. I dully noted how the Straw Idiots got surrounded by the idiotic Sea Kings. Licking my lips at the idea of sushi, I disintegrate my ship entirely and transfer via mirrors into the island. By this point I couldn''t really recognize anybody. I stayed inside my inter-spacial lunar pockets and simply observed the Straw idiot for a couple of days, since there wasn''t much I could really do nor wanted to do. Yet. After all, what fun is it in a world where I know the future, if I don''t mess with the main cast? Heheheheh, I can''t wait to tear apart the army that should fight against the Straw Idiots. I wait until they get invited by the Neptune guy, who to be honest, looked like a complete retard. I silently followed them through the inter-spacial pockets, which I found can essentially allow me to travel through space whilst still getting glimpses of the outside. The Hat Addicts wander off each in their own direction, and I follow the Hat Addict himself. He goes to the Crybaby Mermaid... which... looked... seriously... tasty... I couldn''t stop my drooling from looking at her. I seriously tought of exiting and tearing her apart right now, but no, I have to wait... She cries and luffy calms her down. They then begin to eat food and luffy becomeslike a pumpkin due to how much he was eating. I choose this moment to come out unnoticed and I too begin to chomp on the food. Neither of them notices me until both I and the Straw Idiot grab the same piece of meat. He looks at me with a "Hey! That''s mine!" and I whine a bit "B-but! I grabbed it first~!!" The crybaby got a death scare from my sudden appearance. I casually continue to eat alongside the Straw Idiot. I wipe my mouth with my hands and look at the Straw Idiot. "Hello again Hat Maniac~. I''m your best friend, Ace~." I say and morph into Ace and put a V sign. I don''t think he''ll understand the reference, but I did it anyway. He looked at me blankly and said "Ace! Is that really you!" The princess and I both facepalmed. Wasn''t she a crybaby? What happened to you? "No you retarded Hat Maniac, hopeless bro-con and idiot whom fully embraces idiocracy. Shove some brain-matter into that empty head of yours before going around trying to be a hero. I''m the bad guy, remember~? Ah, wait, you probably don''t even remember me..." I say and start sulking for a second before shouting out "Eh! I''ll come back when there''ll be the battle between you and the idiot fisherman~ You know, the one you''ll use conqueror''s haki in!! That''s like my favourite scene!! I so totally want to see it from first view~." I say and shake his shoulders happily. He finally realizes who I am and shouts at me "Hold on, aren''t you the one who killed Ace!! What are you doing here you bastard!" He says and tries to punch me, but I casually catch his hand and stick out my tongue. I then say "Secret~" I swiftly create a mirror and jump in it, closing it before the Hat Maniac could follow me in it. I then spend a couple of days simply... bored. It''s annoying how I can''t do anything drastic or it might overturn events. Keep still... Wait for the big battle... You''ll get your corpses there... And after much suffering at the hands of my worst enemy, boredom, the day finally arrives. I watch as the idiotic hat pirates do their walk into the battle and the straw idiot releases his haki. It looked even cooler from up-close. So much so I half-exited the pocket space and began clapping and cheering. Everybody turned to look at me. I turned and looked at them too. I then said "Ah, hi. I''m the world''s most wanted criminal, but don''t mind me~. I''m just here kill you all~." I say and retreat back into my mirrors. The fight begins and the idiots began to beat each other up. After a bit, I too exit from the mirrors and fly up. I then begin to laugh my maniacal laugh and for some reason almost everybody freezes and looks at me.Support the creativity of authors by visiting Royal Road for this novel and more. I then begin to conjure several layers of Destruction, but keep them inside of my hands. After 10 seconds of charging them, I yell out ''Earth Breaker''. I drop myself from the skies and slam my hands into the ground, creating a huge earthquake and soon enough huge cracks appear on the ground. Getting up, I begin to shoot Temperature Shockwaves left and right, not caring who I hit. Many people die by these shockwaves and their bodies crack and some even explode. As the Straw Idiot was fighting too he yells out "What are you doing here you cat bastard!" Oh my, he called me a cat~. Does he want to pet me~? No! Go away perverted side! I''m not going to do it with this retard even in my perverted fantasies! "Ah, I did tell you I''d participate in a big battle where''d you use haki~. So here I am, helpin you retards out~. Do try and appreciate my goodwill will you~?" I run around, bashing people with my wings or tails, crushing skulls in my hands, cutting off heads, ripping out hearts, tearing into pieces or stabbing repeatedly every fishman I find. Sushi~ Sushi~... Sushiiiiii~. I begin to laugh even more maniacally, and I take out two giant kitchen knives I had inside of my spacial bag and scream out "It''s sushi time, Bitches~!" I then charge at the giant baby-faced fish-retard who the perverted cook was fighting. As soon as they both heard my laugh, they froze for some reason. Laughing wildly, I slammed into the fish retard''s belly and ran up from it onto his face whilst dragging my knives behind me. "AHHAHAHAHA, SUSHI TIME YOU KID-FACED RETARD, DO ENJOY YOUR STAY IN MY RESTARAUNT~. Ah, shit, I''ve gone insane. Ops~. HAHAHAHA DO DIE PLEASE~" I realized I''ve completely cracked during my boredom, and decide to fully unleash my inner sadist. The fish idiots screams out and tries to hit me, only ending up hitting himself like the retard he is. I begin to run at the speed of temperature around him and continue to carve him up. I even conjured some knives and threw them at the cook to get him away from my meat. He kicked them away without too much trouble, but still backed off. Having completely lost my sanity, I scream out one of my most powerful attacks "Die you sushi rolls! ''100 Deathwaves''!" I send 100 compressed temperature shockwaves and coax them with Destruction. I then fire them and they completely pulverize an entire section of the fishmen, even reaching the mermaids whom were watching. None were spared, much to my delight. I wonder what happend for me to become such a sadistic person... I usually didn''t kill so many innocents... Ah, well, the past''s the past~. My laughter intensifies, and my face was broken into an insane expression. My body was twitching and spasming from excitement, and I could barely hold back a ''Hell''s Judgement: Starfall'' as it would almost surely kill the Hat maniacs too, which I don''t want to do. I dully notice how the Straw Idiot wasn''t here, so I go and search for him. He was fighting against a muscle-filled fishman, and was severely losing since he was in the water. I enter my pocket space and observe their fight. I waited until they crashed into the wierd ship filled with air, and the fish takes out those wierd pills. He eats them and becomes extra-super-duper-muscle-filled fishman. Those muscles do look quite hot though~. Ah no, go away hentai fantasies! I''m not doing it with a god damn fish. As the fishman begans to beat down on the Straw Idiot, I decide to butt in before the two could continue any further. I suddently appear, blocking one of the fish''s punches while hanging upside down, with my lower body still inside a mirror. "Hello muscle-fish and hello Retarded Hat Maniac with no brain matter in his skull. Do enjoy your sushi transformation, fish~" I say and take out two giant butcherer''s knives. I then begin to use my tyrannical strenght and throw a barrage of hits at him, which he barely blocks with his hand or dodges. After a little bit, my hits adjust and I begin to seriously hit him. I successfully stab his leg, which makes him scream in pain, and dodge a punch coming from the idiot behind me, which lands on the fish. "HAHAHAHAHAHA, this is real good sushi~. I''ve always wanted sushi~. Lemme carve you up reeaaaaal good, fish~. HAHAHAHA... I need to torture some innocent kids to release my inner sadism... Hahaha... fuck I''m insane... AND I FUCKING LOVE IT!" I scream out and fire several destruction shockwaves at both the Hat addict and the fish. The hat addict tries to dodge, but gets hit on the side of his chest, leaving it slightly bleeding. The fish wasn''t so lucky, and got hit in the chest full-on. His chest disintegrates, and plenty of blood flows. The sight of such an attractive meal sent me... even more insane? Is there such a thing as being more insane then I already am? Maybe? Probably? I throw giant butchered knives one after the other at the fish, and soon he becomes a porcupine. I rush at him laughing, and swiftly begin to stab knife after knife into him, prolonging his suffering. After a bit he died, so I dissolved all the knives and ripped out the fish''s heart. Nibbling on it, I felt quite satisfied. The Hat Maniac did scream "You monster!!" and throw several gear 2 punches at me, which I dodged easily. "Hey now straw idiot, be grateful I like you~. It''s not everybody you get to talk with the world''s worst criminal~ praise me more about my title~ Hehehe, who''ll be the pirate king huh~? Me or you~?" I continue to tease him as he throws punches at me. Bored, I enter a mirror and escape, is what I''d like to say, but the idiot actually managed to grab me by one of my tails and threw me onto the ground. I let out an angry miao and grabbed the tail he grabbed, ignoring the fact he just slammed me into the ground. I look at him with puppy eyes and say "Y-you meanie! You grabbed my tail~! That really hurt you know!!" he shouts at me "I don''t care!" and continues to chase me. I casually grab him, bring him back into the main bubble-island, and use my ''Hell Judgement''s: Worldbreaker'', disintegrating the falling ship that was supposed to be stopped by the sea kings. After casually teleporting luffy over to the main island, I immediately ran and hid behind the perverted noble cook and screamed out "Pervie, do your job and be a good meatshield!! That angry monkey wants me dead, so do something!!!" The pervert was currently having a huge nosebleed. That''s dangerous! Don''t show blood to me! I might accidentally bite your face off! Deciding I had my share of banter for the day, I let go of the meatshield after he successfully blocked quite a number of angry punches coming from the monkey, and flew up in the sky. I then announced "This island will be destroyed in a week''s worth of time. You have that time to leave. Do try and escape~" I then enter one of my mirrors and simply rest. I''ve had quite the fun day after all~. I mean, why not take a nice nap after filetting several thousands fishmen and completely ruining a story arc~? well, I can see some reasons why not to take a nap, but I see an astonishing 1 reason more to do so~. So, naptime~. Extra Chapter: Worst familiar ever [Roge Kingdom''s Royal HeadMage: Volder Mort''s Pov] The king had ordered me to summon a familiar in order to at least have some measure of defence for close-ranged combat... He has a point, but I despise familiars. No, I don''t despise the beings themselves, I despise the idea of kidnapping someone and using them as slaves for the rest of their probably short lives. I never was one for slaves, but I understood their commodity and necessity, so I never directly fought against the cause, but never supported it either. However, the king has given me a direct order, so there''s not much I can do about it. He also wanted me to make me summon a familiar in front of the student''s council of some schools in the kingdom, in order to give them an idea of what it''s like. I couldn''t refuse, since he was the king, but I also didn''t disagree with the idea, as helping youngsters is the goal for us Royal Mages, especially me, the Head Mage. Today was finally the day I''d do it. Binding a familiar is no small deal, as it will connect their life to yours, and should they die the mage who summoned them will never be able to bind another one to themselves. As the students strolled inside the courtyard that was chosen as the area of the summoning, I looked over them. I could see several of them who had an extremely high potential. They were all very talented, which is very good for our kingdom. Having strong people is key to a kingdom''s survival. When the rows of students finally settled and sat based by school, I finally announced "Welcome, students. I''m the Royal Head Mage, Volder Mort. Today, I have been ordered to a summon a familiar. You chosen ones have been given the chance to witness this event. I will show you why summoning a familiar is usually done only after a mage is fully developed, as the stronger one is the stronger the familiar will be, and since one can only summon one familiar in his or her lifetime, this is extremely important. Well, with all the useless chatter done, I''ll get on this so we can get out of here." The students clapped at my shitty speech, and all of them had sparks in their eyes. Youngsters... I began to chant and pour mana into the summoning circle. "Oh hear me, spirits! Grant me power, Grant me a friend, Grant me a familiar! Abide by the laws of magic, Abide by the laws of god! Come forward, My summon!" Suddently, as soon as I finished the chant, my entire mana pool was sucked dry. This isn''t supposed to happend! I was slightly confused, but couldn''t help but fall to my knees. The students all looked on, curious, whilst the older oneswere confused at what was happening. Soon, my summoning circle began to suck in all the mana from the surroundings. The students themselves even noticed this, and all looked even more attentively. I was still struggling to get back up, thankfully my mana regenation was the highest in the kingdom, so it only took me a minute or so. The circle continued to suck and suck, until it began to float. It turned and began to spin. It then expanded, and a silver portal-like thing appeared in it''s center. After another 5 minutes of sucking mana, the portal expanded abruptly and grew 2 meters tall and wide. Then, an arm came through the portal. Then, a girl of perhaps 16 years old came through. She was a beastman, resembling a cat, but had two pairs of wings on her back and four tails.This tale has been pilfered from Royal Road. If found on Amazon, kindly file a report. I was confused. I did hear of intelligent beings or even humans being summoned before, but I didn''t think it''d happened to me. The girl looked a mix of confused and amused. She looked first at me for a second, then at the students. Her gaze rolled over them, and after inspecting them she waved a hand with a small smile. The students all fell silent. I think they''ve been captured by her charm... Youngsters... I walk up to her, who looks up at me and tilts her head. I touch her forehead, and a small circle appears on it, symbol of being a familiar. I''m sorry, girl, but the king ordered me to do this. She also doesn''t look normal, as intelligent familiars usually freak out after being summoned. I turn to the students and say "... And this is not how you summon a familiar normally. Well, this whole thing was a waste. Hopefully you learned something, but probably you didn''t." I say with a cold voice. The students didn''t mind though, as they know of my cold and heartless personality. "Eh~. It wasn''t a waste though~. Now I get to have some fun in this place~. Say, mr.handsome middle-aged man, where am I? I don''t really care, but it''d be improper to not ask~." The girl says like it''s the most common thing to say. Also, middle aged man? I''m only 45 years old you know, I''m still in my prime... Youngsters... The students looked were still looking at us, so I was about to answer when the girl suddently raised her hand and said "If you say some bullshit like ''Familiars shouldn''t ask questions'', or anything like it, I will personally destroy everything you care about and love, so do consider your answer~." Both the students and I were taken aback. I was taken aback because she was even able to talk like that despite the familiar''s binding on her, and the students because of her cold words. I can tell she''s not normal, so I say "I''d rather not have you do that. My name is Volder Mort..." Before I can finish, she starts laughing and points at me with shaky fingers. "V-volder M-m-mort? Hahaha... Voldermort... Haaa, Harry Potter... Earth... Ahaaha... Fuck... You... I''LL FUCKING TEAR YOU APART!!" Her mood suddently turns upside down and a terrible feeling swells inside my heart. The circle on her forehead breaks apart, which should be impossible. She then points a finger at me. I try to jump back, but before I could do so I feel myself frozen in place. I move my eyes and see that my whole body was frozen. The girl then slowly turnes her head towards the panicking students, and she slowly says "... I was wondering what that wierd tugging feeling was. Kidnapping people from other worlds and using them as slaves... I can''t say that I approve of this. Receive divine judgement, snacks!" Silver mirrors appear on top of the students, and then several stones come through them and crash into the students like meteors falling from the sky. The panicking students all try to run away, but only end up blocking each other from escaping. The girl then points at them and a black orb slowly grows on her finger. I can feel a wierd sensation from that orb, just what did I summon... I knew it''d be a bad idea... The girl then shoots the orb, and it abrubtly increases in size hundredfold, emcompassing all the students and leaving a trail of nothingness behind it. There were no traces of the students, or anything that it passed through. I couldn''t help but tremble even though I was frozen. Even I''d have trouble killing that many students so quickly... She turns at me and says "... Ah~. I''m sorry, I just had a somewhat bad day and you kinda overfilled the jar called my patience. Do join the millions of souls killed by my hands~." She then walks towards me and grabs me by my neck. I can feel myself... becoming... weaker... My whole body was decomposing, and after 10 seconds I was basically only bones, and my whole body felt drained. She let me go, probably wanting to let me live. "Hehe... Do enjoy dying a slow and painful death. You can try and recover, but you''ll never again be able to use magic and your body''s been crippled forever, so do enjoy a nice death after being abandoned by everyone you thought cared about you~. Next time, don''t kidnap people to use as slaves... as... it''s... not... something good~." She says and runes begin to appear around her. I can feel a titanic amount of mana in them. The runes shine, and they and the girl disappear. After an hour, guards arrived and looked over the destruction. Once they found me, they immediately brought me to the infirmary, where healing mages tried everything they could to help me but to no avail. I was soonfired from my job, abandoned by my friends and I could barely feed myself and my family. That girl truly ruined my life in less then an hour... I sometimes wished she would have just killed me... Chapter 31: Pink birds dont fly [Alysha''s Pov] (after a couple months of the fishmen''s fight) I was currently under a perfect~ disguise, meaning I was wearing a really suspicious black cape and hood. Well, I didn''t really want to shapeshift, and this was the only thing that would fit me. It did look wierd with me having my wings and tails hidden underneath the cloak, giving me a wierd appearance. I was on Pinkie''s island right now, and was about to register inside the tournament. I have been following the Hat Maniac for a couple months now, with him doing his shouting at Big Mom, who in my opinion is an awesome person, and all of his declaring ''for my friends'' bullshit. I also followed him through his hunt for Ceasar, but got bored halfwaythrough and simply decided to wait for him at Pinkie''s island. Unfortunatly for him, the show was about to end soon. I''m planning on having some fun and winning this tournament and then going to kill the entire Straw Idiots and Pinkie. My hopes are that by eating the fire fruit, I can improve my Temperature fruit and by eating the String fruit I''ll be able to use better attacks by mixing my fruit''s powers. I''ve beennice and silent for the entire time after the fishmen war, hoping to cause a big show by suddently appearing during the tournament. Since there are so many criminals participating, my appearance will be considered good rather then bad... Hopefully. I do want to win this tournament legally, and perhaps I can eat Sabo and gain his tremendous amounts of Haki... I enter the colosseum after registering myself under the name ''Bob'', because who would ever suspect a suspicious black-robed man to have such a name~? Well, I would, but I''m insane so I don''t know what normal people would think. Walking through the hallways, I enter the waiting area and walked around for a while. I tried to stay in the area near the entrance, as I plan on revealing myself to the Hat Maniac whilst he''s beating up the Fatso. Sure enough, after a couple hours of waiting he enters with his stupid helmet that obviously doesn''t hide who he is, but nobody really notices. Are they perhaps all idiots...? A giant almost-naked man stands in front of him huffing like a bull and says the usual cliche line ''Weakling aren''t allowed in here!'' and tries to punch the Hat Maniac, only to get beaten up real~ good. Everybody was impressed, and I simply began to clap and said "Wow~. Lucy''s sooooo cool~. Oh man, I''m trembling from fear~. Hahaha... How do you do Hat Maniac?" At my mentioning of his personal nickname, he immediately turns at me with wide eyes. I take off my robe and reveal myself in all of my cat/draconic glory. I stick out my tongue and say "Missed me~? I sure haven''t, considering for how long I''ve followed you around... Hehe, I''m a stalker~. I suppose you''re here for your... friend''s fruit? Heh, do try to take it from me~." I say and then disappear inside the floor. Well, I just created a mirror under my feet and entered it, but it looked really cool anyway so it''s fine. I reappear at the higher stands of the colosseum. I had been assigned to block D, so I was in the last block. I watched as Blocks A and B passed, with a guy who would use wierd sound shockwaves winning block A and the green-haired Hippie winning block B. I was quite interested in that barrier fruit. I really wanted to have it, so the guy''s probably not going to get out of here alive... but he does need to be alive to help the Hat Maniac beat down the Pinkie... Fuck, I hate having to stop myself from killing people just to enjoy a show... When block C began, the Hat Maniac did his things, which including punching down a giant, riding a wild cow and battling a legendary and retired spike-headed pirate. The fight was quite awesome, and I cheered through all of it. At one point during the fight though, a blond-haired smoking hot guy approached me. I looked at him curiously. He was sort of just standing there, not sure of what to do. He had a face mixed with doubt... If I "Yes~? Do you need something from this lowly me~?" The guy looked at me silently for a moment, before looking at me in the eyes and saying with a cool tone "Yes, hello. My name is Cavendish, and I''m here to inform you that should you try to take away my prey..." He stopped and took out a sword and put it near my throat, with me still curiously looking at him. "... I will personally hunt you down. I heard you''re often chasing down Luffy of the Straw Hats pirates, so I''m warning you, he''s mine." I look at the idiot blankly for a second before giggling. I put a hand over my mouth and say in a very sweet tone mixed with venom "Oh? Someone dares to threaten me? Hehe... Last guy who did that ended up being hanged upon the tallest building I could find... Oh, don''t worry about the Hat Maniac. He''s here and all for you already~. Since none of youwill leave this island alive, do try to enjoy your last moments~." As I finish speaking, I casually grab the sword at my throat and move it away. I then simply walk away, ignoring his angered gaze. Hehe, he probably recognizes me as someone not to anger... It would take quite a bit of courage to even come near me, so I commend him for it~. Too bad he''s an idiot and a hopeless beauty-maniac, otherwise he would''ve been a really nice toy to play around with...Stolen from Royal Road, this story should be reported if encountered on Amazon. After the Hat Maniac completely destroyed the arena they were standing on, the match was postponed for 15 minutes for repairs, so I went to visit him in order to congratulate him. I found him as he was running away from an angry vegetable-named man, which looked quite comical. I casually catched his legs with my tails from around a corner and flipped him upside down. He tried to get free but couldn''t, so I said "Hello Hat Maniac~. Good job beating up that spike-headed old man! As a reward for being a nice kid, I''ll only partially kill you~." I say with a sweet voice and throw him away, sending him crashing through several walls. There were quite a number of gasps as people saw me casually beat down the guy who had just made such a show. I mean, Luffy might be strong, but he wasn''t in his second gear yet, so he should be stronger then this. The vegetable-man tries to attack me, but I dodge his sword continuosly and after a minute I get bored and slap his face, sending him flying as well. Boring~. These guys are all idiots~. I wanna go check out another universe after eating the pink snack and the hippie snack. I think I''ll let the Hat Maniac live, and I''ll come back when he gets stronger, so that maybe he''ll be a better lunch. I leave the gladiators who were watching my small fight and head towards the arena. I wait around for 10 more minutes, and when they announce that Block D would begin, I put a robe over myself and head towards the arena as well. I stand somewhere at the edge of the round arena, near the water. My plan is to simply grab anyone who attacks me and throw them in it. Easy to say, easy to do. As the fattie announcer starts the fight, several men rush at me. As soon as they reach me, I grab them by their arms whilst ignoring the swords who bounce off of me and throw them into the water, where some devil fishes finish the job. I keep throwing people into the water, and after about 10 minutes the vegetable guy switches over to his murderous personality and begins to cut down everyone around him. After a minute, everyone but me, a red-haired girl and the vegetable guy remained standing. I rush at the girl and take off my robe, ignoring all the cheers coming from the audience uponseeing me. I clash with her. She tries to dodge my punches, which I allow her to do. She is indeed quite fast, but nowhere near my speed~. I activate my destruction fruit and gather it above my palm, facing up. A small black orb soon appears. This is an attack I created a month ago, and I decided to call it ''Gift''. I pass it to her and for some reason she doesn''t dodge. Might be because I had conjured two chains around her legs whilst she was looking at me creating the orb, or maybe it was something else? The orb abruptly expands and completely engulfs the girl. The sphere continues in it''s path and creates a gaping hole in the arena, and only stops after several hundred meters. The girl had, of course, disappeared. Only extremely strong and sturdy people can survive this attack, or they''d need a gigantic amount of haki and complete mastery over it to block it. After that, I turn and find a sleeping vegetable. I look at him with a raised eyebrow and then look at the announcer. He was shouting stuff like ''What an attack! What is the girl going to do now?''. What an idiotic announcer, I almost want to kill him just because of how dumb he is. I point at the sleeping vegetable, and try out a new attack I developed. Using my fortress fruit, I order my minions to load 10 cannons and make them shoot out at the same time, effectively creating a cannon-finger. The projectiles are coated in a layer of my Destruction, just to add a tad bit more power~. He gets blown away but doesn''t die for some reason. I think his sadistic side woke up and actually defended him, but he still got knocked out... How sad, I kinda liked his sadistic side... The announcer proclaims my win and I bow to the audience and retreat away from the platform. I waited around for another hour beforewe got called out to fight once more. There was the Hat Addict''s brother, the wierd shockwave guy, the green-haired hippie and me. We stood on the platform and after the announcer started the fight they all ran at each other. What about me? Well, I simply sat down and waited for the fish with the fruit to come out. And soon enough, it did come out. It jumped over everyone and the Hat Maniac''s brother tried to reach it, but I immediately flew at him and punched him down. He coated himself in haki before my hit though, which slightly helped him. I land on the fish and punch down the chest with the fruit, and said fruit comes flying out. I quickly grab it and fly up. Well, that was easier then I thought~. The announcer was shouting something, but I ignore him, since I''ve officially done everything I wanted to do in this universe. I''ve gone to sushi land, won this tournament, helped out in the White Fatso''s war and stalked the Hat Maniac. There''s simply no reason for me to stay here anymore, maybe killing the three other yonko, but I don''t know what would really happened, and it''d be annoying to have to try and find them. Thus, I begin to gather all of my power and begin to form a giant moon high up in the sky. By now, I have complete control over my magic and devil fruits, so my moon can reach up to 500 meters in diameter. I also coat it with Destruction, just to add to the overall power. I scream out "Well, thanks to the Pink Bird, you''re all going to die~. It was fun being with you all, but it''s time for me to leave, so goodbye, world~." I then begin to create runes all around me. Even though I''m not that good with them, with my titanic amounts of mana, I can afford to abuse it to create them quickly. As soon as the runes are formed, I insert the keywords ''Narutoverse'' and I transport. Meanwhile, in the stadium, the giant moon soon crashed and destroyed 1/2 of the entirety of the Pink Bird''s island. Poor Hat Maniac was quite wounded too, so he couldn''t defeat the Pink Bird, which effectively led to the end of the One Piece storyline~. Chapter 32: Family Matters [Alysha''s Pov] I felt my whole body be sucked away and then reconstructed somewhere else. I looked around and found myself in a town. It was night, and nobody was around. I flew up to check on the situation, and I then slowly began to search around. I think I can recognize this village by the flag it wears... it''s the Leaf village, of course. I hear some faint screams with my enhanced hearing, and immediately understand the timeframe I landed in. I head over to the screams, but before I arrive I utilize my extra-special ability I saved for this very moment~. I turn myself into a cat. No, not a human catgirl, a full on cat. With wings. And four tails. And red eyes. Yup, totally a normal cat~, not suspicious at all~. I follow the screams, ignoring the dead people on the streets, and soon enough find a wild Itachion the loose. He was killing everyone around him, which unless something in this universe changed, should be his family. I don''t approve of that, but I guess he is doing it for his little brother, so I guess he''s pardoned... I follow him from the shadows, I witness as he kills everyone in the uchiha clan, and also looked interested as he casted a wierd genjutsu on his little brother Sasuke. If I remember correctly, it should replay in his mind the death of his parents multiple times, but don''t quote me on that... As Itachi leaves behind a crying and beaten up Sasuke, I walk up to the two corpses of his parents and carve out their eyes. I''m curious to see if I can actually gain their sharingan from this... I eat their eyes, and don''t feel any changes. Shame. I probably need to eat more of them, but that''snot essential right now, so it doesn''t really matter~. I can always go and hunt down Danzo and eat him and his... lots of eyes? He''s almost as much as a creep as the snake guy... I enter a lunarpocket and follow Itachi through it. If I remember correctly he should go and inform Danzo about the success of the mission, threaten him to divulge information on Konoha to other villages should he harm his brother,then go and tell the third Hokage to look after his brother, and then finally abandon the village. What a brother-con... He indeed does as I thought he would, and after he finally leaves Konoha I exit the spatial pocket from on top of a tree. He was walking leasurely, but even I could sense the remorse in him. Too bad I''m a heartless little bitch though, so too bad for him~. I keep following him through the trees, until he suddently throws a kunai at me with no warning. I let it hit me and fall down, still in my cat form. He looks at me as I get back up, with a kunai sticking out of my head. I use my tails to get it out of my head, as it kinda~ hurts. The wound quickly goes away, and I face an Itachi who had a serious look on his face. "That''s mean~. I''m an adorable cat, can''t you be a bit nicer, you bro-con crow addict? Seriously, didn''t you just massacre your entire clan? Still want blood? Well, I always like blood, so I can''t judge you~. Wait!! Don''t attack me please~! I''m friendly! I swear! I''m sorry I mocked your actions!! I know it was for your little bro!!" I immediately shout as I notice that he was about to throw another kunai at me. I make puppy eyes whilst looking at him and say "Can you please bring me to the Akatsuki guys~? I know you wanted to join them as a double-agent, and I''m interested in joining them since it sounds fun~!" [Itachi''s Pov] After reporting to the Hokage the success of the mission and getting him to swear to protect my brother, I left Konoha to head towards the Rain country. As I was walking, I suddently feel a colossal chakra source appear next to a tree. It simply follows me, without concealing it''s chakra and notreally doing anything. I walk for 10 or so minutes before suddently turning around and throwing a chakra-enhanced kunai. The thing doesn''t dodge at all, and gets hit straight in the face. It falls off of the tree, and I could get a better view of it. It was a small cat with four wings and four tails. I don''t see a henge, so I suspect it must be a summon of someone. The cat casually got back up, with a kunai sticking out of it''s face and removed it with one of it''s tails. It then spoke words that made me cringe. "That''s mean~. I''m an adorable cat, can''t you be a bit nicer, you bro-con crow addict? Seriously, didn''t you just massacre your entire clan? Still want blood? Well, I always like blood, so I can''t judge you~." As soon as it finished saying that, I immediately prepare for a fight, but it speaks out again the moment it notices me getting ready. "Wait!! Don''t attack me please~! I''m friendly! I swear! I''m sorry I mocked your actions!! I know it was for your little bro!!"If you discover this tale on Amazon, be aware that it has been stolen. Please report the violation. I was bewildered. How does it know so much? I never felt anyone stalking me, and I didn''t tell anybody of my intentions. I lower mystance, as to show I''m waiting for it to speak. It suddently enlarges it''s eyes, andI thought for a second that it was trying to do a genjutsu, but quickly discard the idea as I can''t see any chakra in it''s eyes. "Can you please bring me to the Akatsuki guys~? I know you wanted to join them as a double-agent, and I''m interested in joining them since it sounds fun~!" My eyes were wide open. How does this thing know so much? Who and what really is it!? "Yes, you are correct. I was planning on doing so, and can I guess that you also want to work as a double agent on them?" I try to prod for information, but the thing answers "Eh? Me? A double-agent? But I just got here... Ah, you probably don''t know that. Nevermind~. Nah, being a spy or having affiliations is waaaay~ too much trouble. I''d much rather just go around eating snacks then having to do paperwork~." As it was talking, it approached me and jumped at me, I immediately jump away but it then screams out "Hey! Let me get on your shoulder~! I want your shoulder! Hey! Don''t give me the cold shoulder! Heh, puns..." I keep dodging the thing easily. It''s sort of strange how... weird this thing is. Shouldn''t it be horrified at me having killed my entire clan? "First, tell me who and what you are, then I will answer you." I say in a cold voice, the thing begins to sulk and mutters "Uh, I''m Alysha Bloodseeker, I got many nicknames, I''m a human/cat/dragon mix, 69 years old, I like meat and... Uh... what else do I like? Ah, yes! I like killing people and I like visiting weird places and doing crazy things~. Oh, I''m also a sadistic and insane mass-murdered who has killed hundreds of thousands~." As soon as it finished speaking, the thing suddently beganto grow, and turnedinto a girl. She had ruby eyes, a pair of silver cat ears and silver hair, two large pairs of wings on her back and four tails swishing behind her. I couldn''t help but turn my head away with slightly red cheeks. I mean, she''s god damn naked! "Hm? Why did you turn away? Ah... I''m naked. Ops... Hehe, enjoyed the view~? You can turn back now, I''m already dressed." I looked at her, and she indeed was dressed. Well, that was fast, how did she do that? "Well, bro-con, will you help me get into the Akatsuki? In exchange, I can help you with deterring them from attacking your lil'' bro and Konoha. Cmon, accept~." She says and begins to poke my arm. I get slightly irritated and move away and say "Fine. But the moment you hurt my brother..." She didn''t let me finish as she slapped me. I couldn''t react to the speed at all, even with my sharingan active. It hurt, but it looked more like a joke then an actual attack, which is even scarier... "Eeeh, shut up. I get it, I won''t hurt little Sasuke. Now, onwards towards... uh... where are we going again?" I facepalm. Who is this weirdo and how does she know so much...? I can''t afford to let her go knowing so much though. Then again, she did say she''d help me and seeing how easily she slapped me, I don''t think it''d be a good idea to refuse here. "... We''re going to the Raincountry, as Pain told me to go meet them there. I don''t know if they will accept you." I say and she waves her hand and says "Eh~. The Obito guy should understand I''m useful and will try to either kill me or use me, probably the second since I''m hard to kill~. Now, where is the Raincountry?" We spend the next few days walking and tree-skipping. It''s quite annoying to see her smug face as she flies above me, her expression shouting ''Sucksnot to have wings~''. We talk quite a bit, and I can essentially sum up her personality like this. She loves to crack jokes, sometimes they''re really funny and other times they don''t make any sense. She also never talks about her past, no matter how much I try to get her to do it. She doesn''t look like she''s hiding anything, but more like trying to forget it, so I stopped probing her about it after a while. She''s also extremely moody, and can go from really happy to really angry for the dumbest of reasons. She also has a fetish for shiny things. I discovered this when we were passing through a cave, and there was something inside. It was a strange and shining rock, which I think is infused with chakra. When she saw it, she yelled "Shinyyyy!!" and jumped at it. And she somehow knows almost all of my past, but doesn''t seem to really care about it, meaning she never once threatened me to reveal anything and often makes jokes about it. After another week of traveling togheter, we finally reach the Rain country. As the name implies, it''s always raining here. The girl, Alysha, as she said she''s called, was using her wings in anumbrella-like manner. It was quite funny seeing how afraid she is of water sometimes, but seems to utterly enjoy it other times. I''ve been somewhat opening up to her, and I have to say, she really does not resemble anyone I''ve seen before. She blatantly insults me sometimes saying that I''m a horrible brother, and other times says she''s moved by how much I care about Sasuke. She also seems to really, but really like to call people weird nicknames. I asked her at least a hundred times to not call me bro-con, but she laughed at me each time and said that it''s the most appropriate nickname she could find. I''ve also seen her darker sides though. Once, whilst we were walking, a group of bounty hunters found us and attacked us. She blocked the kunais they threw at us with her bare hands, and then ripped them all apart in brutal ways. I tried to tell her to be more merciful, but she ignored me completely. As we walked through the Rain village, we could see destroyed houses and the occasional homeless child. It was quite the awful sight, but neither of us really made a big deal about it, as this is how life in the ninja world is. Only the strong get to survive, whilst the weak suffer. What a terrible world... We enter the Akatsuki hideout, where we will be introduced and the teams will be formed. I wonder who I''ll be patnered up with... Chapter 33: The best ninja teams require a cat [Alysha''s Pov] Me and the bro-con enter a big and dark room filled with weirdos. That''s the only plausible way to describe them, I mean, they''re all wierd. Itachi enters with me on his shoulder in a small cat form. The orange-haired guy announces "Here is our new member. Itachi Uchiha of the sharingan." I can see the wierd snake... scientist... murmur something about Itachi''s eyes. He''s up to no good, I know it~. I simply sit on Itachi''s shoulder, not saying anything. I kinda don''t want to talk with these weirdos if I can help it, as I found that simply staying along for the ride with Itachi sounds like much more fun. I mean, who wouldn''t want to stay with a guy as cool as him? He actually sometimes laughs... somewhat at my jokes. And that''s already a big plus on my books. Pain makes Itachi cut a line on his headband, I think it''s to simbolyse that he doesn''t own alligiance to Konoha anymore. How sad, since he actually still does. Oh well... After a little bit of chatting between members, they all disperse, and Pain casually says "Jozu, take Itachi as your patner. Also, I never heard you had a cat, Itachi." I look at this Jozu guy. I think he should die sometime before the ninja exams, since at that time Itachi will be patnered with the fish. "That''s because this is not my cat. I have no idea of who she really is, she said she wanted to join Akatsuki." Pain looks at me with discerning eyes. I look back at him and after a bit of staring I say "Why are you controlling your best friend''s corpse~?" Pain''s eyes open wide, and I stick out my cat tongue at him. His eyes sharpen and he looks at me, I think he''s trying to decide wether to kill me or not. "Now now~. Don''t get violent, as I''m just here to help you~. I''ll help you guys and in return, get my share of fun doing so~! Isn''t it like, the best deal you can get~? I know quite a number of secrets y''know?" He still looks at me with a frown, before saying "Fine. I suppose you want to be a member?" I think for a bit and say "Eh, not really. I''ll just tag along with the idiot here." I say and poke Itachi''s head. He still had a passive look despite my way of acting. How nice that he doesn''t mind if I call him mean things~. He nods his head and goes away. Itachi turns away and heads out as well... Why are these guys so unfriendly with each other? Seriously, shouldn''t they like, try to work togheter? As we walk out, the guy with a huge swords comes towards Itachi and says "Well, newbie, you''re going to be patnered with me. I don''t know if you want to take your cat with you during our missions." Itachi simply looks at him and says "If you can get rid of her, I''d be quite happy." I immediately get riled up and say "Shut up, you retarded bro-con who only knows how to throw kunais and fireballs. At least I try to have fun, unlike somebody who thinks life''s all one huge sacrifice. And you, sword guy, I''m not just any cat, I''m the strongest cat in existance, so do give me some respect for it." I say and the guy had his eyes wide open. "You can talk?" He says, to which I immediately says "No. I only miao and purr. Of course I can talk you retard, and as for your information, I can turn into a human if you want, and I can fight all of Akatsuki alone and easily win, so don''t underestimate me." He laughs a bit and says "Ah really, cat? I''d like to see if you can back up your claims..." Before he can say anything, I fire a small cannonball from my mouth using my fortress fruit and he gets exploded away. He gets back up, coughing, and says "... Okay, don''t do that again or I''ll fucking kill you. I get it, you''re not weak, now let''s get going." Both me and Itachi, who had been silently watching us, nod. We walk out of the building after Pain assigns us a mission. As we''re walking along, I casually ask Jozu "Nee~, where are we going? What are we gonna do? Are we gonna get to cause bloodsheds? Do we get to kill people? Blow them up? Assassinate?" I continue pestering Jozu and Itachi for an entire two hours, before Itachi loses his cool and throws me away. I hiss in annoyance, and say "Ah, is that how it is!? Fine! I''ll stop, but I want your shoulder!" Itachi immediately answers "Tomorrow. Bad kitties don''t get shoulders." I sulk a bit and the Jozu guy laughs and says "Just when did you two meet? I never heard of you having a cat."If you encounter this story on Amazon, note that it''s taken without permission from the author. Report it. Itachi looks at him and says "She suddently appeared after I... did what I did. She says she''s here just for fun, so do try to get the real reason out of her." I look at the two idiots with a blank face, and then say "Ah~. Is that how it is? Treating me like I''m an animal? Talking like I''m not here~? Well, fuck you too." I say and turn into my human form. Itachi had turned away the moment I transformed, and the Jozu guy was looking at me with an open mouth. "What? Like what you see~? Are you perhaps a pervert?" I say and conjure some clothesaround me, which makes it look like they just suddently appeared. I had a skirt, a long-sleeves shirt and Akatsuki''s robes on. Underwears as well, but that should be obvious. "Hah... Shut up, you''re the pervert here." He says to me. Well, I certainly can''t deny that I''m curious what having intimate relations with a man feels like, but I''m not a hopeless pervert, I mean, I still hold my dignity as a virgin. We spend about two weeks like this, relaxing and just generally chatting with each other. Jozu and Itachi almost never talk with each other willingly, and only when do I start a conversation do they actually talk. How boring... I''m already feeling myself beginning to lose some of my sanity after so long without bloodshed... After said two weeks, we finally arrive at the destination of our mission.Our job is to kill a family member of some high-ranking clan. Boring stuff... We''re just doing this for reputation and money, so it''s not like it really matters. "Hey, bro-con, Jozu, can''t we just blow up the entire area and kill everyone in it? Wouldn''t that make everything so much easier instead of having toassassinate them?" Jozu looked at me and said "Our client only ordered to kill him and those who would stand between us and him, so no. We''re not killing everyone here, but you can simply go on one of your insanity fits and kill the target if you want." Ah~ yes. I did have someinsanity fits a couple times where I started laughing maniacally and began to fire random cannon shots everywhere... fun times, real fun times... "Okay boss~. So, do I take on a frontal assault and distract the guards whilst you two sneak in and kill the guy~? I''m no good at infiltrating." They nod. We had decided this plan beforehand due to my abilities. I only revealed my tyrannical strenght and my ability to shoot cannonballs out of my body from my inner fortress. I only do it from my hands and mouth though, as it looks wierd otherwise and it''s harder to aim. We wait for nightfall to arrive. Our objective is inside a mansion in a small village, and whilst the guards aren''t a problem, if the bigger forces take notice of us it''d be annoying, so our main focus is to do this quickly. I wait for Itachi to give us the signal, and as soon as he does, I begin to fire at the mansion''s walls and gates, destroying them quickly. I keep shooting as I advance, making pistol signs with my hands and firing randomly at the mansions. My cannonballs, being coated in destruction and fired from giant 10 meter long cannons, are pretty~ strong. Considering I cloned 5000 cannons inside myself and have hundredsof thousands of zombies manning them, so I never run out of cannons to shoot even though they take 5 minutes to reload. Soon enough, guards arrive from inside the mansion and see me as I make a cool gangster pose. I point my finger-gun at them and fire. The guard who gets hit loses his entire lower body, who then explodes behind him. He falls down, blood and organs pouring out. This was enough to send me into a mass-killing spree, and I begin to shoot every guard who comes out, pouring down hell on them. I do get hit by several kunais and some jutsus, but I ignore them. Some try casting genjutsu on me, but I discovered I''m completely immune to it due to my immortality. The god did state that I have 100% resistance to slavery magic, and I guess genjutsu counts as slavery magic due to trapping you inside of an illusion...? I''m really not sure how or why it works, but I''m surely not going to complain. After 5 minutes, all the mansion''s guards were dead and Itachi and Juzu come out. They looked at me and both nodded, meaning the mission was a success. We quickly flee the area, and run outside the village. "Well, you''re quite the destructive one, Alysha. Couldn''t you hold back a bit? That was a bit exxagerated even for me." I look at Juzu with a raised eyebrow and say "Shut up. I understand you enough to know that you''d have killed them even more painfully then I did, so don''t reprimend me for something you would''ve done yourself!" He rolls his eyes. Satisfied at my win, I turn into my cat form and jump at Itachi, who barely manages to catch me. "Nee, I want a reward. Pet me~!" He looked at me blankly for a while, but when I nudged him with my head he began to scratch my ears. Hehe~... petting after mass-murdering a mansion''s guard reperoir and terrorizing a town feels great! We made our way back to our small encampment, where we''re supposed to report that we accomplished the mission and receive another one close to our location. Meanwhile, I was getting a nice~ petting from Itachi. It felt good in a bit of a naughty way~, but I didn''t tell him that, obviously. Chapter 35: Countdown to Madness [3rd Person Pov] Inside of a her lunar world, Alysha was silently staring at a mirror that showed the departing Kakashi and his gang. The two father(?) and son(?) had left beforehand after getting sort of revived, promising not to attack Konoha. She couldn''t help but feel envious. This was a new feeling to tell the truth, as she never really had anything she truly wanted. However, now that was different. No matter how much one denies it, humans are beings that crave for company, as would mostsentient and intelligent beings. Sure, she wasn''t really human anymore, but she really wasn''t anything else either. She silently pondered if hormones were finally getting at her, since due to her constant consuming she had grown to resemble a 16 years old by now. Now, not only did she find herself more and more emotional and moody (Not that she wasn''t before...), but she also began to sometimes daydream of... unspeakable acts. Mostly tearing people apart and drinking their blood though, but she actuallymeant sex, because that''s obviously nastier then slowly skinning a baby alive and then eating him in front of his parents. That said, that wasn''t where the envy came from. No. That would be too easy. Ever since she was kidnapped 55ish years ago, she never had a friend ever since. Maybe Asu, but he doesn''t count since she considered him more of a son then anything else. Nobody ever stood in front of the blades people stabbed her with. Nobody ever cried with her. Nobody ever defended her from all the assassins that were after her. No. Deep down, she knew why too. She was not someone worthy of the gift of ''friendship''. She knew herself enough to know that she would simply annoy the other person to no end and enjoy seeing them suffer. That said, it did not mean she doesn''twish for someone to simply be there during her occasional breakdown. A simple wish, but for someone with her strenght and mental conditions, it is neigh impossible to obtain said wish. She wiped her tear-stained face and looked once again inside of the mirror. She could see Itachi secretely stalking his own brother, probably planning some shit even she wasn''t sure of. He was never a big talker, and recently he seemed to have become akin to a mute. He would never open conversation with her, sure, he was more open in general meaning he somewhat trusted her, but he never bothered to check on her. Hugging her knees, she folded her 4 wings around her like a blanket whilst using her long tails as a pillow to rest her head on and simply let sleep overtake her. To tell the truth, with her immortality, she didn''t really need to sleep at all as she would never get tired, but the mental strain was still there. Her head hurt like a bitch due to her rollercoaster called emotions. For the first time in a long time, she dreamt. Naturally, her dreams were something a person would call a hellish nightmare, considering it consisted of rivers of blood and screaming people she tortured, but to her this just felt appropriate. Not necessarily good, just appropriate. She grudgely woke up ten or so hours later, feeling perhaps even shittier then before. Her mood was extremely sour, but at least her head didn''t hurt anymore. Creating a mirror in front of her, she casually checked out what her huggie was doing. She wasn''t quite satisfied with his performance as her hug-pillow, a title she had given him 12 seconds ago. The mirror soon reflected Itachi''s appearance as he was disguised and... inside of a village? She kept observing him for 10 more minutes. He then entered what seemed to be an office-like building, still under disguise. The guards didn''t attempt to stop him at all, so she figured that he was expected to be there. Perhaps an advanced assassination mission? She quickly discarded the idea after she saw him bow in front of a figure even she couldn''t help but recognize. The hokage of the Leaf village. "Hello, Itachi. I see you''ve been doing well." The old hokage said with a small smile on his lips. "Yes sir. I came to report information regarding the Akatsuki." Itachi responded in a monologue, sounding quite emotionless. "Hm. Any moves from them?" Itachi shook his head. The hokage sighed slightly and said "What about the supposed-to-be new tailed beast?" Alysha slightly tilted her head at the statement. A new tailed beast? That wasn''t what happened in the anime though... Yeah, she''s not dumb enough not to understand what he meant. Itachi shook his head and said "I have no idea sir. She can pass through an intermediate dimension where she has absolute control, making her impossible to detect. She might even be observing us right now, but that''s unlikely." The hokage nodded and said "Right, so let''s make this quick. We have prepared a trap, but we need you to lead her to it. The details I will send via messanges pigeon." Itachi stayed silent for a second but then said "Yes sir."If you spot this narrative on Amazon, know that it has been stolen. Report the violation. As for Alysha? She had already punched the mirror connecting them and was currently breathing harshly, her expression distorted in a mixture of pain, anger, regret, sadness and pure hatred. She had never felt more betrayed then this, and was still currently silently wishing ''Nothinghappenednothinghappenednothinghappened'', as if trying to escape from reality. ''I should have?????????????? ??????????! Now it all makes sense! This is why he didn''t even bother talking to me!H?? S???s ??? ??? ????????n?? ???R? ???€?? ?? ????s????R...'' Her teeth suddently shattered from the pure pressure of her clenching jaws. Her own skull was severely pierced by her own rage, but she couldn''t care. They swiftly regrew and those imbedded in her upper jaw vanished, leaving it to quickly close by itself. Soon, however, that all-consuming rage soon extinguished itself and only left a very hollow feeling. She felt empty. Falling down on her butt, hurting herself quite a bit considering that''s where her tails were, she soon began to sob uncontrollably. She felt ashamed of herself. This was the second time she had cried in the span of less then a day, and yet she couldn''t help it. The only person she remotely trusted and thought as a friend had just clearly betrayed her, recognizing her as nothing more then a beast, a monster to be slayed. No. Worst. To be controlled and used as a living weapon with no regards to her own feelings. As she kept sobbing to herself, hugging her knees and folding her wings around her whilst laying in a fetal position, the feeling of emptiness only increased. She honestly couldn''t even blame them for doing this. A small, naive part of her still clung to the belief that she just interpreted it wrong, but she clearly knew she didn''t. She couldn''t even bring herself to want revenge. A small part of it was due to knowing that they only wanted to defend themselves against the psycopathic her, but the major part of it was due to Itachi. She couldn''t help but feel her own heart clenching and constricting every time she thought about the moment he said ''Yes sir''. He was the one and only person who didn''t look horrified as she massacred people all around. He was the only one to be willing to deal with her shenanigans and insults. He even allowed her to use him for her own wants, from petting her to using him as a pillow. As memories kept replaying in her mind, small tears kept running down her moist eyes. She buried her face in knees, desperately wishing she could simply disappear or die. Unfortunately, she couldn''t die. She had tried every possible method, but none worked. Hell, even completely destroying herself was of no use, as she just magically reappeared from sheer nothing. It made no sense, and she hated it. She wanted to die so badly right now, but she could not. Thus, she simply gave up. They want to seal her? Let them. Why should she even care? What even was the point in reaching this far? Why did she even want power? To not be enslaved? So what? Even if she kills them all, what''s the point? Everything she eats tastes like shit anyways since everyoneistoo weak. She eventually fell asleep once again whilst still sobbing. When she woke up once again, a splitting headache wasn''t enough to categorize the amount of pain her head felt. Getting up, she carefully wiped her still-teary face and created a new set of clothes, as the old ones were quite destroyed. Naturally, these clothes were black funeralclothes and had a sort of ''depressed'' look. She then created a mirror next to the currently-walking Itachi and walked in it. He wasn''t even suprised at her sudden appearance, as it had become somewhat of the norm. He merely glanced at her before continuing on. She wordlessly walked behind him, head looking down and tails between her legs. They kept walking like this, each ensnared in their own different thoughts, with no idea what the other was thinking. Eventually, Alysha broke the ice saying "H-hey... What have you been up to?" Whilst forcing a small smile on her face. Itachi stopped for a second and then said "Just doing some work." "I-I see... Uh... I''m curious, what do you think of me?" She said, trying to sound casual. Obviously failed, but Itachi couldn''t quite pinpoint what she was getting at. He walked for a bit without answering, thinking about it, then answered "I guess you''re a crazy monster that suddently appeared one day without prior notification? bloodthirsty, random, hug-loving pervert who likes to shoot things?" He said with a small teasing smile on his lips before answring "And also my co-worker, so there''s that." He said and didn''t even glance back at her. Meanwhile, Alysha was silently crying inside. ''Shameless. Not a hint of guilt.''. To be perfectly honest with herself, she wanted to peel his nails off one by one, tear out every single unnecessary organ whilst making sure he lives, then force-feed him children and have him murder his own brother by his own hand. Naturally, that would just be the beginning, but she couldn''t bring herself to do it. He had, after all, given her the best 3 months she ever had in her life. Going around doing fun missions, occasionally tormenting him or simply teasing, killing people left and right... He even allowed her to use him for whatever whims she occasionally had, and even put up with her shenanigans. Naturally, she had to admit that it would fit the anime character that he would indeed betray her for the sake of the village. Hell, he even killed his own family for it. Even if she swore that she would help out his village the first time they met, he obviously wasn''t buying it despite her being sincere about it. Thus, they kept walking and walking. Alysha would sometimes try to chit-chat, but would end up too depressed to actually speak. As for Itachi, he was as silent as always. Eventually, they reached what seemed to be an old abandoned village, and there Itachi stopped and turned to her. She looked at him with a sad expression on her face. She would probably end up killing them all if they actually tried to seal her, which was bound to fail if they triedas that was obviously considered ''slavery'', and she was technically immune to slavery. "Our mission consists of simply digging up some sort of treasure. It should be a ring and... Well, let''s go." He said, before turning once again and heading into the village. Alysha simply released a small sigh. That was obviously a horrible excuse for a mission, and she would have believed it if she didn''t know something was up. She could only blame herself for her foolishness though, as this was all within expectations. Or it should have been, at least. She followed after Itachi throughthe abandoned streets. They spent an hour or so visiting house to house, searching for a ''ring''. Well, that is until Mr.Betrayer suddently stopped and silently said "I''m sorry." Chapter 35: Countdown to Madness [3rd Person Pov] Inside of a her lunar world, Alysha was silently staring at a mirror that showed the departing Kakashi and his gang. The two father(?) and son(?) had left beforehand after getting sort of revived, promising not to attack Konoha. She couldn''t help but feel envious. This was a new feeling to tell the truth, as she never really had anything she truly wanted. However, now that was different. No matter how much one denies it, humans are beings that crave for company, as would mostsentient and intelligent beings. Sure, she wasn''t really human anymore, but she really wasn''t anything else either. She silently pondered if hormones were finally getting at her, since due to her constant consuming she had grown to resemble a 16 years old by now. Now, not only did she find herself more and more emotional and moody (Not that she wasn''t before...), but she also began to sometimes daydream of... unspeakable acts. Mostly tearing people apart and drinking their blood though, but she actuallymeant sex, because that''s obviously nastier then slowly skinning a baby alive and then eating him in front of his parents. That said, that wasn''t where the envy came from. No. That would be too easy. Ever since she was kidnapped 55ish years ago, she never had a friend ever since. Maybe Asu, but he doesn''t count since she considered him more of a son then anything else. Nobody ever stood in front of the blades people stabbed her with. Nobody ever cried with her. Nobody ever defended her from all the assassins that were after her. No. Deep down, she knew why too. She was not someone worthy of the gift of ''friendship''. She knew herself enough to know that she would simply annoy the other person to no end and enjoy seeing them suffer. That said, it did not mean she doesn''twish for someone to simply be there during her occasional breakdown. A simple wish, but for someone with her strenght and mental conditions, it is neigh impossible to obtain said wish. She wiped her tear-stained face and looked once again inside of the mirror. She could see Itachi secretely stalking his own brother, probably planning some shit even she wasn''t sure of. He was never a big talker, and recently he seemed to have become akin to a mute. He would never open conversation with her, sure, he was more open in general meaning he somewhat trusted her, but he never bothered to check on her. Hugging her knees, she folded her 4 wings around her like a blanket whilst using her long tails as a pillow to rest her head on and simply let sleep overtake her. To tell the truth, with her immortality, she didn''t really need to sleep at all as she would never get tired, but the mental strain was still there. Her head hurt like a bitch due to her rollercoaster called emotions. For the first time in a long time, she dreamt. Naturally, her dreams were something a person would call a hellish nightmare, considering it consisted of rivers of blood and screaming people she tortured, but to her this just felt appropriate. Not necessarily good, just appropriate. She grudgely woke up ten or so hours later, feeling perhaps even shittier then before. Her mood was extremely sour, but at least her head didn''t hurt anymore. Creating a mirror in front of her, she casually checked out what her huggie was doing. She wasn''t quite satisfied with his performance as her hug-pillow, a title she had given him 12 seconds ago. The mirror soon reflected Itachi''s appearance as he was disguised and... inside of a village? She kept observing him for 10 more minutes. He then entered what seemed to be an office-like building, still under disguise. The guards didn''t attempt to stop him at all, so she figured that he was expected to be there. Perhaps an advanced assassination mission? She quickly discarded the idea after she saw him bow in front of a figure even she couldn''t help but recognize. The hokage of the Leaf village. "Hello, Itachi. I see you''ve been doing well." The old hokage said with a small smile on his lips. "Yes sir. I came to report information regarding the Akatsuki." Itachi responded in a monologue, sounding quite emotionless. "Hm. Any moves from them?" Itachi shook his head. The hokage sighed slightly and said "What about the supposed-to-be new tailed beast?" Alysha slightly tilted her head at the statement. A new tailed beast? That wasn''t what happened in the anime though... Yeah, she''s not dumb enough not to understand what he meant. Itachi shook his head and said "I have no idea sir. She can pass through an intermediate dimension where she has absolute control, making her impossible to detect. She might even be observing us right now, but that''s unlikely." The hokage nodded and said "Right, so let''s make this quick. We have prepared a trap, but we need you to lead her to it. The details I will send via messanges pigeon." Itachi stayed silent for a second but then said "Yes sir."The story has been taken without consent; if you see it on Amazon, report the incident. As for Alysha? She had already punched the mirror connecting them and was currently breathing harshly, her expression distorted in a mixture of pain, anger, regret, sadness and pure hatred. She had never felt more betrayed then this, and was still currently silently wishing ''Nothinghappenednothinghappenednothinghappened'', as if trying to escape from reality. ''I should have?????????????? ??????????! Now it all makes sense! This is why he didn''t even bother talking to me!H?? S???s ??? ??? ????????n?? ???R? ???€?? ?? ????s????R...'' Her teeth suddently shattered from the pure pressure of her clenching jaws. Her own skull was severely pierced by her own rage, but she couldn''t care. They swiftly regrew and those imbedded in her upper jaw vanished, leaving it to quickly close by itself. Soon, however, that all-consuming rage soon extinguished itself and only left a very hollow feeling. She felt empty. Falling down on her butt, hurting herself quite a bit considering that''s where her tails were, she soon began to sob uncontrollably. She felt ashamed of herself. This was the second time she had cried in the span of less then a day, and yet she couldn''t help it. The only person she remotely trusted and thought as a friend had just clearly betrayed her, recognizing her as nothing more then a beast, a monster to be slayed. No. Worst. To be controlled and used as a living weapon with no regards to her own feelings. As she kept sobbing to herself, hugging her knees and folding her wings around her whilst laying in a fetal position, the feeling of emptiness only increased. She honestly couldn''t even blame them for doing this. A small, naive part of her still clung to the belief that she just interpreted it wrong, but she clearly knew she didn''t. She couldn''t even bring herself to want revenge. A small part of it was due to knowing that they only wanted to defend themselves against the psycopathic her, but the major part of it was due to Itachi. She couldn''t help but feel her own heart clenching and constricting every time she thought about the moment he said ''Yes sir''. He was the one and only person who didn''t look horrified as she massacred people all around. He was the only one to be willing to deal with her shenanigans and insults. He even allowed her to use him for her own wants, from petting her to using him as a pillow. As memories kept replaying in her mind, small tears kept running down her moist eyes. She buried her face in knees, desperately wishing she could simply disappear or die. Unfortunately, she couldn''t die. She had tried every possible method, but none worked. Hell, even completely destroying herself was of no use, as she just magically reappeared from sheer nothing. It made no sense, and she hated it. She wanted to die so badly right now, but she could not. Thus, she simply gave up. They want to seal her? Let them. Why should she even care? What even was the point in reaching this far? Why did she even want power? To not be enslaved? So what? Even if she kills them all, what''s the point? Everything she eats tastes like shit anyways since everyoneistoo weak. She eventually fell asleep once again whilst still sobbing. When she woke up once again, a splitting headache wasn''t enough to categorize the amount of pain her head felt. Getting up, she carefully wiped her still-teary face and created a new set of clothes, as the old ones were quite destroyed. Naturally, these clothes were black funeralclothes and had a sort of ''depressed'' look. She then created a mirror next to the currently-walking Itachi and walked in it. He wasn''t even suprised at her sudden appearance, as it had become somewhat of the norm. He merely glanced at her before continuing on. She wordlessly walked behind him, head looking down and tails between her legs. They kept walking like this, each ensnared in their own different thoughts, with no idea what the other was thinking. Eventually, Alysha broke the ice saying "H-hey... What have you been up to?" Whilst forcing a small smile on her face. Itachi stopped for a second and then said "Just doing some work." "I-I see... Uh... I''m curious, what do you think of me?" She said, trying to sound casual. Obviously failed, but Itachi couldn''t quite pinpoint what she was getting at. He walked for a bit without answering, thinking about it, then answered "I guess you''re a crazy monster that suddently appeared one day without prior notification? bloodthirsty, random, hug-loving pervert who likes to shoot things?" He said with a small teasing smile on his lips before answring "And also my co-worker, so there''s that." He said and didn''t even glance back at her. Meanwhile, Alysha was silently crying inside. ''Shameless. Not a hint of guilt.''. To be perfectly honest with herself, she wanted to peel his nails off one by one, tear out every single unnecessary organ whilst making sure he lives, then force-feed him children and have him murder his own brother by his own hand. Naturally, that would just be the beginning, but she couldn''t bring herself to do it. He had, after all, given her the best 3 months she ever had in her life. Going around doing fun missions, occasionally tormenting him or simply teasing, killing people left and right... He even allowed her to use him for whatever whims she occasionally had, and even put up with her shenanigans. Naturally, she had to admit that it would fit the anime character that he would indeed betray her for the sake of the village. Hell, he even killed his own family for it. Even if she swore that she would help out his village the first time they met, he obviously wasn''t buying it despite her being sincere about it. Thus, they kept walking and walking. Alysha would sometimes try to chit-chat, but would end up too depressed to actually speak. As for Itachi, he was as silent as always. Eventually, they reached what seemed to be an old abandoned village, and there Itachi stopped and turned to her. She looked at him with a sad expression on her face. She would probably end up killing them all if they actually tried to seal her, which was bound to fail if they triedas that was obviously considered ''slavery'', and she was technically immune to slavery. "Our mission consists of simply digging up some sort of treasure. It should be a ring and... Well, let''s go." He said, before turning once again and heading into the village. Alysha simply released a small sigh. That was obviously a horrible excuse for a mission, and she would have believed it if she didn''t know something was up. She could only blame herself for her foolishness though, as this was all within expectations. Or it should have been, at least. She followed after Itachi throughthe abandoned streets. They spent an hour or so visiting house to house, searching for a ''ring''. Well, that is until Mr.Betrayer suddently stopped and silently said "I''m sorry." Authors Crisis: Turning Point Truthfully speaking, I''m in a but of a bind. I have a whole bunch of ideas I want to try out, but each one of them will lead the story in a horribly different direction. Therefore, welcome to the Plot Poll! We have China? here with us, and she will help us with this!Love this story? Find the genuine version on the author''s preferred platform and support their work! "Welcome, Welcome. Ah, no need for applause. You can kill youreself after the vote, so goodbye~!" And that was it! Amazing speech, Ms. China?. Neeeh~, Too bad for you voters. I came up with a plan, and I don''t care about the poll. Suck it up, haters <3! Extra Chapter: Meat Festival (1) It was a normal day (Evil laughter) for MacGee Dumbhuman, who was currently strolling through the forest all alone and defenseless, with only his tini tiny little bow to use against the vile and evil beasts that lurk in the man-eating forest~... Poor him, if only he knew of the creature stalking him. This creature, the rappresentation of all that is evil (I see no evil, I hear no evil, I speak no evil) was naturally... me! Nyahaha, I''m so fucking original. Praise me more please~ Summed up in a paragraph: I got bored, decided to go to a random magical world for the shits and giggles and ended up in this fucking forest. And now I''m lost. Completely. Utterly. Decisevely. Whatever you wanna call it, I just know I have no idea how to get out of here. Well, actually I do, just enter the lunar world and teleport around, but that''d be cheating~! So, I found MacGee and decided to stalk him. He mumbled something about returning home before, so hopefully the idiot actuallydoes go home now. Said stalk continued for a couple more hours through the forest until we somehow finally got out of this damned place. Well, although I say that, it''s not like we magically arrived at a city. Nain, that''d be way too convenient... instead, we first reached some plains, then a road, then after yet another couple hours we finally arrived at the all-mighty city. From my standpoint, I could see some nice, 20meter tall walls. Considering it''s nottoo shabby, so my mind already classified this world in the [Fun to Ruin] category. I forgot to mention, I may or may not have ''accidentally'' controlled MacGee''s brain to not recognize me as an entity, so he never even realized I was following him all of this time. Poor guy, you have my condolensces. Not. I shapeshifted into a human... male... yeah, it''s though, but I have a plan! Sort of. Actually, I don''t, but I do have an idea. After the tipical this and that of entering a city without identification, I ran around town whilst making a mental map of the place. I could do so in the Lunar World as well, but that isn''t quite as efficient as me being there in person. I thus spent my time running around and buying meat skewers from random vendors till it was night. A shame, I really hoped that some thug would attack me or something, as my stomach is puppy-eyeing me for some good ol'' human heart. Sighing to myself, I enter an inn that wasn''t... too shabby... eh... acceptable? Sort of? Not really though, it looked like shit in my eyes, but it was still one of the best out there for adventurers, and since I kinda wanna tease and have fun with the muscleheads it should suffice. Ignoring the strange looks I was receiving from said muscleheads, I approached the counter. Obviously, behind it was a very sexually attractive girl around 18 years of age, obviously meant to... you know, ''attract clients''. Hopefully she wasn''t the kind to bed the first japanese retard that would surely pass by, considering my... luck? Misfortune?... something for heroes. They justreally like to pop up wherever I go. I don''t mind though. I don''t discriminate between sushi and steak. Oh, the japs are the sushi and everyone else is the steak by the way. The girl looked at me curiously for a bit and I smiled at her and said "Hello dear~, mind allowing me to takea room from this lovely inn~?" I say in full flattery-mode, and she actually had the guts to fucking blush! I didn''t even desing my male form to be handsome. Actually, it''s very feminine in nature, and more on the ''pretty'' side then ''handsome''. "Y-yes sir! It''ll cost only 80 copper a night, t-that''s if you don''t mind..." She says, looking at the ground. Oh, nice try there. That''s supposed to be the ''weak kitty / defenseless maiden in distress'' that always captures the jap''s hearts or the china? super-cultivator guys. Too bad I''m not a lesbian. Well, I wouldn''t mind eating her up though. I created some silver coins in the pockets of my pants and took them out and then lent forward, my head on my hands and elbows on the table before saying loudly "Say, where is the jewerly shop? The most expensive one? I''m kinda overflowing with shiny stuff here and it''s just soooo hard to get rid of it~" I said whilst casually taking out a bag full of gold coins. The girl''s eyes went wide and her mouth was slightly open, before saying "U-uh, there''s one three corners to the left, then just go straight. Y-you''ll find it eventually." She stuttered, no greed in her eyes. Huh. A shame, I kinda wanted to find a moral reason to torture her a bit, like greed. Not that I need one, but it''s a good excuseto tell the justice-seekers to fuck off. I smirked and took the keys from her before going towards my room. Then going back after a little bit and saying "Uh, just where is the room...?" After the small incident, I was now draped over my bed in a lazy style, enjoying the feeling of laying on my back. It''s been a while since I could, considering my tails and wings always got in the way. I already miss them though, as it''s so hard to balance myself without them. Eventually, I slipped off into the land of dreams. Unfortunately, no less-then-smart assassin/thief came to take the bait, but hey, at least I tried. Moaningin annoyance, I forced myself to stand up and then dressed myself. Pants and a shirt should suffice. As I walked down the stairs, I could hear whispers the moment I appeared. I grinned but mostly ignored them. And by ''them'', I mean the obvious stalkers. I mean, they could be more discreete about the fact they have their whole attention focused on me... I left the inn and simply wondered around for some time. Eventually though, I came across a funny sight. A slave shop! Just what I needed to relieve my boredom! Maybe I could pull the ''Gay Prank'' that I''ve been devising!? I entered the rather luxurious place, which isn''t suprising considering that slaves always are a very much needed necessity due to the absence of machines. Even magic has limits you know? Well, that''s for humans. I''m not human, so I can do whatever I want, nyahaha... I need to see a psychiatrist... There were a couple very nicely dressed people going around, presumably nobles. At the sides of the shop were several slaves, all lined up. They barely had anything to conceal themself with, much to my disappointment. Don''t call me a pervert, but the size of a man''s penis is important. The bigger, the more there is to eat. Barbecue is the best, by the way. Some of them stop to take a discerning look at me, but I obviously ignore them. It''s been a while since I''ve been with nobles, but judging from firsthand contact, the nobles in this world aren''t exxagerately snobby/antisocial. Hopefully they changed, as it''s boring to always kill the same kind of people. I walk around, looking at the slaves whilst completely ignoring the insane price tags. I can see why people hesitate to buy these, but the prices are indeed appropriate. They all smell decently strong for a normal person and all of them are in good health. Seems like the stereotypical [Slavery Collar] is indeed in this world, which is quite interesting.Enjoying this book? Seek out the original to ensure the author gets credit. After a while, I pick out a very muscular guy who seems rather snarky, if the expressions of hatred flashing across his face whenever someone looks at him tells me something. "Hmmm~, you''re quite the beefie, eh? I like you, come with me." I say, to which he scoffs with hatred and takes a glance towards a hallway. I frown in confusion, before understanding. In this hall are only men, and I can hear pervert remarks from over where he''s looking, so that must be the women''s section, and he must have someone he loves over there! A horrible, twisted and... nice... plan hatches in my fucked up mind and I grin at the guy before saying "Hehe, seems like you''re lonely~! How about it, be a nice little slave and I''ll go and buy someone you choose from the ladies'' section, how bout'' it, Beefy?" I ask the newly nicknamed Beefy, to which he looks at me with a deadpan expression. I wait for a while, but he doesn''t do anything. I scoff and internally cringe at this guy with emotions equivalent to those of a rock''s. I signal one of the attendants and tell him I''m buying the idiot here. He gives me the price which I already knew (80 gold coins in not a small amount kiddos) and I generously give him the shinies. He smiles and leaves me with the muscle Beefy. He still had the same deadpan look, so I slap him a little, which seems to wake him up. He snorts and says "As if. You damned nobles, you''d just enjoy torturing her in front of me." I put a hand on my heart and make an expression filled with disbelief. "W-wha! Who ever said that!? Oh, the voice in my head did. Hehe, don''t mind her... She''s quite the naggy one, always saying ''Pssst, bully the peasant because you have no life... It''ll feed your needlessly high ego! Trust me!'' Isn''t she funny?" He looks at me with a blank expression once again. I sigh and simply drag him towards the women''s area. Here, the women are all naked, regardless of size or age. I scoff at the shameless display, especially at the teenagers who get a bit too touchy and... well, ''Try out'' the goodies. Mostly the upper ones, numbering two. I turn only to find Beefy looking like he would pounce on someone right now if it wasn''t for the collar. He''s angry alright... I poke the guy in the belly and he looks at me, I simply smile at him and say "So, Beefy, who will the ''chosen one'' be? Nyahaha, maybe you actually have two loved ones!? Is it hard to choose?" He grits his teeth and looks in a direction. I simply follow his gaze. I end up on a girl of perhaps 6 or 7 years of age, obviously naked. A couple old men do consider her, but move on pretty quickly. I roll my eyes at the pedophiles and walk towards the girl, who had her eyes closed. I could tell she was trying hard not to cry. How touching, too bad I too am an emotional rock. Sort of. Actually, scratch that. I''m an emotional mess, but pity is not one of my emotions. I approach the girl and put my hand on her head. She grits her teeth a bit, but after a while she slowly opens her eyes. I look at her with a grin and point behind me at Beefy. She follows my hand and soon her expression is one of shock. I put my hand over her mouth before she could say something cringeworthy though, I don''t need a touchy reunion right now. That''s for later. After buying her from another one of the assitants, I look at Beefy, who had a difficult expression on his face. What I presume is his daugter is currently trembling whilst hugging his leg. They both can''t speak right now, as I have to first allow them to. It''s a thing of the slave collar that prevents slaves from making trouble. "Well, one more person? I''m going to assume your wife is next or something...?" He slowly nods and looks in yet another direction. There, a woman in her 30''s is standing. She has rather large breasts, which immediately lowers my opinion of her, long black hair like her daughter''s. She was looking straight at us, so I just grinned at her and headed towards her. After buying her, I brought my slaves out of the shop. As we walked the streets, I noticed that it might not be appropriate to have two women going around naked. Even slaves usually have clothing after all. Thus, after a quick stop at a cheap clothing store, I direct them over to the inn. Ignoring the greedy, and strangely, even an angry look, I drag the three poorly-dressed slaves over to my room. Once we''re all inside, I order them to sit on the bed before making my small speech. "Well~, look at you~, a small family separated by... uh... war! yes, war... no...? Uh... elaborate please... fuck that, I don''t care for your circumstances. Now you''re back together, so there''s that. I''ll leave the two adults to some bonding time whilst I play with the child here." I say with a smile. For some reason though, the girl is trembling whilst the two adults are trying to kill me with their gazes. I''d be happy if they succeded, but I doubt they can. I shrug and go to another room with the child. Did I mention that the each room in the inn has three small rooms? Well, they''re really small, but it''s better then just one. I close the door and look at the child as she silently goes next to the bed whilst trembling and crying. I tilt my head with a frown, wondering what''s up with her. Ah. Shoot. I made a misunderstanding. Well, that''s quite funny. Don''t really care to fix it, actually, let''s play along with it for a little bit more. I sit on the bed and motion for the girl to come closer. She slowly does, and when she was finally within reach of my grasp, I grab her chin and make her look at me in the eyes. She shrieks at the sudden action, but doesn''t scream. "It''s okay to cry, you know? I know how you feel. Don''t worry, it''s over now." I say slowly and the girl had a look of shock on her face. I hug her and bring her on my lap, she at first tries to resist, but I stop her. I then slowly caress her head whilst whispering ''It''s okay, those bad men won''t do anything to you.'' Luckily, being only a kid, she believed me and soon broke down crying. I silently hug her as she cries, whistling a small, happy tune. Soon, she was hugging me as well whilst crying on my shoulder. I gently patted her back with one hand and caressed her head, going through her hair with my other hand. After a while, she begins to narrate what happend to her after a bit of prodding from me. "D-dad was a warrior... b-but noble said he owed t-to him, so then the b-bad guys came and chained us a-and put these collars on us! T-they t-t-trained me to be ''obedient'', at first, father was with me and he always said to never listen to those guys, but the lashes h-hurt..." She said whilst crying even more. A single tear fell from my eyes, and I silently pondered why. I''m a horrible person, I''ve killed thousands... no, millions for no reason, and yet here I am, crying over a single child. Perhaps it has something to do with my fobia of slavery? No, I don''t think so. Pehaps it''s just that I never got to know those that I killed. Yeah, it makes sense. After all, I normally would have killed the Pervert from my first world, but because I got to know him so well I think I hesitated. What a hypocrite... I''m not just a ''bad'' person anymore, I probably reached the point of no return. It took an entire hour for the girl, Lilly as she told me, to finally fall asleep. I smiled and gave her a small kiss on the forehead before carrying her back to her parents. They were huddled together and had obviously cried, my orders were to speak but not make too much noise, which they did. They looked at me with confusion when I arrived, and I smirked at them. "Sorry for before. I didn''t mean ''play'' in a sexual meaning. Heh, sorry but I''m not a lesbian." They had their mouths hanging adter the statement, and the woman barely managed to stutter "Y-you''re a girl?" "Nyahahaha! Yes I am, a very cute one for that, so deal with it granny~! Here''s the child anyways." I said and put Lilly on her lap before turning to both of them. "Okay, here''s my plan. I don''t have more then three or four days to stay in this world before I have to return, so after that I''ll set you free with some good ol'' cash. But, you have to keep a secret in turn, as I can''t put with this much longer." I said, and they both had confused faces. I sighed and said "If what is about to transpire is ever found out, I will burn every town to the ground and torture you two with the worst pains humankind could ever experience. N-O T-A-L-K-I-N-G A-B-O-U-T T-H-I-S!" They nodded fearfully, my aura probably scaring them quite a bit. I smiled happily and said "Good~". Soon, my entire body began to shift slightly. I became slightly shorter, my features softened and my ears disappeared, replaced by cat ears. Four tails and wings sprouted from my back, and my eyes turned bloody red. They had their mouths open once more, and I simply made a V sign and stuck out my tongue whilst saying "See? I''m cuter then you~! Hopefully that dense bastard realizes that someday..." I sigh and look at them, only to find that they had fainted. Dummer, now I can''t tease them anymore. A shame. I smirk at the thought and easily put them all in the bed whilst I sit down and simply relax whilst hugging my tails. I kinda misshim already... I do admit I''m kinda jealous of the three. They have a good family and all... I sigh and close my eyelids, sleep not even close to overtaking me. It''s going to be fun, at least... hopefully... Chapter 36: Horrible people can be nice sometimes... probably? I groan and slowly stand up whilst stretching myself like a cat. It takes a full minute for me to finally glance around me and for my memories to come crashing back into me, making me fall down whilst hugging my knees, tears threatening to fall down. I was currently residing in essentially the same prison that thefox was locked inside of. Our only difference is that I had no chains on me, but those cursed gates are the exact same. I immediately shot forward and punched the iron bars, only to immediately rocoil whilst rubbing my first. It hurts. These are not something I can break unfortunately, which should be obvious considering they''re kept there by fucking God. I slowly begin to sob silently and try to hide in the furthest corner in the room whilst hugging myself and wrapping my wings around me like blankets. Memories slowly trickle back in place, reminding me once more of why I am currently sealed. After Itachi finished speaking, my body froze. No, It was not intentional, it was forced. Soon, ninjas appeared all around me and got in a formation with Itachi leading them. Soon, the Hokage and a couple of other ninjas, none from the main cast, joined them. I frantically tried to free myself, but I couldn''t even muster 1% of my strenght. It didn''t take long for them to do their stupid sealy thing which I have no idea how it works and trap me somewhere. I never figured out where as I lost consciousness the moment I was ''sealed''. I had a really, really hard time believing this was happening. I mean, if fucking Itachi couldn''t even use his sharingan on me, how could seals work!? I call bullshit internally, but by now I know why it worked and why I''m here. It doesn''t lessen my anger a bit though, only redirects it. I then remember suddently finding myself in a pure white room, just like when I met god. Which was exactly what happened, as she appeared after a minute or so. The conversation went something along the lines of: "Hahaha! It was fun reinacting your trauma! How does it feel to be locked up once again!" "... Why..." "U-uh... That''s because I''m the True God! I''m mean and evil!" She said with mixed expressions on her face. What a trickster. "... You''re not tricking me. Poor idea to use my boyf... that guy''s same method to make me hate you. Besides, you''re a horrible liar. I still hate you though, so congrats. Now what''s the real reason?" I simply monotoned with a deadpan face. She cringed visibly and lowered her gaze. Jeez, now we have a shy and crappy god. Great! And if she can read my mind then it''s even better. Which she can, considering her horrified look. "T-that''s not true! I''m not s-shy! I''m just inexperienced!" I raised my eyebrow at her before once again deadpanning "You''re telling me the True God is ''inexperienced'' with dealing with mort... non-deities?" She sighed and waved her hand, transforming the pure-white spaceinto a victorian-era room. She sat on a sofa and motioned for me to go and sit near her. I just crossed my hands and glared at her. She once again sighed and mumbled something even I couldn''t catch before I suddently found myself next to her on the sofa. "It''s not okay to disobey a god, especially me you know~... Please don''t look at me like that... it hurts my heart..." I stop trying to kill her with my glare and instead shuffle away from her on the couch, my tails waving threatengly at her. She smiles awkwardly and we simply stand there for quite a while until I break the ice.If you spot this narrative on Amazon, know that it has been stolen. Report the violation. "So... I can assume it was you who allowed me to get sealed. I''m no Naruto expert, but considering I did live there for a while, I do know that only beings made purely of chakra can get sealed like that. What''s going on? And once again, why did you do this!?" Her smile drops and she looks down in a rather suspicious manner. I narrow my eyes and simply wait. It takes her a full 5 minutes to decide on what to say. "Well your body is made of something like pure energy and... I didn''t really think my little act would work, but it... was worth a shot... as for the other, I... I just thought that maybe you could finally... I don''t know... make a friend?" She says and glances at me, only to freeze upon seeing my expression. Naturally, it''s one of pure anger. "Yes, of course. It''s a genius idea. Lock someone up, especially someone with a trauma over slavery, just to make a friend. Yes, I can totally see it working." I simply say, no sarcasm at all. Totally none. <---- (sarcasm) "OF COURSE IT''S NOT GONNA WORK YOU FUCKING RETARD!" I scream out after a moment of silence. "Just because you''re a fucking god doesn''t mean you can fuck me over! If you want to, kill me! I had barely regained a will to live, and now you lock me up again!? Do you enjoy seeing me suffer??" I wanted to say more, but I don''t want to be a hypocrite. I''m a horrible person too, so I can''t really judge her. Even now I probably said too much, but I don''t care. If she kills me, I''d be happy. No, I probably should beg her to kill me. She looks at me with a mix of guilt, sadness and anger. The last is expected, but the former two are not. "L-look, I''m sorry! I messed up, okay!? I would have helped you in other ways, but I already had to pay a fortune to make this kind of intervention!" "Then why did you make one at all!? I''m grateful for what you did, but why do you even bother with me now?? Actually, why did you help me in the first place!?" Her mouth closed shut immediately, and she took a hard expression on her face. I just stayed silent whilst glaring daggers at her. "Well... You see, I''m sure you realized by now that it''s kinda hard to kill you, right?" I just silently nod "Yeah, so... It''s not really hard... It''s just impossible." I stay silent for a good couple minutes before asking "You mean even you can''t kill me?" She shakes her head and gives me a small smile "Fortunately, no. You''d just reappear somewhere in the universe even if I destroyed your soul, which just the act of damaging itis nigh impossible for even most gods." I slowly raise my nails to my throat "Even for me it''s a mistery to how you ended up like this. I suspect there is an even higher power involved {Author snickers}, but I can''t prove it..." She trails off as she sees me lopping my own head off, only for it to dissolve and regrow back where it was. We stare at each other for a couple seconds before I once again try to decapitate myself, but was stopped by a screamingGod. "No! Stop that!" She shouted, to which I simply grit my teeth and tried to move my damned hand whom was stopped by her divine power or some bullshit. "Just whydo you even care if try to kill myself!? Oh, I see. You want to try and research me to obtain my immortality. I''m not against it, but first try tofucking kill me." "No! That''s not... That''s not what I meant! I-I was just trying to make small talk!" She says in her own defense, but I simply shoot back "Yes, real nice small talk. Now you destroyed all my hopes for eternal rest, real thanks." She flinches and looks down whilst I coil in a small ball and simply stay there, eyes unfocused. We stay like that for quite a while, but I''m not really sure as I kinda zoomed out there. "I''m sorry... I-I just thought that you could make friends with the girlyou''re in... A-anyway, it''s not really that guy''s fault for doing this! I was manipulating him, so maybe you could forgive him? Now that I stopped, he''s probably feeling like shit." She looks at me but I don''t even bother to look back. Or I try to, at least, since I do sneak a peek at her. I sigh silently and repress the tears threatening to fall. I''m such a crybaby after all. "Why do you even bother with me..." I mumble, and she visibly perks up a bit for some reason. "Uh... well... y-you''re actually my son... or daughter now I guess...?" Silence reigns over us for a full minute, and it probably takes even longer for me to register what she just said in my head. I think she said something, but I couldn''t be sure since I had fainted. When I woke up, I was trapped in this prison. I had suspected something like this would''ve happened whilst I was talking with god, but talking about and the real thing are very different. One''s theoretical and the other is practical. Practice makes perfect, but it also ruins. Thus, I simply stayed in the corner, all alone whilst hugging myself and crying. I tried to sing a lullaby to myself, but it only made me more depressed. Life is truly a horrible thing... Chapter 37: Star of hope... lessness I don''t know for how long I... slept, daydreames or simply stared at the gates locking me in this hell. Days? Weeks? Months? Years? I don''t know anymore. I also lost count of how many times I ripped my heart out, beheaded myself or smashed myself against the gates. I died every single time, only for death to flip me off and send me away. At one point, I began hearing voices in my head as well. They all told me to kill myself, which really is not of much help. After they began annoying me too much though, I just cut my head off and when it regrew, they had disappeared. Weird, right...? The god, or my ''mother'', I guess, not that I could ever acknowledge her as such, never visited me again. Nobody did, in fact. Not even my warden did. I learned who she was by trying to focus on her senses, and I found out that it''s the girl who''s in love with the fox retard: Hinata. I had to cut off all connections with her, fast. She was fucking stalking the retard, and when he saw her she blushed and ran away. I beheaded myself multiple times to try and get the image out of my head, literally, but of course my photographic memory would never allow me to do so. I thus simply spent my days hugging my knees, singing lullabies to myself and/or crying silently, all alone. I don''t mind it too much though, I deserve it. I''m nothing more then a psycopathic monster, after all. At first, I tried to find someone or something to blame, for any reason, but I always devolve into simply thinking ''I deserved it''. By now, I''ve realized that yes, I do deserve this. I shouldn''t be let free in the world anyway, for I would simply bring pain and destruction. This led me intoa spiral of self-pity, melancholy and depression. Unluckily for me though, I still kept my emotions. Those never went away, especiallymy sadness. However, a feeling of emptiness still remains in me. It''s like I have my whole chest carving in, constricting me and making it hard to breathe. I already know why I feel like this, but it''s... hard to admit. Harder then perhaps ripping my own limbs off one by one, as physical pain is just that, pain. Mental or spirtual pain is much, much more sinister and all-consuming. My pride doesn''t even help my psyche, as it was destroyed a long time ago. No, my own feelings deny me of the relief of simple hatred. I want to hate that god, I want to hate this world, I want to hate Konoha, and most importantly, I want to hate Itachi, but I also don''t want to. I don''t want to because I know perfectly that the God just wanted to help me, although in the most retarded way possible, and everyone else simply went along due to their fears. Sure, it doesn''t really make me feel any better. At most, it just makes me feel like shit even more. Thus, I spent my time simply sitting there, not doing anything in particular. Days turned into weeks, which in turn turned into months. I then lost track of time, so I can''t be sure anymore. However, today something strange happend. As I was... well... crying silently, a strange feeling of control washed over me. I could feel myself in another body whilst also being in my own, which was kind of strange. The more time passed, the more I could feel myself gaining control. After a bit, I opened my eyes in this new ''body''. The first thing I saw was a wild Neji looking at me with mockery, and I could hear the Fox Retard screaming at Hinata to get up. It didn''t take long for me to connect the dots. Fox gets control over Naruto via bad emotions, I''m in a situation like the Fox, Hinata is probably in the exams getting beaten down hard, thus I gain control over Hinata''s body. A crazedsmile floats up on Hinata''s lips. I''m not sure for how long I can remain in control, and maybe I shouldn''t even be in control, but I don''t care. They made me suffer hell, they betrayed me and they destroyed my psyche even more. I don''t care if it''s not their fault,?? ???????? ???????? ???????? ?????? ???????? ?????????? ??????????.The narrative has been taken without permission. Report any sightings. [Neji''s Pov] I turned around and was about to head out of the arena when I heard that damned Naruto scream out "Wait!" I turned to face him and saw his serious face. I frowned and crossed my arms, waiting for what he wanted to say. He simply smiled and pointed back at Hinata whilst saying "She''s not done yet!" My frown deepened and I turned back to Hinata, who suprisingly indeed was slowly getting back up. I snorted and said "Hmph. Destinydictates that I will win, struggling is useless." I waited for her reaction, which didn''t come for quite a while. Her face was covered by her black hair, so I couldn''t see her expression, but her shoulders were slumped and she was arched forward in a tired position. Then, she began to giggle strangely. A strange feeling rose up in me, confusing me. Her soft giggling soon turned into a crazed laughing, which in turn transformed into a straight-up maniacal laugher full of hatred. "Hihihihi... Ahhh, it''s a nice day today, isn''t it?" She said whilst still laughing. I didn''t answer as I was still trying to figure out what was wrong with her. She shouldn''t even be able to stand up, much less speak. "Hihihihihi... I think I should sing something funny now, shouldn''t I? Crushed like ice Like twenty tons have been thrown on my soul You spoke those words that emitted through your vocal cords like venom A snake you were Looking through my eyes into my core So delicately You devised your plan to kill everything inside me Skillfully you weaved your web, planted your trap And with your love decoy blindfolded my logic All that was open was my trust Your weapon You deceived, I believed Your arms were so warm, Now the only warmth I feel Is that of my blood Spilling from my soul As my life swings carelessly Like a pendulum Back and forth Higher and higher But going nowhere The five senses have gone numb I scream louder and louder But no one hears me They speak, they call out to help I cannot hear Look at me, look at the nothingness you have brought onto me The well hath run dry " (Source:https://www.familyfriendpoems.com/poem/loved-and-lost) As she spoke, she began to walk forward, her face still hidden. I unconsciously took a step back, and when I realized what I was doing, I felt the hatred in me deepen. I threw a kunai at her, but she slightly tilted her head sideways, dodging it. That was when she stopped singing, and instead she began to giggle once again. The change of character threw me off quite a bit. Before, she was just a scared, useless girl, and now she felt like a mass-murdered. I turned to look at Sensei Guy, but he looked just as confused as I was. "Haaaah... Hahahaha... Ahhh, I probably went insane. Oh wait, I already was insane. I don''t know how long I have, but I''ll make full use of it~." She slowly bent down and picked up a small rock and began to throw it in the air and catch it as it fell down. I then heard sensei shout out "Neji, dodge!!" I did as he said instinctively and barely felt a gust of air pass by where my head was a moment before. The next instant a resounding explosion could be heard. I looked at the explosion point in shock and saw that that rock alone had blown off a portion of the wall, causing several cracks to spread. I turned to look at Hinata, whose eyes could now be seen. Instead of being completely white like a normal Hyuga, her eyes had turned completely red. Her smile was warped, reaching her ears in an extremely creepy manner. She laughed once again and said "Ahaha... Only 10% of my strenght... Not cool at all, and I can''t even use my magic... Well, fuck you. I don''t care about you, but I do care about YOU!" She suddently turned and disappeared, only for a crash to resound on the stages. I turned and saw that Hinata was there, holding both Naruto and Sasuke by their necks with only one hand and lifting both in the air. She threw Naruto away like a ragdoll, much to his suprise. The senseis quickly realized something was amiss and shot at her, only to each be blown back by either a punch, a Sasuke to the face. Poor Guy-sensei even received a kick in the balls, and he screamed out "Unyouthfull!!!!!" after getting back up. Male ninja''s got it rough... Meanwhile, Sasuke tried to kick her, punch her and even bite her, but all to no avail. She tightened her grip and he tried to struggle even more, but she whispered something in his ear. He assumed a shocked face, but it didn''t last long as she threw him away like yet another ragdoll. Then, the Ambu finally made their move. They surrounded her and pointed all of their swords/kunais at her, blocking her. She giggled once more before whispering something in a strange way which madeall of us hear what she said. "I''ll be back you fucking kunai-loving pieces of shit bastards...". After that, she slowly fell to the ground and didn''t get back up. *Dun-Dun-Dun!!!! Cliffhanger!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! (And immature author)* Officially dropped God the grammar on this thing was beyond bad I don''t regret making it tho It was really fun um FillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerFillerTaken from Royal Road, this narrative should be reported if found on Amazon.